Vвrds, uzvвrds - AIKNCaiknc.lv/zinojumi/en/BSATurViesVad09en.doc · Web viewinternship work,...

Baltic International Academy

The Second-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme

Tourism and Hospitality Management

(code – 42812)

A C C R E D I T A T I O N M A T E R I A L S

FOR ACQUISITION OF PROFESSIONAL BACHELOR DEGREE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY BUSINESS AND MANAGER’S QUALIFICATION OF TOURISM AND

HOSPITALITY COMPANIES

Riga, 2009

To the higher education department ofThe Ministry of Education and Science of

the Republic of Latvia

A P P L I C AT I O Nfor accreditation of the second-level higher education professional study

programmeTourism and Hospitality Management

.

The applicant's title: Baltic International AcademyThe applicant’s legal address: Lomonosova 4, Riga, LV-1003, Latvia

phone 7100601, fax 7241272, e-mail [email protected]

State registration number 40003101808The registration number of the higher education establishment 3343800009The title of the study programme The second-level higher education professional

study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management

The code of the study programme 42812

The duration of implementation of the study programme: 4 years - full-time study

4.5 years - part-time studyThe study programme volume: 160 CPRequirements to start the study programme: Secondary educationQualification to be obtained Manager of tourism and hospitality companiesDegree to be obtained: professional bachelor degree in tourism and hospitality businessThe addresses of the host institutions: BIA, Riga, Lomonosova 4, Lomonosova 1/4 BIA, Daugavpils, Dzelzceļu 3

The status of the study programme: Full and part time study

mailto:[email protected]

The study programme director: Dr. sc. pol., Assistant Professor M.Gunare

The persons entitled to deal with Assistant Professor M.Gunare (identity code 010861-10133),all issues regarding accreditation: .L.Jermolajeva (identity code 200656- 10407)

The BIA rector associated professor A.Vocišs

Contents

No. p.

1. Application for the study programme accreditation 2

2. Contents 3

3. Extract from the minutes of the BIA Senate 6

5. The BIA accreditation sheet copy 7

6. The license of the study programme Tourism and hospitality Management

8

7. The study programme description 9

7.1. The goals, objectives and expectations of the higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management

9

7.2. The study programme content, duration, volume and structure

10

7.2.1. The study programme content 10

7.2.2. The programme duration and volume 12

7.2.3. The study programme internships 13

7.2.4. The study programme structure and expectations 16

7.2.5. Conditions to obtain the qualification 19

7.2.6. The study programme student research work 19

8. The study programme self-evaluation 21

8.1. Conformity of the study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management to the profession standard Manager of Enterprises and Companies confirmed on May 16th, 2002

21

8.2. The study programme comparison with the similar study 27

programmes in Latvia

8.2.1 The second-level higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management comparison with Liepaya University study programme Tourism Management

27

8.2.2. The second-level higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management comparison with School in Business Administration Turiba Ltd Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management

30

8.3. The study programme comparison with the EU similar study programmes

33

8.3.1. The BIA professional education study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management comparison with the Stralsund University programme Leisure and Tourism Management

34

8.3.2. The BIA professional education study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management comparison with AMERICANOS COLLEGE (Cyprus, Nicosia) programme Travel and Tourism Management

36

9. The study programme implementation 39

9.1. The study methods and forms 39

9.2. Assessment of students' knowledge 41

9.3. Matriculation requirements 43

9.4. The study programme management 44

9.5. Number of students at the programme 44

9.6. The study programme audit 45

9.7. Students’ survey and its analysis 46

9.8. Students’ participation in the study process improvement 48

10. The study programme academic staff 48

10.1. The BIA higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management list of the academic staff

48

10.2. Number and qualification of the study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management academic staff

53

10.3. The study programme academic staff scientific work directions

54

10.4. The academic staff selection, replacement, training and development policy

55

11. The advertisement and newsletters about study opportunities at the BIA

56

12. The study programme sources of funding 56

13. The study material technical resources 57

13.1. The electronic equipment used at the BIA 57

13.2. The BIA premises description 58

13.3. The BIA library 59

13.4. The study programme informative resources 62

14. Public relations 63

15. The study programme development plan 64

15.1. The programme SWAT analysis 65

15.2. The development trends of the programme content, study forms and methods

67

15.3. The academic staff development opportunities 68

15.4. The development of the material technical recourses 69

15.5. Number growth of students 69

16. Summary 70

Appendices

Appendix No. 1 The applicant’s assurance

Appendix No. 2 Feedback about the study programme

Appendix No. 3 Research results. Tempus Joint European Project Baltic MICE-Tourism Training Centre JEP-27137-

2006Appendix No. 4 The second-level higher education professional study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management syllabus

(full and part time)

Appendix No. 5 The descriptions of the study courses

Appendix No. 6 The academic staff CVs

Appendix No.7 The academic staff publications and participations in international scientific conferences and

other kinds of conferences (2003—2009) The academic staff project participation

Appendix No.8 Baltic International Academy Ltd budget allocation and its application

Appendix No.9 The book stock structure

Appendix No.10 Public relationsAppendix No.11 The sample of the internship organization cooperation agreement

Appendix No.12 Diploma on graduation and its enclosure

Appendix No.13 Other documents

Extract from the Minutes of the BIA Senate

The BIA Senate meeting held on July 14, 2009

AGENDA: the second-level professional higher education study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management readiness for accreditation.

2.

Mrs M.Gunare, the second-level professional higher education study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management professional bachelor degree in tourism and hospitality business and manager’s qualification of tourism and hospitality companies (the education programme code 42812, license No.04030-43 issued on July 23, 2008) director, reports about self-evaluation and the programme to be submitted for accreditation.

Resolved that:1. To approve the self-evaluation of the second-level professional higher

education study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management professional bachelor degree in tourism and hospitality business and manager’s qualification of tourism and hospitality companies;

2. To authorize the programme director Dr.sc.pol., assistant professor Mrs. Marina Gunare (identity code 010861) and the BIA pro-rector for Academic Affairs mg.sc.hum. Mrs. Līga Jermolajeva (identity code 200656-10407) to submit the study programme self-evaluation to the Higher Education Programme Accreditation Commission.

The BIA Senate secretary (signature) N.Reshetilova

Seal

The BIA Accreditation Sheet Copy

License

7. The Study Programme Description

7.1. The Goals, Objectives and Expectations of the Higher Education Professional Bachelor Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management

The study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management goals and objectives

The given higher education professional bachelor programme assumes the balanced material acquisition in the field of fundamental theoretic, social and liberal sciences, as well as in the field of applied sciences of tourism, management and marketing. It enables the graduate to become a competent expert on the labour market in Latvia and the EU.

The main professional bachelor study programme goals: to provide training of qualitative professional specialists to be able to

manage and organise business work in tourism and hospitality companies as well as work in the sphere of tourism and leisure organisation and development;

to provide Latvia's companies and other organisations with professional specialists – tourism and hospitality managers to be able to see organisation communications problems and correctly analyze their cause and effect, that will help these organisations to develop and, moreover, to integrate into the EU market;

to provide with theoretical knowledge as well as professional skills and abilities necessary to get post-graduate professional education, to support integration processes in society;

to train highly knowledgeable specialists in the field of tourism paying particular attention to business tourism MICE (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences/Conventions, Exhibitions/Events) and its further development.

The study programme objectives:

to gain foundations of the theory knowledge in the sphere of tourism and hospitality i.e. liberal, social, natural sciences, IT, management in tourism field to provide student with professional competence;

to provide students with theory knowledge to be able to analyze human behaviour tendencies in internal and external environment of different organisations as well as to foresee their after-effects, mainly, conflicts in the general context of the social structure and in the context of social group types and social situations;

to provide students with knowledge, skills and methods of analysis in order to analyze economic and financial situation of organisation internal and external environment thereby together with other specialists to make

students foresee financial and economic influence on internal and external social group behaviour;

To provide students with theory knowledge on organisation ways, management theory including staff management forms and methods to improve corporative culture, to reduce staff turnover, improve relations between management and staff and implement innovative ideas:

to develop skills necessary on the modern labour market – to be a good team player, do research and independent work, project work and implement it; to develop communication skills, ability of creative thinking and take on responsibilities;

to ensure professional skills of foreign languages as well as modern multimedia computer technologies;

to develop students’ analytical thinking and creative abilities with the help of the modern teaching methods;

to develop cooperation with tourism companies, state and self-government institutions as well as private organisations;

to motivate students to get post-graduate education and improve the professional qualification systematically in order to be aware of the Latvian and foreign latest mass media, study and theoretic literature in professional, social and liberal sciences;

to cooperate with other universities of Latvia, the EU and other countries (student exchange, guest lecturers, organization of seminars and conferences) and participate at work of tourism professional institutions and bodies.

In 2007, the BIA lecturers participated in the international project Tempus Joint European Project Baltic MICE-Tourism Training Centre JEP-27137-2006. Within the framework of this project the MICE tourism survey among lecturers and employers took place in Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Sweden, Germany and Russia.

The project implementation duration: 2007—2009. The research duration: July 25 – September 25, 2007.

The survey had been worked out by the marketing project group of experts. The survey includes 10 questions dividing into several topics:

the overall assessment of the MICE industry and analysis on necessity of special or additional education in the MICE sector;

the assessment of primary knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for MICE industry specialists;

the assessment of feasible mutual cooperation model between customers and executors at the MICE market;

the analysis of the optimal development directions of the MICE industry companies.

The project Tempus JEP-27137-2006 had been coordinated by the Baltic International Academy.

The research results had been investigated in preparation of the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management. The survey returns of the first two topics can be seen in the appendix.

7.2. The Study Programme Content, Duration, Volume and Structure.7.2.1. The Study Programme Content

The study programme includes the general educational, professional theoretical and IT study courses as well as professional specialisation study courses, state examinations and internships. Also, the optional study courses in the volume of 6 credit points are supposed to choose from the study courses proposed. The study programme includes seven internships which total volume is 26 credit

points. The internship content is correlated with the theoretic and practical study courses. It gives an opportunity to apply the acquired knowledge under real conditions.

The study expectations: a student graduated from the programme is a qualified manager in the field of tourism and hospitality. A graduate is characterized as follows:

Table No. 1

Cultural competences

- to be aware of important historical, geographical and cultural facts about the countries considered as important tourism centres;

- to compile and enrich experience in cross-cultural communication;

- to regard with favour and treat with respect an interlocutor’s national and cultural peculiarities and be able to take them into consideration;

- to be aware of national and abroad topicalities.

Communicative competences

- to observe ethics in different communicative situations;- to respect a communication partner;- to be able to communicate with customers and colleagues;- to learn foundations of rhetoric and oratory;- to improve oratorical skills.

Language competences

- to be able to use foreign languages in the professional work;

- to be able to read special literature in foreign languages;- to be able to prepare presentations for foreign partners;- to be able to work with foreign customers in the field of hospitality;- to be able to communicate with representatives of other culture with no difficulties;

Study competences

- to be able to use geographic maps and atlases, guides, encyclopaedias, different dictionaries;

- to be able to find and use necessary information in the professional work;

- to be able to train and develop memory;- to be able to extend knowledge of economics, politics and culture, regional geography using different information sources;

- to be able to select and systemize information;- to participate in professional contests as well as seminars

and conferences dedicated to tourism novelties and issues.

The programme Tourism and Hospitality Management competences.Table No.2

Management competences

Business process management

Tourism business management and ability to manage changes in tourism business development, business process detailed knowledge.

Human management

Effective management team building, ability to establish constructive mutual relations in and out of the collective, ability to delegate duties and conduct necessary result, ability to negotiate and assure other people about one’s position.

Personality self-development

Self-discipline and organising, responsibility, ability to take decisions under changeable conditions.

Within the programme students acquire skills of practical work in the field of their future profession, which allow them to define and understand the cause of the problem, make a conclusion and find the best solution.

General and professional skills to be developed within the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management.

Table No.3

Intellectual skills

Skills to gain the information from both electronic and print publications systematize and explain them. Logic and analytical thinking skills, argumentation, critical analysis. Skills to solve challengeable problems.

Professional behaviour personal abilities

Personal self-development and arranging work during the designated period, decision-making, responsibility for consequences, observing ethics, initiative, self-discipline.

Communicative skills

Skills to be a good team player solve conflicts, communicate with people of different culture and intelligence level, skills to reach a compromise, present, discuss and hold one's own, be tolerant to differences in culture and language.

Business management skills

To develop awareness of entrepreneurship, be familiar with politics and its impact on economics, be able to manage projects, resources, staff in tourism and hospitality, plan, take decisions, organise and motivate people to achieve goals; to delegate duties and be a leader.

7.2.2. The Programme Duration and Volume.

The study programme duration: 4 years - full-time study4.5 years - part-time study

The study programme volume: 160 credit points (240 ECTS)Credit points: 1 CP is 40 academic hours a weekThe state second-level professional higher education standard determines the education programme compulsory content.

The study process organisation

The study programme has full and part time study. It includes 40 working weeks with 40 hours a week at full-time and part-time department.

The education programme structure contains class hours and independent work.

Class hours take place under a lecturer’s supervision.Class hours include: lectures, seminars, practical work, during which

interactive methods as well as critical thinking developing methods are used. Within lectures students master the study course theoretical foundations and develop skills of active listening necessary for them as for any educated person.

During seminars they learn to ask topical questions and participate in discussion, express their own point of view, agree or disagree respectfully with a discussion participator, make a summary. During practical lessons students have an opportunity to gain communicative and professional experience. These lessons help to realize practical relevance of theory for dedicated development of skills and abilities.

A study course lecturer defines proportion of lectures and practical work with due attention to the fact that practical work volume is not less than 30 % out of total study course volume.

Students also fulfil independent tasks giving reports on work performed to a lecturer. The forms of independent work are different: doing tests with further self-evaluation, work in the computer classroom, searching for information and abstracting, doing creative team and individual work using the project method.

The study programme contains: study courses of general education; special theoretical study courses; professional study courses; optional study courses; internships; course papers (3) graduation paper.

The courses of general education and special theoretical courses are aimed to gain humanitarian, science, communicative and economical knowledge.

The theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the field of future profession students get within professional study courses.

The optional courses allow students to obtain profound knowledge in the field of special interest, they help to specialize in one particular field of professional work, improve skills necessary for the future profession and increase range of knowledge and skills.

The internship is a compulsory study form. It takes place out of the educational institution at the real working place according to the future profession or at another relevant place. The Academy provides with internship tasks and consultations as well as monitors during the internship course.

The scientific work includes three course papers and one graduation paper.

The graduation paper and its defence certify students' professional competences to obtain the professional qualification. Students are free to choose their own graduation paper theme making the reconciliation procedure.

7.2.3. The Study Programme Internships

The study internship is a compulsory part of the professional study programme and it is organized in accordance with Regulation on Internship at Baltic International Academy (approved at the BIA Senate meeting held on April 24, 2007). One can get acquainted with the regulation at the BIA study programme administration.

The internship volume is 26 CP.The internship overall goal is

to gain professional experience; to improve competences obtained during the study courses; to assess the level of professional preparation according to the

modern market requirements.

The internship contentThe internship content for the students of the programme Tourism and

Hospitality Management can be seen in the following table.Table No. 4

Internship Internship duration

CP

Student work according to the internship objectives

Internship 1 Introduction into speciality

2 CP

The internship goal is to get acquainted with hotels and tourism institutions and their work peculiarities; to familiarize with basics of guided excursions, visit hospitality institutions and bodies (information collecting and processing).

Internship 2Conducting guided excursions

2 CP

The internship goal is to get aware of the main stages of excursion route development: to choose and state the topic and title; to developthe excursion route; prepare the text and portfolio about each sight-seeing attraction;to be able to follow the route and define the methods of creation and presentation;to draft an excursion price-list;to validate an excursion as a final tourism product at the internship place.Ability to identify an excursion title and type according to the classification as well as the target audience, mode of transport, excursion duration, route plan.

Internship 3 4 CP The internship goal is to get acquainted

Food service

with restaurant service and its entrepreneurship in the tourism accompany. The main internship objective is to characterize commercial and industrial premises, stock rooms and to prepare them for work, to get acquainted with different types of table setting, necessary preliminary work, waiter’s and bartender’s work organisation, preparation of dishes, eating utensils and glasses, laying the cloth, its change, folding napkins, menu analysis, preparation technology of meal portions, types of menu and its presenting, calculation of meal prices;types of orders and banquette services, their service organisation, procedure of a table reservation, guest service in hotel rooms, procedure of payment, bar documentation, beverage prices;bar facilities (premises, equipment, glass-ware, dishes, furniture), technology of beverage service. Conformity of food catering premises to quality criteria, work organisation, work research and analysis criteria. Safety events.

Internship 4Marketing andrelations with customers

4 CP

The internship goal is to get acquainted with customer needs of tourism companies to be met by the product of the company; to be able to characterize the tourism company’s opinion on which customer needs to be met by the company’s product (service); to characterize customer motives why to buy the product (services) as well as to characterize and analyze the tourism company’s target audience, make segmentation and get acquainted with duties and activities of tourism company marketing specialist or other specialist connected to marketing.

Internship 5Projects

2 CP The project internship goal is student participation in the tourism projects.

The main internship objective is to define the project goals and objectives, evaluate project social, cultural and similar significance, identify specificities of the project coordinators and target audience; make the project financial analysis; to define evaluation criteria of the final result.To master skills to work as a team player and individually in order to solve practical tasks.

Internship 6Hotel business 4 CP

The internship goal is to get acquainted with hospitality work and management. The main internship objective is to define conformity of a hotel to quality criteria, master skills of work planning; to get acquainted with reservation system of hotel rooms, premises, norms, workload and maintenance, accommodation cost price, pricing of one hotel room, hotel room standard and special prices, a hotel room equipment, guest safety, safety events, correlation of staff number to number of guests, catering duties, forms of salary, meal service for guests (breakfast service, room meal service, beverage service).

Internship 7Pre-diploma internship

8 CP

Work with information resources. Compiling and increasing of the empirical part. Analysis of research results. Layout of research results. Work with tourism and hospitality companies.

Professional internship organisation

The professional internship is organized out of the Academy, in the companies (institutions, organisations) connected to the profession to be obtained where it is possible to fulfil all the tasks defined in the methodical instructive regulation. The tripartite cooperation contract is usually concluded among the Academy, a student and an institution (internship place). The mentioned document describes rights, duties and responsibilities of all three parts, contract duration, system of mutual reporting after contract expiration and other conditions.

Internship documents

Each internship level reports are laid out according to the portfolio principle. At the end of the internship documents are handed in to an internship tutor. The individual portfolio including all internship materials is handed in to the department administration not later than one week before graduation paper defence. All internship documentation is saved at the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management administration during student study at the BIA. After qualification obtained a student can get evaluation sheets certifying a young specialist’s professional preparation level. These documents can be given to an employer afterwards. The evaluation sheet is completed by an internship tutor (a supervisor) on the basis of internship evaluation, presentation results, material analysis. The internship presentation takes place after every internship level.

The internship evaluation and presentation

2. To evaluate the internship results the commission is made which includes the programme director, an internship tutor and lecturers.3. The internship is assessed according to 10-point evaluation system.

7.2.4. The Study Programme Structure and Expectations

The study expectations: a student graduated from the programme is a qualified manager in the field of tourism and hospitality. A student’s characteristics:The programme structure and expectations are given in the table 5.

Table No. 5

The programme structure

Credit points: The study course title

Credit points:

The study courses of

general education;

20 CP General Psychology 1

Pedagogics 1

Logics 2

Business Economics in Tourism 2

World Cultural History 3

Baltic History and Culture 2

Rhetoric 2

Sociology 2

Philosophy 2

Social Psychology 2

Politology 1

Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods

0/16 hr

Labour Protection and Fire Safety

0/4 hr

Graduation Paper Development and Defence Methods

0/4 hr

Total 20

This part of the study programme results:Having acquired the programme part mentioned students improve the level of general education and culture which is necessary for the professional work. Students are able - to be aware of communication psychology, its types, models, social norms;- to realize cross-cultural communication specificity and use it in the professional

work;- to establish business relations, maintain them and behave according to the

society norms;- to learn historical and geographical facts of touristic countries;- to master speech techniques and speak in public, to be aware of politics and its impact on economics development, to be a good team-player; - to be aware of scientific work methods;- to use professional terms in English and Latvian.


Credit points: The study course title Credit

points:Professional

theoretic basic courses and information

technologies A

36 CP Introduction into Speciality 2Microeconomics 2Macroeconomics 2Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management

2

Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork

2

Tourism Geography 4IT in Tourism and Hospitality I 3Statistics Methods in Tourism 2Management Theory and Corporative Culture

2

Tourism and Hospitality 2

ManagementMarketing Research Methods 2Tourism and Hospitality Marketing 2Human Resources Management 2Finances and Accountancy 2Records Management 1Strategic Marketing Communications

2

International Tourism Economy 2Total 36

This part of the study programme results:Having acquired the programme part mentioned students gain theoretic knowledge and practical skills in economics, business environment, tourism markets, international business and globalization, management, marketing, IT foundations, tourism and hospitality which are necessary to be able to state and solve professional problems strategically and analytically.Students get aware of terms and are able to apply knowledge obtained;- have business strategic vision;- get aware of business processes and their differences;- able to manage human resources;- able to prepare economic calculations and get aware of information technologies;- well-oriented in tourism development tendencies.


Credit points: The study course title Credit points:

Professional study

courses.60 CP

Professional English in Tourism 8World Religions and Sacral Tourism

2

Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality Business

1

Food service 2Excursion Organisation and Guiding

2

Tourism Types and Services 4Professional German in Tourism 8Tourism Project Management 2Tourism Taxation 2Advertising and PR 2Hotel Management 3Tourism Logistics Basics 1English-speaking Countries 2

Cultural Studies (in English)Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication

2

Communication in Multicultural Environment

2

Business Tourism (MICE) 4Communication Psychology 2Service and Quality System Management

2

IT in Tourism and Hospitality II 2

German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German)

2

Course papers 5Total 60

This part of the study programme results:Having acquired this part of the programme students gain knowledge and skills necessary, mainly, for hotel managers in order to upgrade professional qualification. Students are able - to use terms and apply knowledge in main fields of professional work;- to manage human resources in order to achieve results within certain term;- to reach compromise in the professional situation and implement cooperation with different state and private structures;- observe ethic norms and comply with requirements of professional ethics.


Credit points: The study course title Credit

points:Optional

study courses6 CP Latvian/Russian 2

Spanish/Swedish/French 2Latvian Regional Culture 2 Business Etiquette 2Ecotourism and Environmental Protection

2

Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disable People

2

Leisure and Entertainment Management

2

Tourism Regional Marketing 2PR in Tourism and Hospitality 2Cultural Tourism 2Tourism Guide Job Methods 2

Organisation of Special Events in Tourism

2

E-Marketing in Tourism 2Total 22

This part of the study programme results: Having acquired this part of the programme students at their own choice- to extend their knowledge in E-Marketing Tourism;- to improve skills to use business etiquette.

internships 26 CP

After internships and their presentations students gain professional experience and are able- to establish relations with an

employer;- to understand customer

requirements and fill an order meeting all demands;

- to extend knowledge in tourism and hospitality using different information resources;

- analyze and evaluate professional results.

Graduation paper 12 CP

After successful defence of the graduation paper students are able - to define and solve

professional problems;- to compile empirical material;- to describe research system;- make conclusions- to state the research results in

the argumentative way. The study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management has been

developed in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Latvia, statutory acts of the Ministry of Science and Education and regulations of the Cabinet of Ministers on the state second-level professional higher education standard. (The study programme syllabus can be seen in the Appendix 4)

7.2.5. Conditions to Obtain the Qualification

Having graduated from the programme students gain the qualification “Manager of Tourism and Hospitality Companies”.

To obtain the BIA bachelor degree and qualification in tourism and hospitality business it's necessary to meet the following criteria:

1. matriculation requirements for students2. requirements for examinations;3. requirements to write reports, course papers, graduation paper;4. requirements for independent work;5. internship requirements, including pre-diploma internship requirements;6. requirements to obtain qualification;7. to meet academic obligations to the full extent of 160 credit points;8. to develop and defend the graduation paper.

7.2.6. The Study Programme Student Research Work

Under professional higher education study programme Tourism and Hospitality management students systematically do research work. The main directions are:

a lecturer’s and student’s common work during development of course and graduation papers;

participation in conferences; participation in lecturers' grants.

The study research work organisation and content have been planned according to the programme requirements. The research work is aimed to develop gradually necessary knowledge and skills. Within the study programme three course papers are planned to be implemented during the 2nd, 4th and 6th semesters and one graduation paper to be developed and defended during the 8th semester at full-time department and the 9th semester at the part-time department.

Other forms of the research work are reports, research within the following courses Latvian and Baltic History and Culture, Tourism Geography, Management Theory and Corporative Culture, Tourism Management and Hospitality, Marketing Research Methods, Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Tourism Types and Services and others.

Students have to implement micro research connected to the issues of the courses developing skills of empirical and theoretical work. Students gain experience of empirical work compiling, generalizing and analyzing all the material in tourism, marketing and other information on the certain issue. Moreover, students develop research work skills interpreting material in accordance with theoretical opinions of the specialists in this field and expressing their own conclusions in the report, abstract or article.

The graduation paper development and defence certifies a student’s professional competences to obtain the relevant qualification (see the study programme).

The graduation paper development and defence certifies a student’s professional competences to obtain the relevant qualification and bachelor degree.

Students choose the topics according to their interests. The programme Tourism and Hospitality Management specificity stipulates the main research trends:

tourism and hospitality management; tourism and hospitality marketing; strategic marketing communications; management theory and corporative culture; hotel management; business tourism; tourism development economic factors; peculiarities of national cultural traditions and communication in the field of

tourism and hospitality; cross-cultural communication in the field of tourism and hospitality; types and services of tourism.

Within 2008/2009 study year students participated in two scientific research conferences:

the BIA student multisubject conference at the following programmes - Culture Management, Public Relations, Tourism and Hospitality Management;

the international conference EU TEMPUS Baltic MICE Tourism Training Centre together with Saint-Petersburg students.

Table No. 7In 2008-2009, the 1st study year students participated in the scientific

research conferences

No. Conference/Projects

Students Report Certificate

1.Student

multisubject conference

„City Environment:

Visual Images and Sensual

Panorama”28th November,

28. 2009Riga

K. Erlecka I. Smislova

The most picturesque fountains in the world

A. Romašenko Zoos in the City Ecosystem.

D. Posohovs City NightlifeM. UsmanovaA. Gordejenko

City Outdoor Cafes.

2.International conference

M. UsmanovaI. Smislova

The Role of Amusements Parks in

xx

EU TEMPUS „Baltic MICE

Tourism Training Centre”

May 5-7, 2009, Riga

Increase of Tourists.D. Posohovs Opportunities of

Extreme Tourism in Latvia.

x

J. Vakulenko Space Tourism and its Development Prospects.

x

J. Ekerte Festival as Tourist Product.

x

A. Gordejenko Baker Festival and its Target Audience.

x

It is planned to organize student scientific research conferences at the higher school as well as motivate students to participate in interuniversity conferences, where they could introduce their research results to the mainstream audience. The best reports are planned to publish in the collection of student scientific articles.

Successful implementation of the planned student scientific work within the study programme consolidates connection among study work, scientific research work and further professional work.

8. The Study Programme Self-evaluation

The higher education professional bachelor programme Tourism and Hospitality Management has been implementing from 2008 in accordance with the BIA decision and the legislation of the Republic of Latvia (see License No. 04030-43 of July 23, 2008).

The programme Council pays particular attention to teaching quality and the programme development.

8.1. Conformity of the Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management to the Profession Standard Manager of Enterprises and Companies Confirmed

on May 16th , 2002

The education programme Tourism and Hospitality Management ensures the second-level professional higher education. It is structured in the way that within four years (full-time department and four years and a half (part-time departments) students gain not only necessary theoretical knowledge, but also practice-oriented education in accordance with modern requirements and recommendations in Latvia and abroad.

The study programme has been developed according to the higher education professional education standard (the Cabinet of Ministers of the Republic of Latvia Regulation No.481 of November 20, 2001) and Higher School Law.

Having introduced to the study course content reflected in the table, it is possible to conclude that the programme ensures knowledge and skills for a manager of companies and enterprises defined in the profession standard as well as the second-level professional higher education standard requirements.

The knowledge and skills of a manager of companies and enterprises defined in the profession standard are to be obtained studying the disciplines which it is possible to combine into several groups: business essential functional spheres; knowledge to ensure theoretical economics and management awareness; integrating knowledge and skills; general knowledge and skills.

Table No. 8Knowledge

No. Knowledge according to the standard

The BIA study programme disciplines providing the

relevant knowledge

Level

1. Business essential functional spheres

1.1. Marketing management Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Marketing Research Methods, Tourism Project Management, Advertising and PR, PR in Tourism and Hospitality, E-Marketing in Tourism, Tourism Regional Marketing

applying

1.2. Finance management, finance and management accounting

Finances and Accountancy, Tourism Taxation

awareness

1.3. Staff management and management psychology, work legal relations.

Human Resources Management, Management Theory and Corporative Culture, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Hotel Management, Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork

applying

1.4. Production/service organisation, logistics, management information systems, quality system management, labour protection.

IT in Tourism I, IT in Tourism II, Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management, Restaurant Service, Tourism Logistics Basics, Excursion Organisation and Guiding, Tourism and Hotel Service for Disable People, Tourism and Hospitality Service and Quality System Management, Labour Protection and Fire Safety.

applying

1.5. Business legislation Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork, Insurance in Tourism and Hotel Business, Tourism Taxation.

applying

2. Knowledge to ensure theoretical economics and management awareness

2.1. Economics theory Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Business Economics in Tourism,

awareness

2.2. Economic and mathematical methods

Statistics Methods in Tourism,Marketing Research Methods,IT in Tourism I, IT in Tourism II

awareness

3. Integrating knowledge and skills

3.1. Strategic management Strategic Marketing Communications

applying

3.2. International business environment

International Tourism Economy, Communications in Multicultural Environment, Tourism Geography, English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English), German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German).

awareness

4. General knowledge and skills

4.1. State language Latvian applying

4.2. Foreign language Professional English in Tourism,Professional German in Tourism, Russian/Spanish/Swedish,/French

applying

4.3. Communication skills General Psychology, applying

Pedagogics, Social Psychology, Sociology, Logics, Politology, Rhetoric, Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication, Communication Psychology, Records Management, Business Etiquette.

The Programme Conformity to the Profession Standard Requirements (Responsibilities and Tasks)

Table No. 9Duties Tasks The BIA study courses

To define and formulate the company or enterprise work strategy, mission and aims in dynamic economic environment in the interests of an owner and society.

To analyze and evaluate local and international economic environment, market development tendencies and prospects, competitive situation and feasible activities of competitors.

To define goals and basic directions of the company or enterprise work according to interests of owners and society.

Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Business Economics in Tourism, IT in Tourism I, IT in Tourism II, Human Resources Management, Statistics Methods in Tourism, Tourism Geography, Marketing Research Methods, Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Finances and Accountancy, Tourism Taxation, International Tourism Economy, Tourism Basics, Planning and Management, Tourism Types and Services.

To plan and foresee the company or enterprise rational work in dynamic economic environment according to the certain aims, economic and market environment.

To define the economic work index of the company or enterprise .

To draw up and approve short-term (tactics) and long-term (strategy) plans of the company or enterprise work.

To identify changes in economic and market environment and evaluate necessity of changing policy in goals and plans.

To correct and improve plans.

Statistics Methods in Tourism, Marketing Research Methods, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Strategic Marketing Communications, Advertising and PR, PR in Tourism and Hospitality.Tourism and Hospitality Service Management and Quality System Management.

To organize the company or enterprise rational works in the dynamic economic environment

1. To inform the company or institution workers about achieved goals and objectives.

2. To plan, manage and coordinate the company, organisation (enterprise ) operation at large. To organize

Statistics Methods in Tourism, Marketing Research methods, Business Economics in Tourism, Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management, IT in

according to the certain goals and plans in the interests of employers, employees and society.

rational and concerted activity of the company, organisation (enterprise) units. To motivate and control inferiors’ discharge of duty.

3. To be aware and control the company or enterprise work functional spheres: marketing, production/ services organisation, staff management, finance management, management information systems, logistics.

4. To analyze and evaluate the company and enterprise work and achieved results. To follow the company or enterprise achievement of the goals, take decisions and corrections to improve operative and strategic work.

5. To provide information and consultative procedures with representatives of workers or trade unions.

6. To comply with the Latvian and international legislation and statutory acts connected to the company or enterprise work.

7. To replace the company or enterprise unit managers for a short term if required.

Tourism, Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork, Human Resources Management, Tourism Taxation, Strategic Marketing Communications, Service Management and Quality System Management.

To represent the company or enterprise in transactions with other enterprises, companies, organisations including municipal and state bodies.

To represent the company or enterprise in transactions with local partners.

To represent the company or enterprise in transactions with state institutions, municipality and society.

To represent the company or enterprise in

Business Economics in Tourism, Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management, IT in tourism, Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork, International Tourism Economy.

transactions with partners and institutions abroad.

To cooperate with higher institutions and owners with the aim to achieve goals of the company or institutions.

To analyze and evaluate the company and enterprise work and achieved results.

To submit information about the company or institution work results to higher authorities and organisations, state institutions and owners.

Marketing Research Methods, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management, Tourism Project Management, Food Service, Hotel Management.

Table No.10

No.

Obtained skills The BIA study courses

1. General professional skills Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Business Economics in Tourism, IT in Tourism and Hospitality I, Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork, Human resources Management, Statistics Methods in Tourism, Tourism Geography, Marketing Research Methods, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Finances and Accountancy, Tourism Taxation, International Tourism Economy, Strategic Marketing Communications, Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management, Tourism Types and Services, English in Tourism, Professional German in Tourism, Spanish/Swedish/French, Records Management, Business Etiquette, Advertising and PR.

2. General skills and abilities Sociology, General Psychology, Pedagogics, Social Psychology, Politology, Logics, Rhetoric, Management Theory and Corporative Culture, Communications in Multicultural Environment, World Culture History, Communication Psychology, Latvian and Baltic History and Culture, Latvian Regional Culture, Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods, Labour Protection and Fire Safety, Graduation Paper Development and Defence Methods.

3. Specific professional skills Tourism Project Management, Food Service, Hotel Management, Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality, IT in Tourism and Hospitality II, Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communications, Tourism Logistics Basics, Excursion Organisation and Guiding, Tourism and Hotel services for Disable People, Business Tourism (MICE), Latvian and Baltic History and Culture, English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies, German-Speaking Countries Cultural

Studies, Tourism Regional Marketing, Tourism Guide Job Basics, Leisure and Entertainment Management, World Religions and Sacral Tourism, Ecotourism and Environment Protection, Cultural Tourism, E-Marketing in Tourism, PR in Tourism and Hospitality.

The analysis of the higher education professional bachelor study programme disciplines shows that the necessary knowledge level for a specialist defined in the standard has been ensured by the study programme.

The professional bachelor higher education programme Tourism and Hospitality Management ensures the necessary knowledge and skills and development of professional competences defined in the profession standard A manager of Companies and Institutions.

8. 2. The Study Programme Comparison with the Similar Study Programmes in Latvia

The BIA professional bachelor study programme comparison with School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd and Liepaya University tourism study programme.It is possible to obtain qualification of a manager of companies and enterprises in several higher education institutions. The education institutions given in the comparison have the great professional experience in the field of tourism. School of Business Administration Turiba Ltd (Professional Bachelor in business management and manager in companies and enterprises), Liepaya University (Professional Bachelor in tourism and leisure organisation and manager of tourism companies) as well as the BIA programme volume is 160 credit points within 8 semesters (full-time study department). The educational institutions propose also alternative study forms (part time extramural and part-time intramural). After graduation from the programmes mentioned above students obtain the second-level higher professional education. To make the comparative analysis effective the following criteria are proposed (some of them are shown in the tables Nos 11, 12):

the programme title;qualification to be obtained;the programme volume;the programme durationstudy courses of general education;professional theoretic basic courses, IT and professionalcourses;internship;graduation paper.

The BIA highlights two directions in training specialists that differ the given programme from other similar programmes in other higher schools. The directions are as follows: Business tourism (MICE) and Tourism and Hotel Service for Disable People. These tourism spheres are the least developed in Latvia and specialist training in these spheres gives new opportunities in tourism development and competitive advantage for graduates.

8.2.1. The Second-level Higher Education Professional Bachelor Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management Comparison with Liepaya

University Study Programme Tourism ManagementTable No. 11

Criteria Liepaya University Baltic International Academy

The title of the study

programme

Tourism Management Tourism and Hospitality Management

Qualification to be

obtained

Professional Bachelor in Tourism and leisure

organisation, Manager of tourism

companies.

Professional Bachelor in tourism and hospitality

business,Manager of tourism and hospitality companies

Duration of studies

4 years - full-time studies5 years - part-time studies

4 years - full-time studies4.5 years - part-time studies

Credit points:

160 CP

160 CP

The discipline title

Philosophy A 2 Philosophy A 2Politology A 2 Politology A 1Cultural history A 2 World Cultural History A 3Art History C 2Sociology A 1 Sociology A 2

Logics A 2Environmental Psychology C

1 Social Psychology A 2

General Psychology 1Pedagogics A 1Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods A

0/16 hr


0/4 hr


0/4 hr

Economics Theory A 6 Microeconomics A 2Macroeconomics A 2

Entrepreneurship A 2 Business Economics in Tourism A

2

International Economy A

1 International Tourism Economy A

2

Staff Management A 1 Human Resources Management A

2

Management Theory A

4 Tourism and Hospitality Management A

2

Strategic Management A

2 Service and Quality System Management B

2

Quality Management C

1

Management Culture and Psychology A

4 Management Theory and Corporative Culture A

2

Conflict Management A

1 Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication B

2

Records Management and Business Correspondence A

2 Records Management B 1

Project Management A

1 Tourism Project Management B

2

Tourism and Hotel Insurance A

1

Application Informatics A

2 IT in Tourism and Hospitality I A

3

Company Information Systems A

2 IT in Tourism and Hospitality II B

2

Office Equipment A 1Economics and Social Statistics A

1 Statistics Methods in Tourism A

2

Transactions Legal Relations in Tourism A

2 Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork A

2

State Law and Civil Rights A

2

Marketing A 2 Strategic Marketing Communications A

2

Tourism Marketing A 2 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing A

2

Quantitative Method in Management A

2 Marketing Research Methods A

2

Advertising Strategy B

1Advertising and PR B 2

PR in Tourism and Hospitality C

2

Tourism Regional Marketing C

2

E-Marketing in Tourism C 1Accountancy A 2 Finances and Accountancy A 2

Tourism Taxation B 2Company Financial Management

2

Latvian Tourism Geography

2Latvian and Baltic History 2

and Culture AThe discipline title

Latvian History and Tourism A

2

Tourism Geography B 4 Tourism Geography A 4Religion Phenomenology C

1 World Religions and Sacral Tourism B

2

Regional Folklore C 1Latvian Regional Culture C 1Regional Literature C 2

Regional Language Peculiarities C

1

Latvian Inhabitant Demography C

1

Cultural Tourism C 2Latvian Nature Tourism Objects

1

World Tourism monuments C

1

Tourism Basics B 2 Introduction into Speciality A

2

Tourism Management B

2 Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management B

2

Tourism Information B

1

Tourism and Environment B

4 Ecotourism and Environmental Protection C

1


Ecotourism B 2

Tourism Types and Services B

4Tourism and Health B 1Active Tourism Techniques B

2

Rural Tourism B 1Urban Tourism B 1International Tourism B

1

Tourism Infrastructure and Service B

2

Tourism Camping Organisation B

2

Guide Job Methods B 2 Tourism Guide Job Basics C 1

Tourism Group Organisation and Guiding B

2 Excursion Organisation and Guiding B

2

Business Tourism (MICE) B 4

Food Service B 2Tourism Logistics B 1

Leisure and Entertainment Management C 1Organisation of Special Events in Tourism C 2

Hotel Service B 2 Hotel Management B 3Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disable People C

2

Language and Speech Culture A

2 Rhetoric A 2

Communication Psychology A

2 Communication Psychology B

2

Ethnopsychology A 1 Communication in Multicultural Environment B

2

Business Etiquette C 1Foreign Language I C 12 Professional English in

Tourism B8

Foreign Language II C

12 Professional German in Tourism B

8

French C 6 Spanish/French C 2Russian C 6 Russian C 2Norwegian C 6 Swedish C 2

Latvian C 2English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English) B

2

German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German) B

2

InternshipGraduation paper


2612


2612

8.2.2. The Second-Level Higher Education Professional Bachelor Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management Comparison with School in Business Administration Turiba Ltd Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality

Management.Table No.12

Criteria School of Business Administration Turiba


The title of the study programme

Management of tourism and hospitality

companies


Qualificatio Professional Bachelor in Professional Bachelor in

n to be obtained

business administration,Manager of companies

and enterprises

tourism and hospitality business,

Manager of tourism and hospitality companies

Duration of studies

4 years - full-time studies5 years - part-time studies

4 years - full-time studies4.5 years - part-time studies

Credit points:

160 CP

160 CP

The discipline

title

Philosophy A 2 Philosophy A 2Politology A 2 Politology A 1World Cultural History A

3 World Cultural History A 3

Sociology A 2Logics A 2

Psychology A 2 General Psychology A 1Social Psychology A 2

Communication and Speech Culture B

2 Rhetoric A 2

Pedagogics A 1Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods A

0/16 hr


0/4 hr

State Law and Civil Rights A

3 Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork A

2

Labour Rights and Protection A

2 Labour Protection and Fire Safety

0/4 hr

International Rights C 2Staff Management A 2 Human Resources

Management A2

Management A 3

Tourism and Hospitality Management A

2

Management Theory and Corporative Culture A

2

Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication B

2

Leisure and Entertainment ManagementC

1

Microeconomics A 3 Microeconomics A 2Macroeconomics A 3 Macroeconomics A 2International Tourism Economy A

3 International Tourism Economy A

2

Tourism Business A 4 Business Economics in Tourism A

2

Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality A

1

Marketing A 2 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing A

2

Strategic Marketing Communications A

2

Marketing Research Methods A

2

Advertising and PR B 2International Tourism and Hospitality Marketing A

3 E-Marketing in Tourism C 1

Computer Technologies A

4 IT in Tourism and Hospitality I A

3

Management Information Systems A

2

IT in Tourism and Hospitality II B

2Tourism Agency Information System B

3

Hotel Management Information and Reservation System B

2

Business Mathematics and Statistics A

2 Statistics Methods in Tourism A

2

Financial Management A

2 Finances and Accountancy A 2

Financial Accountancy A

2

Management Accountancy A

2

Taxation A 2 Tourism Taxation B 2Tourism Project Management A

2 Tourism Project Management A

2

Records Management A 1Tourism Planning and 3 Tourism Subject Matter, 2

Management A Planning and Management ATourism Topicalities and Environmental Protection A

3 Tourism Types and Services B

4

Rural Tourism C 2 Ecotourism and Environmental Protection C

1

Active Tourism Basics A

2 Culture Tourism C 2

Travel Organisation A 3 Tourism Logistics Basics B 1Excursion Guiding MethodsB

2 Excursion Organisation and Guiding B

2

Tourism Guide Job Basics B

2 Tourism Guide Job Basics C 1

Introduction into Tourism A

3 Introduction into Speciality A 2

Meeting and Conference Organisation B

1 Business Tourism (MICE) B 4

Hotel Marketing and Management B

2 Hotel Management B 3

Hotel Economic Operations Organisation B

2

Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disable People C

2

International Hotel Business A

2 Tourism and Hospitality Service Management and Quality System Management B

2

World and Latvian Tourism Geography A

2 Tourism Geography A 4

Baltic States Geography A

2 Latvian and Baltic History and Culture A

2

Latvian and Baltic Cultural History B

2Latvian Regional Culture C 1

Food Preparation Technology A

3Food Service (workshop) B 2

Food Services Production List B

2

Food Services Marketing and Management B

2

Bar Organisation and 2

National Cuisine Peculiarities AFood Product Merchandising, Sanitation, Hygiene B

2

Business English A 9 Professional English in Tourism B

8

Second Business Language (German, French) A

9 Professional German in Tourism B

8

Spanish/Swedish/French C 2Russian C 2Latvian C 2

Communication and Hospitality in Tourism A

2 Communication Psychology B

2

Cross-cultural Communication C

2 Communication in Multicultural Environment B

2

English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English) B

2

German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German) B

2

Stress Management and Business Etiquette C

2 Business Etiquette C 1

Organisation of Special Events in Tourism C

2



2612


2612

The comparison shows that all three study programmes are similar in such significant positions as the obtained qualification, the programme volume and duration. Also, all the course titles of general education certify the common tendencies - psychology, philosophy, political science and others. All the study programme professional courses propose general awareness of tourism marketing and management, international tourism economics, legislation as well as give insight into some tourism work peculiarities as tourism geography, hotel marketing and management, excursion organisation, its guiding and others.

The similarity of all three programmes shows that professional higher education system basic principles are implemented in the study programmes.

The analysis also proves the fact that the BIA pays great attention to general education subjects as logics, sociology, psychology, philosophy.

It meets contemporary requirements, because the modern labour market demands for broadminded specialists who understand consumer behaviour and provide with high-level services.

The particular attention has been paid to development of communication skills within such courses as rhetoric, communication psychology, and social psychology.

To become a successful specialist at the labour market, it is also necessary to study courses connected to tourism and hospitality business marketing, advertising and PR. Some subjects are taught in foreign languages. The BIA is the only higher school providing with MICE business tourism and tourism services for disable people under the study programme.References:Liepaya University homepage: www.liepu.lvSchool of Business Administration Turiba Ltd home page: www.turiba.lv

8.3. The Study Programme Comparison with the EU Similar Study Programmes

The BIA professional bachelor programme Tourism and Hospitality Management has been developed taking into account the experience of the tourism programme organisation of European education institutions. The similar tourism programmes are implemented in different universities throughout European Union. Here, as examples, Stralsund University in Germany and Americanos College in Cyprus are compared with. The detailed analysis of the programme mentioned you can see in the tables Nos. 13 and 14.

http://www.turiba.lv/

8.3. 1. The BIA Professional Education Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management Comparison with Stralsund University Programme Leisure and

Tourism Management

Tabula Nr. 13

Criteria Stralsund University Baltic International AcademyThe title

of the study

programme

Leisure and Tourism Management


Duration of studies

4 years - full-time study 4 years - full-time studies4.5 years - part-time studies

Credit points:

160 CP 160 CP

The discipline

title

Basics of Business Management

Business Simulation

2Business Economics in TourismInsurance in Tourism and Hotel Business

2

1

Management Techniques 2

Tourism and Hospitality ManagementHotel ManagementTourism and Hospitality Services for Disable People

2

32

Total Quality Management Revenue Management

22 Service and Quality System

Management2

Project Management Creative ProjectApplied Project Management

2

2Tourism Project Management 2

Human Resource ManagementHuman Resource Management in Leisure and Tourism

4

2

Human Resources ManagementManagement Theory and Corporative Culture

22

Basics in Corporate and International Finance Financial Accounting Managerial Accounting

2

22

Finances and Accountancy 2

Corporate Taxation - 4 Tourism Taxation 2Economics 4 Microeconomics 2

Macroeconomics 2International Entrepreneurship

2 International Tourism Economy

2

Basics of Business Law Leisure and Tourism Law Competition Law

422


2

Business MathematicsStatistics

24

Statistics Methods in Tourism, 2

Research MethodsMarket Research

22

Marketing Research Methods, 2

Basics of Leisure and Tourism Markets Pecliarities of Leisure and Tourism Markets

4

2Leisure and Entertainment Management

1

Dynamics of Tourism Tourism ImpactsTourism Planning

222

Introduction into SpecialityTourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management

2

2Tour and Cruise Operations Maritime Tourism

2 Tourism Types and Services 4

Event Management 2 Organisation of Special Events in Tourism

2

Service Marketing Strategic Marketing CommunicationsMerchandising

2

22

Tourism and Hospitality MarketingStrategic Marketing CommunicationsE-marketing in TourismTourism Logistics Basics

2221

Intercultural Management Intercultural Communication

2

2

Communication in Multicultural EnvironmentBusiness Etiquette

2

1Sociology 2 Sociology 2Psychology 2 General Psychology

Social Psychology12

Personality and Creativity Training

2Communication PsychologyRhetoricTourism and Hospitality Crisis CommunicationRecords Management

222

1Computer Science, Presentation Techniques and Web Design Information Technology in Tourism

4

4IT in Tourism and Hospitality I IT in Tourism and Hospitality II

32

Media ApplicationsMedia in Leisure and Tourism

26

PR in Tourism and HospitalityAdvertising and PR

12

Tourism Geography and Ecology

4 Tourism GeographyEcotourism and Environmental Protection

41

Art and Culture Markets 2 CP 2World Cultural HistoryLatvian and Baltic History and Culture Cultural TourismLatvian Regional Culture

3221

Attraction and Destination Management

2 Business Tourism (MICE)Tourism Regional Marketing

41

Excursion 2 Excursion Organisation and GuidingFood service

22

Business English2nd Foreign Language

616

Professional English in TourismProfessional German in TourismLatvianRussianSpanish/Swedish/FrenchEnglish-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English) German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German)

88222

2

Sports Development 2Internship and Job Training 4 Internship 18

PedagogicsPhilosophyPolitologyLogics

1212

Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods A

0/16 hr


0/4 hr


0/4 hr

Internship



Graduation paper

1. Stralsund University (hereinafter University) study year is 4 years, 8 semesters, the study programme total number of credit points is 160 CP

2. The comparison of the BIA and Stralsund university programme proves the similarity in structure and content. Both programmes propose 4 years of studying and professional internship. Within the BIA and University pro-grammes it is proposed to study economics, finances, legislation, manage-ment and special professional courses. Under both programmes the particu-lar attention has been paid to economic information processing, progressive technologies of summarization and analysis. As differentiated form the pro-gramme analyzed the BIA proposes several general educational study courses, also, the special courses has been analyzed in more detail.

3. Students’ knowledge is controlled during the oral and written exams and tests.

4. The disciplines are taught at lectures, seminars, practical lessons. Quantity of the programme practical lessons is almost equivalent.

5. Both programmes have professional internship and graduation paper defence.

8.3. 2. The BIA Professional Education Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management Comparison with AMERICANOS COLLEGE (Cyprus, Nicosia)

Programme Travel and Tourism Management Table No. 14

Criteria AMERICANOS COLLEGE Baltic International AcademyThe title of the study

programme

Travel and Tourism Management Tourism and Hospitality

Management

Duration of studies

3.5 years - full-time study 4 years - full-time studies4.5 years - part-time studies

Credit points:

120 CP 160 CP


English Communication English Writing Advanced English

222

Professional English in Tourism

8

German Language 6 Professional German in Tourism

8

Principles of Microeconomics 2 Microeconomics 2Principles of Macroeconomics 2 Macroeconomics 2Financial Accounting 2 Finances and 2

Managerial and Cost Accounting

2 AccountancyTourism Taxation

2

Business Law 2 Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork

2

Statistics 3 Statistics Methods in Tourism,

2

Introduction to Computing Computers Applications Management Information SystemsComputerized Reservation System e-Tourism

22223

IT in Tourism and Hospitality I IT in Tourism and Hospitality IIE-Marketing

321

Introduction to Philosophy 2 Philosophy 2Introduction to Psychology Political Studies

2

2

General PsychologySocial PsychologyPolitology

121

Principles of Sociology 2 Sociology 2PedagogicsLogicsRhetoric

122

Hospitality Human Resource Management Organizational Behavior

222

Human Resources ManagementManagement Theory and Corporative Culture

22

Principles of ManagementBusiness Policy and Strategic Management Travel Operations Management

2

23

Tourism and Hospitality ManagementCommunication Psychology

222

Managing Quality Hospitality Services

2 Service and Quality System Management

2

Principles of Marketing Hospitality Marketing)Strategic Marketing

222

Tourism and Hospitality MarketingStrategic Marketing Communications

2

2

Tourism Research) 2 Marketing Research Methods,

2

Public Relations 2 PR in Tourism and HospitalityAdvertising and PR

22

International Business 2 International Tourism Economy

2

Introduction to the Hospitality 2 Introduction into 2

Industry SpecialityInternational Travel and Tourism Tourism Planning and DevelopmentSustainable Tourism Dimensions of TourismFront Office OperationsFares and TicketingSpecial Interest Tourism

333

3333

Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disable PeopleTourism Logistics BasicsTourism Subject Matter, Planning and ManagementBusiness Tourism (MICE)Tourism Types and ServicesExcursion Organisation and GuidingFood serviceTourism and Hospitality Crisis CommunicationInsurance in Tourism and Hotel Business Tourism Project ManagementEcotourism and Environmental Protection

2

12

442

22

1

21

Tourism Geography 2 Tourism Geography 4Introduction to Leisure 3 Leisure and

Entertainment ManagementOrganisation of Special Events in Tourism

1

2

European HistoryHistory of Cyprus

22

World Cultural HistoryLatvian and Baltic History and Culture English-speaking Countries CulturalStudies (in English) German-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in German) Latvian Regional Culture

32

2

2

1

Communication in Multicultural EnvironmentBusiness EtiquetteRecords Management

2

11

InternshipGraduation

paper



AMERICANOS COLLEGE (AC) study duration is 3.5 years, 7 semesters, and the study programme total number of credit points 120 CP. The BIA with total number 160 CP has the opportunity to propose more special professional study courses.

The AC proposes more particular specialization study courses for specialists in the field of tourism.

Students’ knowledge is controlled during the oral and written exams and tests.The disciplines are taught at lectures, seminars, practical lessons. Quantity of

the programme practical lessons is almost equivalent.The AC pays particular attention to the general education study courses. Both programmes propose profound study of professional courses, internship

and graduation paper defence.Since the BIA study programme ensures the bachelor degree education it contains more general education discipline, e.g. logics, philosophy, sociology, professional English as well as general disciplines of economics as macroeconomics and microeconomics.

Thus, the comparison of the BIA programme with the European higher school programme shows that

the BIA programme Tourism and Hospitality Management is implemented on the basis of European experience and present higher professional education standards;

within the programme structure the same concept of liberal education and study syllabus is applied as in the European higher school;

the BIA programme conforms to the university programmes; the BIA programme is fully comparable with Americanos College and

Stralsund University. the BIA professional bachelor programme content and structure conforms to

modern liberal education tendencies in European higher schools; the BIA programme is the original study programme developed taking into

account interests of Latvia and market situation as well as the statutory acts of the Republic of Latvia;

disregarding some differences there have been cooperation opportunities between the BIA and other higher school programmes in different fields (student and guest lecturer exchange, cooperation in research and study projects);

the BIA programme provides with necessary theoretical knowledge and professional preparation level as well as gives students an opportunity to study in relevant post-graduation programmes, including European universities.

References:

Stralsund University (Germany) www.fh-stralsund.deAmericanos College (Cyprus, Nicosia) http://www.ac.ac.cy

9. The Study Programme Implementation

9.1. The Study Methods and Forms

The BIA study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management lecturers use the following methods:

academic lectures with elements of active study methods, seminars with discussions on topicalities in the field of tourism (theory

and research); workshops and laboratory research (e.g. Food Service); psychological trainings (Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communica-

tion, Communication Psychology); role and business plays (Communication Psychology, Management

Theory and Corporative Culture, Business Etiquette, Marketing and others).

work group discussions; miniprojects and self-presentations; case studies (the specific case from tourism and hospitality business is

researched and investigated). This method is actively used within the framework of the given project. This is special study method widely used at such programmes as the BIA present programme. This is a per-fect means to gain theory and its application considering specific cases from the practice of tourism and hospitality. We use this method within all types of class hours - lectures, seminars, workshops with the aim to attract attention to research ideas. Disregarding the specific case re-search method this method always allows us to teach critical and ana-lytical thinking (e.g. Tourism and Hospitality Marketing, Tourism and Hospitality Management, Strategic Marketing Communications, Tour-ism Types and Services, Hotel Management, Management Theory and Corporative Culture).

Creative methods of individual work.

The method of study and experience trips is often used within the framework of the programme. For example, tourism exhibitions (BALTTUR and others), hotels (Hotel de Roma), tourism agencies (Nikos Travel), information agencies, in order to get acquainted with specificity of tourism specialists and make students participate in work with tourists and hotel guests and others. The method helps to acquire material, idea and work experience in the interactive way. Business Economics in Tourism (lecturer O. Ustimenko), Latvian and Baltic History and Culture (Assist. Prof. T. Kuzmina, Introduction into Speciality (Assist.Prof. M. Gunare), Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management (Assist. Prof. J. Klepikovs).

http://www.ac.ac.cy/

In 2008, group of students (K.Erlecka, I.Smislova and others) participated in the project Business Ideas Authors Training. Within the framework of this project the trip to Liepaya was organized (purchase identification No LIAA 2008/49).

During studies students developed tourism routes, organized excursions for the BIA foreign students and students learning under the exchange programme ERASMUS. Two excursions to Riga and one excursion to Rundale castle were organized. On April 23-24, 2009 the excursion around Old Riga and Jurmala was organized for participants of Psychology Higher School International Conference. On July 8, 2009 the excursion around Old Riga was organized for students from Saint-Petersburg arrived at student camp of the programme Financial Management (Organized by students Smislova I., Gordejenko A., Vežena V).

On April 28, 2009 students visited Saeima of the Republic of Latvia.On February, 6-8, 2009 students participated in the tourism exhibition Balttur

and at the BIA stand of the exhibition Skola-2009. Student K.Erlecka participated in the student trip of Latvian higher schools to European Parliament in Strasbourg.

Technical and information equipment application in the study programme. Technical equipment for information acquisition, its processing and using has an important function in the study syllabus implementation. During lectures (Tourism Geography, Communication Psychology, Business Etiquette, Latvian) video films are shown. Afterwards students do tests on the material acquired. To aim this, the big collection of DVDs in geography, culture and traditions of different cultures is made. Besides, it is used TV bridge - computers, video cameras etc aimed at organisation of the distant learning (videoconferences, lectures, Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods, Labour Protection and Fire Safety, Philosophy etc).

To achieve study goals it is necessary to use this equipment for following reason:

this is an opportunity to show the important study material in the interesting visual way;

listening or watching material students gain information product (advertisement, presentation) qualitative analysis approaches (e.g. IT in Tourism and Hospitality I, IT in Tourism and Hospitality II, Latvian and Baltic History and Culture, Advertising and PR, World Cultural History).

Electronic means as a way of student control, testing progressively become more popular in implementation of the study programme. The mentioned approach is widely used in the study work (e.g. tests in Tourism Geography, Tourism and Hospitality Management etc).

The Internet using is very significant for the programme. It is used as a sup-plement means (search for articles, monographs, correspondence with lecturers, consultation with course and graduation papers scientific advisors, internship tu-tors etc). This means is widely used by those lecturers who organise internship at

other higher schools. Thus, the Internet use for educational purposes is considered as a method providing with effective information exchange interaction link between students and lecturers.

One of the most important methods used within the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management is inviting guest lecturers. When a new person comes in the auditorium it has always been interesting for students, particularly if this person is widely known in Latvia or abroad. When an invited expert lectures the research, the theory is complimented with a practical aspect. Also, students establish contacts with professionals and professional associations. Moreover, the professionals always positively approve the idea to work with students enriching their experience in this way. For example, in 2008-2009, the programme students listened to prof.A.Osipov (Moscow Ecclesiastical Academy), J.Zhilinsky (Poland), prof.H.Ch.Oster (Sweden) and P.Saabye Simonsen (Denmark).

Moreover, students of both full-time and part-time departments use basic methods of independent work:

home assignments; reporting; course papers planning and writing; internship work, internship report preparation; graduation paper development;

Within the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management student independent work is not less than 80 CP, i.e. approximately a half out of the total programme volume. The academic staff organizes this process methodically.

The study basic methods and responsibilities of academic staff.Under the programme Tourism and Hospitality Tourism each academic

staff member has responsibilities during lectures, seminars or practical workshops:

o to state requirements for semester final control (questions on specific material for self-check or exam/test) with further submitting it as a study course syllabus item;

o to provide students with the list of recommended literature;o to provide students with individual work;o to apply the differentiate approach to the student work organisation;o to stimulate students’ interest for profound research of particular study

discipline;o to define number of practical tasks according to the programme;o to prepare study methodical materials (assignments for submission,

tests, summaries of lectures etc).Remarks: Study methodical materials include:

o the course syllabus,o methodological recommendations for seminars,o subjects of practical work,

o testing system, including exam or test questions,o test tasks,

o instructions how to use study technical equipment and information technologies.

Academic staff work with students. Its organisation.The semester syllabus includes not only lectures, seminars and internships,

but only lecturers’ individual work with students: consultation and testing time. This work is implemented in the following forms:

o individual consultations with students, giving a chance to resit;o doing tests (also using computers);o consultations to prepare students for seminars;o consultations to prepare students for course paper and graduation

paper development and defence.Lecturers use individual and group work with students according to the

study syllabus confirmed. The particular attention has been paid to individual work during which students develop projects, presentations, fulfil creative tasks, write summaries of the literature read etc. Within the framework of the study process students are involved into the higher school student conferences.

Students take supervision during internship and study process. During supervision the communicative skills, analysis of social cases and interpretation are improved.

Bilingual method. The Latvian and Russian students study in bilingual groups. Thus, the target language is a teaching language and communication in a group. Sometimes multilingual teaching form is used. Particular study courses are completely or partially given in Latvian, Russian, English or German.

9.2. Assessment of Students’ Knowledge

Within the framework of the programme the following students’ knowledge testing forms are used:

1. tests and exams;2. internship;3. course and graduation papers;4. project work.

Exams and tests are taken in the oral and written form. Also it is possible to combine these forms. The course and graduation papers as well as project results are evaluated by the commission. To evaluate student professional competence employers are involved during presentation of internship results. Such an evaluation process ensures the evaluation objectivity, promotes the mutual integration of the study programme concept and the study disciplines.

Within the study courses and internship students’ knowledge, skills and abilities are evaluated according to the 10-point system giving credit points for each type of checking as needed. 1 credit point correspondents to 40 study hours (both class hours and individual work) and conforms to 1.5 ECTS CP.

Within the programme the current, semester and final evaluation of students' knowledge are used.

Current: Controlworks, tests, independent works, reports, projects.Semester: Graded tests and examinations during examination time.Final: Graduation paper defence.The student testing knowledge is oral (seminars, tutorials, discussions, tests, exams); written (reports, controlworks, tests, exams).Students’ knowledge, ability and skills are assessed with the marks: 10 (“with

distinction”), 9 (“excellent”), 8 (“very good”), 7 (“good”), 6 (“almost good”), 5 (“satisfactory”), 4 ("almost satisfactory”), 3 ("bad"), 2 (“very bad”), 1 (“very, very bad”). All tests are graded.

The report point for evaluation shows the level of obtained knowledge and skills in the relevant study course. Results are shown in the exam and test forms which are official documents.

The assessment of students' knowledge is realised in accordance with the normative acts of the Republic of Latvia, the BIA Constitution and regulations.The basic principles of students' knowledge assessment are:

1. positive achievements summarization;2. compulsory testing;3. transparency and clarity of the requirements;4. variety of assessment forms;5. adequate assessment.

Students are informed about the assessment's form and criteria in the beginning of study course when getting acquainted with the study programme.

Students' knowledge in all study course disciplines, projects, course papers, tests and examinations is evaluated. The assessment is realized according to the 10-point scale. An exam or a test is considered positive, if the assessment of knowledge, abilities and skills is not lower than 4.

A test given a mark is a written or an oral testing of students' knowledge, abilities and skills evaluated by a mark.

The way of control is stipulated by the study programme, and the form of control (written or oral) is defined by a subject lecturer or the Programme Council. The exam at the end of the certain study course is realized by a discipline lecturer or if necessary by a commission. A student is allowed to take an exam without a commission not more than twice.

The accomplishment of the internship programme is assessed by testing or the 10 points scale. The assessors are the heads of the internship at work and in the higher school. Credit points are accrued for a mastered study course and an internship, if the assessment is "passed" or not lower than 4 (almost satisfactory) at the 10-point scale.

The graduation paper is evaluated by the 10-point scale, and the lowest positive mark is 4.

The second-level professional higher education diploma is given to the graduates which have successfully accomplished educational requirements of the

programme and successfully defended their graduation papers at least for 4 (almost satisfactory).

The following basic principles substantiate the choice of these methods:

the principle of transparency of knowledge and abilities assessment: in order to provide fairness and clarity the positive assessment of educational achievements should meet the programme's goals and tasks, as well as the goals and tasks of study courses;

the principle of assessment obligation: it is necessary to obtain positive assessment in the programme's compulsory part in order to accomplish the programme;

the principle of assessment basic forms: the basic forms of the assessment of the programme accomplishment is a test or an exam, the minimal study course volume required to organize an exam is 2 credit points;

the principal of assessment of accomplishment of the compulsory mixed-grading-system (10-point scale) exam and state examination programme: from the very high accomplishment level to the low accomplishment level which are substantiated by clear criteria and specified requirements;

a test given a mark by a lecturer within 10-point system; the principle of assessment of accomplishment of the programme's

contents: the accomplishment level of the programme's contents from “almost satisfactory” to the high one or the assessment “passed” is considered positive. For each successfully passed study course, course paper, qualification exam, bachelor paper or achieved aim of internship the credit points are given;

the principle of assessment of state exams: in accordance with the procedure established by the BIA Constitution and in concordance with the Regulation accepted by the BIA Senate each year the assessment commission for professional bachelor paper (graduation paper) is appointed;

the principle of composition of the commission: the head and at least four members of the commission from the academic staff and professional organizations or employers' representatives, provided that the head of the commission and at least a half of the commission are the abovementioned representatives.

The study programme, as well as the parts of the study programme, should be regularly revised and improved in accordance with the labour market requirements.

9.3. Matriculation requirements

The students' matriculation principles of the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management:1. Matriculation at the BIA is conducted by the Admission Board appointed

according to the rector's order.2. All matriculated persons are the BIA's students.3. The citizens and residents of the Republic of Latvia, the persons with the

permission for a permanent place of residence in Latvia, regardless of their sex, social status and perpetuity, race, nationality, political views, religion, occupation and place of residence are allowed to study at the BIA. Foreigners are allowed to study at the BIA in accordance with the Law on Higher Education of the Republic of Latvia, articles 83-85.

Matriculation in the study programme takes place in accordance with the BIA “Enrolment and Matriculation Regulations of the BIA”, which were issued in accordance with the Law on Higher Education of the Republic of Latvia, Article 46, Part 1, and the Regulations of the Cabinet of Ministers No “Requirements, Criteria and Matriculation in the Study Programmes” of 10 October, 2006. The document is available at the BIA homepage http://www.bsa.edu.lv/lang/lat/uzn_not.doc and at the Admission Commission, Lomonosova 4, office 216.

9.4. The study programme managementThe study programme's director is Doctor of Political Science, assistant

professor Marina Gunare.The leadership of the professional study programme Tourism and Hospitality

Management is carried out by its director and the Programme Council. The structure of the Study Programme Council:

assistant professor M.Gunare, assistant professor N.Sotikova assistant professor N.Pazuhina, assistant professor L.Jermolajeva, 2-year student K.Erlecka.

Cooperation with the professional study programme's staff takes place once in 3 months within the framework of the Study Programme Council’s meetings, as well as on a daily basis. The following issues are discussed: Work organization and management Important changes in the study plan Scientific and methodological activities Theoretical and methodological issues Preparation, discussing and approval of the programme’s self-evaluation

report Lecture visitation schedule

9.5. Number of students at the programme

http://www.bsa.edu.lv/lang/lat/uzn_not.doc

In 2008/2009 academic year 20 students – 10 full-time and 10 part-time students in Rīga – were enrolled in the professional bachelor higher education programme Tourism and Hospitality Management. Students were interested also in studies at the BIA's branch in Daugavpils but they were ready to accept only a licensed study programme (see table 15).

Table 15

Study form Rīga Daugavpils1 year 1 year

Full-time 10 -Part-time 10 -Total 20 -

The professional bachelor higher education programme Tourism and Hospitality Management actively participated in the exhibition SCHOOL 2009 (SKOLA 2009) and promoting activities organized by the BIA, and in 2009/2010 academic year the number of interested has forced up and the dynamics is evident. There is a growing tendency to continue studies after the first level. It secures students with continuous studying process at BIA (see table 16).

Table 16

Study form Rīga Daugavpils1 year 2 year 3 year 1 year

Full-time 57 11 - -Part-time 9 10 3 -Total 93 21 3 -

It was important for the Study Programme Council to know the sources which provided the information on the study programme. Therefore the survey was conducted and it provided the corresponding information. Altogether all 93 first-year students which mentioned this source were interrogated.

9.6. The study programme auditThe internal audit of the study programme is realized by the BIA Programme Council. Using the abovementioned control criteria, methods, and the analysis of the test results it is possible to assess the students' knowledge, skills and abilities level, to analyze the correspondence of the obtained knowledge, skills, abilities and professionalism to the requirements of the labour market.Lecturers' work quality is evaluated by the programme's director and the Programme Council. In case of disputes the BIA leadership and decision-making authorities might be involved: the rector, the Senate, the arbitrage. The feedback is also taken into consideration: students regularly evaluate each lecturer, take part in the Study Programme Council's and Student Self-Government's meetings, as well as in preparation of the annual self-evaluation report.The following table is the summary (percentage) of control data for a semester. There is data on groups and study forms.

Table 17The level of students' progress in studies, I yearin comparison with 2008/2009 academic year

Marks I year, full-time studies

I year, part-time studies

10 1.6% 0.5%9 8.8% 8.1%8 23.6% 31.2%7 41.2% 27.7%6 11.5% 18.5%5 10.4% 4.1%4 2.2% 1.6%

The analysis of progress demonstrates that 10.4% full-time students achieve outstanding and excellent results, 76.3% achieve very good, good and almost good results, and 12.6% achieve satisfactory and almost satisfactory results. Whereas part-time (night d.) students' marks are the following: 8.6% – outstanding, excellent, 77.4% – very good, good and almost good, 5.7% – satisfactory and almost satisfactory.

The comparison with other groups' results and the analysis of the students' attitude to development of studies is impossible as only the 1-year students study at the programme.However, the comparison of the part-time (night d.) and full-time (day d.) students' marks shows that the level of the latter is higher. Day department students have stronger motivation and spend more time studying – this could be the reason. Besides, frequently there are such students which have understood that good education is the necessity and have restarted their studies.

The BIA applies a financial stimulation method – it offers discounts for next semester studies for the students having outstanding, excellent and very good results, but this stimulus turned out to be not strong enough to help to accustom to the new high school studying system and inspire students show excellent results. Furthermore, the fact that the programme is operating for the first year and it is not that popular among school leavers yet should be taken into consideration. The average secondary school mark level of the students entering the programme corresponds their average marks in secondary school certificate.

9.7. Students’ survey and its analysis

The students' survey at the BIA is organized regularly at the end of each semester. In the questionnaire students assess lecturer's work, study process organization, out-of-class work organization, programme's technical equipment and the study programme according to the 10-point system, as well as express

their thoughts and suggestions for study process improvement. Questionnaires are anonymous, so that students have possibility to express their opinion freely. Questionnaire data is summarized with the help of the specific computer program.

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Rud.-2008/09

Pav. - 2008/09

Izmainījās uz labo pusi Neizmainījās Izmainījās uz slikto pusi

The survey results show that during the autumn semester students get used to

a new study system and methods different from school system and methods.The survey results show that students on the whole are satisfied with the

programme’s contents and the teaching level. Lecturers' attitude to students and the relationship among students are

evaluated as positive. Increase of practical sessions and internship possibilities are also positively assessed.

The student survey results are applied for improvement of the study programme and study process.

1. Materiāla apjoms un novitāte.

2. Materiāla pasniegšanas pieejamība.

3. Pasniedzēja un auditorijas kontakts .

4. Teorētiskais priekšmeta līmenis .

5. Praktiskā priekšmeta novirze.6. Aktīvo mācību metožu izmantošana.

7. Liter. un māc. Metod. līdzekļunodroš inājums .

8. Tehnisko mācību līdzekļuizmantošana.

9. Iespēja saņemt konsultāciju.

Pavasaris 2008/2009

8,22

8,64 8,67

7,80

8,20

8,60

Apm ierinātības pakāpear m ācībām ins titūtā

Pasniegšanas kvalitāte Nodarbību m etodiskānodroš inājum a līm enis

9.8. Students’ participation in the study process improvement

Students' participation in study process improvement is the following: student survey results that pertain to study process, the teaching level and

their suggestions are taken into consideration while making up semester plans;

the heads of groups take part in examinations planning; the Student Parliament organizes students' life in the higher school and

secures information sharing between its leadership and students; the students' representative is the member of the Programme Council; the Student Parliament organizes students' leisure time (discos, guided

tours, outings).In study organization students' opinion is of serious importance. Survey

results are discussed during the Study Programme meeting. If the student survey reveals the problems that might be resolved in common, then they are discussed with students.

10. The study programme academic staff10.1. The BIA higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism

and Hospitality Management list of the academic staff

Quality of the professional higher education to the great extent depends on entire study process organization where the academic staff is of great importance. All professional study programmes are focused on the requirements of the labour market. That is why the academic staff's knowledge in development of specific fields and practical experience in the certain field must correspond modern demands. Guest lecturers recognized in professional environment for their knowledge and skills will be invited to conduct seminars.

The Tourism and Hospitality Management programme number of lecturers (Rīga and Daugavpils)

Table 18

The Tourism and Hospitality Management programme number of lecturers (Rīga and Daugavpils)

No Study courses Se

m CP LecturerScien. or academic

degreeNotes Position

The study courses of general education A1 Pedagogics 6 1 O.Filina Dr.paed. Direct

work As.prof.

L.Mackeviča(Daugavpils)

Mg.paed., a candidate

for a doctor's

Direct work

Assistant

professor

degree

2

Logics 1 2 I.Boļšakovs

Mg.hum. sc.

A candidate for a

doctor’s degree

Direct work Lector

3

Business Economics in Tourism

1 2

O. Ustimenko

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

N.Gžibovska(Daugavpils)

Dr.oec. Direct work As.prof.

4 Rhetoric 2 2

A.Gabrieljan

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, Master of Law, a candidate

for a doctor's degree

Direct work Lector

V.Rumjanceva(Daugavpils)

Mg.philol., a candidate


Direct work

Assistant

professor

5 World Culture History 3 3

N.Pazuhina Dr. Art Direct work

Assistant

professor

G.Petrova(Daugavpils)

Mg.paed. Direct work Lector

6 General Psychology

3 1 O.Ņikiforovs Dr.psych. Direct

work As.prof.

V.Cerkiļevičs

Mg.psych. Direct work

Assistant

(Daugavpils)

professor

7 Philosophy 4 2 V.Kačans Dr.phil. Direct work As.prof.

8 Social Psychology 5 2

L.Jermolajeva

Mg.hum.sc., a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

V.Cerkiļevičs(Daugavpils)

Mg.psych. Direct work

Assistant professor

9 Sociology 6 2 T.Kuzmina

Mg.hum.sc.a candidate


Direct work

Assistant professor

10 Politology 7 1 I.Ostrovska Dr.phil. Direct

work As.prof.

11

Latvian and Baltic History and Culture

2 2A.Prieditis Dr.philol. Direct

workAs.prof.

12

Scientific and Course Paper Theory and Methods 1

0/16 h

V.Kačans Dr.phil. Direct work As.prof.

13

Labour Protection and Fire Safety 1

0/4 h

N.Rešetilova

Specialist in the field of electrical

engineering

Direct work

Assistant professor

14


70/4 h

V.Kačans Dr.phil. Direct work As.prof.

Professional theoretic basic courses and information technologies A

1 Introduction into Speciality 1 2 M.Gunare Dr.polit.sc. Direct

work

Assistant professor

2 Microeconomics 1 2 A.Perlovs Mg. paed., economist

Direct work

Lector



3 IT in Tourism I 2 3

J.Timoščenko Dr.sc.ing. Direct

work

Assistant professor

V.Mihejevs(Daugavpils)

Mg.sc.comp.

Direct work Lector

4 Macroeconomics 2 2

L.Seļivanova Dr.oec. Direct

work

Assistant professor

N.Griškjane(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

5Statistics Methods in Tourism

3 2

D.Zagulova Dr.med. Direct work Lector

A.Hotuļevs(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

6 Tourism Geography 1,2 4 M.Gunare Dr.polit.sc. Direct

work

Assistant professor

7


1 2

H.Ozoliņa Master of Law

Direct work Lector

I.Stankova(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

8 Tourism and Hospitality 4 2 I.Ratanova Mg. sc.soc.,

a candidate Direct work

Assistant

Marketingfor a

doctor's degree

professor

9

Tourism and Hospitality Management (in English)

3 2

V.Siļiņeviča

Mg.oec., a candidate


Direct work

Assistant professor

S.Miļuse(Daugavpils)



Direct work

Assistant professor

10

Marketing Research Methods

4 2


A.Larionovs(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

11

Management Theory and Corporative Culture

3 2

N.Sotikova

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

J.Godlevska(Daugavpils)


12

Finances and Accountancy

4 2

Ž.Černoštana

Economist,a candidate


Direct work Lector

L.Šeņavska(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Direct work

Lector

Administration

13

Human Resources Management

4 2


S.Miļuse(Daugavpils)



Direct work

Assistant professor

14

Strategic Marketing Communications

6 2

T.Golubkova Dr.oec. Direct

work

Assistant professor

J.Vozņuka(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work Lector

15

International Tourism Economy

7 2

A.Mašarskis Dr.oec. Direct

work As.prof.



16

Tourism Subject Matter, Planning and Management

1 2 J.Kļepikovs Philosopher Direct work Lector

17

Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality Business

5 1

N.Novožilova Dr.sc.ing. Direct

work

Assistant professor

V.Ņemenova(Daugavpils)

Mg.iur. Direct work Lector

Professional study courses B1 Professional

English in 1,2,3

8 J.Popova Mg. hum.sc.

Direct work

Assistant

Tourism

phil.a candidate


J.Brakovska(Daugavpils)

Mg.hum.sc., a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

2 Records Management 2 1

O.Ustimenko

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

N.Griškjane(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

3

English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English)

6 2

J.Popova

Mg. hum.sc.

phil.a candidate


Direct work

Assistant

J.Brakovska(Daugavpils)

Mg.hum.sc.a candidate


Direct work

Assistant professor

4 Tourism Project Management 5 2 A.Mite

Mg.soc.sc., a candidate


Side work

Assistant professor

5 World Religions and Sacral Tourism

5 2 I.Markina Dipl.filol., a candidate

for a doctor's

Direct work

Assistant professor

degree

6 Food service 3 2 J.Kļepikovs Qualified philosopher

Direct work Lector

7Excursion Organisation and Guiding

3 2

N.Pazuhina Dr. Art

Direct work

Assistant

professor


Mg.paed. Direct work

Lector

8Professional German in Tourism

4,5,6 8

S.Jaškina Mg.paed. Direct work

Assistant professor




Direct work

Assistant professor

9

Tourism Types and Services 4 4 M.Gunare Dr.polit.sc.

Direct work

Assistant professor

10

Hotel Management 5 3

V.Siļiņeviča

Mg.oec., a candidate


Direct work

Assistant professor

11

Tourism Taxation 4 2

T.Andrejeva Mg.oek.

Direct work

Assistant professor


Dr.oec.

Direct work As.prof.

12

Advertising and PR

5 2 N.Sotikova Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate

Direct work

Assistant professor


13

IT in Tourism and Hospitality II

2 2 E.Maharevs Dr.sc.ing. Side work

Prof.

14 Tourism

Logistics Basics

6 1

N.Novožilova Dr.sc.ing.

Direct work

Assistant professor

15

Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication

7 2

V.Krieviņa Dr.biol. Side work

Assistant professor

R.Ļahovska(Daugavpils)

Mg.psych. Side work

Lector

16

Business Tourism (MICE) 7 4 M.Gunare Dr.polit.sc. Direct

work

Assistant professor

17

Communication in Multicultural Environment 7 2 E.Arhangeļ

ska Dr.philol. Direct work As.prof.

18

Communication Psychology 6 2

N.Sotikova

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

R.Ļahovska(Daugavpils)

Mg.psych. Side work Lector

19

Service and Quality System Management

7 2 I.Ratanova Mg.hum.sc., a

candidate for a

Direct work

Assistant professor

doctor's degree


6 2

S.Jaškina Mg.paed. Direct work

Assistant professor




Direct work

Assistant professor

Optional study courses C

1

Latvian/Russian

1 2

I.ZemnieceMaster of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

L.Ignatjeva Dr.philol. Direct work As.prof.

V.Rumjanceva(Daugavpils)

Mg.philol., a candidate


Direct work

Assistant professor

2 Spanish/Swedish/French 3 2

L.Grisle Philologist Direct work

Lector

O.Odegova PhilologistDirect work Lector

L.Gorelkina Mg.hum.sc. Direct

workLector

3Leisure and Entertainment Management

3 1 I.Markina

Dipl.filol., a candidate for a doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

4

Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disable People

6 2 A.Mite

Mg.soc.sc., a candidate for a doctor's degree

Side work

Assistant professor

5 Latvian 2 2 T.Kuzmina a candidate Direct Assistan

Regional Culture


workt professor

6 Business Etiquette 3 1

I.Dimante Dr.philol. Direct work

Assistant professor

J.Godlevska(Daugavpils)


7 E-Marketing in Tourism 7 2 J.Timoščen

ko Dr.sc.ing. Direct work

Assistant professor

8 PR in Tourism and Hospitality 7 2

L.Kaširina Dr.philol. Direct work

Assistant professor

A.Larionovs(Daugavpils)

Master of Business

Management and

Administration

Direct work Lector

9Cultural Tourism 5 2

N.Pazuhina Dr. Art Direct work

Assistant

professor



10

Ecotourism and Environmental Protection

5 2 N.Sotikova

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work

Assistant professor

1 Tourism 6 2 I.Dimante Dr.philol. Direct As.prof.

1 Regional Marketing

work

J.Vozņuka

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work Lector

12

Organisation of Special Events in Tourism 7 2 J.Vozņuka

Master of Business

Management and

Administration, a

candidate for a

doctor's degree

Direct work Lector

13

Tourism Guide Job Basics 2 2 N.Pazuhina Dr. Art Direct

work

Assistant

professor

10.2. Number and qualification of the study programme Tourism and Hospitality

Management academic staff

According to the BIA Senate's decision on introduction of the higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management 56 persons from the BIA's academic staff are engaged by the programme. The BIA is the basic workplace for 52 (92.9%) of them (see 19. table 19).

Nineteen (33.9% of the total number) lecturers have the degree of doctor (see table 20).

All 56 lecturers have long-term contractual relations with the BIA.The BIA higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management academic staff on a percentage base.

Table 19The academic staff in total Working in the BIA as well

Basic work place Side work

Number of people % Persons % Persons %56 100 52 92.9 4 7.1

Table 20The programme's

staff in total Includingdoctoral degree

holders

Including master's degree holders

Including professional experts

with the higher education

Number of

people

Percent.

(%)

Persons

% Persons % Persons

%

56 100 19 33.9 31 55.4 6 10.7

Classification of the academic staff engaged for permanent work according to their current positions

Table 21No. Position Number of programme

employees12345

ProfessorAssociated professorAssistant professorLecturerAssistant

1924211

Total 56

It is planned to fulfil the study programme at the BIA's branch in Daugavpils as well. Therefore the academic staff is also formed there expanding the main team in Rīga. Doctor and master's degree holders from this city are employed for work in the branch. Such a manpower policy when lecturers from Rīga and local specialists are combined allows to meet one of basic requirements: not less than 50% of the general staff and not less than 30% of doctors of science must be engaged in the programme realization. See the academic staff's curriculum vitaes in the Appendix No. 6.

10.3. The study programme academic staff scientific work directions

The study programme academic staff scientific work directions correspond the main directions of the study programme. The major part of the academic staff is

engaged in professional tourism; and at the same time the specialists working in the field of tourism are recruited.

Business Tourism, congresses, exhibitions (MICE); Cultural heritage and touristic zones; Touristic zone marketing; Tourism and Hospitality Marketing; Improvement of a tourism product; Development of the tourism product progress policy; Development of tourism in Latvia (opportunities and new suggestions); The electronics in tourism and hospitality marketing; The tourism for people with special needs.

The academic staff's published materials (see Appendix No 7)

10.4. The academic staff selection, replacement, training and development policy

When recruiting staff, the BIA take into consideration aims and tasks of the higher school.

Manpower policy aim is to provide the BIA with the well-qualified staff, to form the permanent staff team, to enable the staff to fulfil creative potential and improve qualification.

Staff expansion, development and changes are carried out in the following way:

A person is recruited if he/she submits the application for job on his/her own initiative or if he/she is recommended by someone of the BIA employees.

The BIA concludes contracts with foreign and local higher schools on staff exchange and thus the guest lecturers team changes and increases.

The BIA puts forward demands on the academic staff's educational attainment and qualification, takes into consideration length of service and experience. The BIA does not put forward demands on sex, age, nationality, political views, religion considering such requirements as discriminating ones.

The BIA supports stuff training: extension courses; participation in seminars, conferences, training sessions, projects and

research work organized by the BIA and other higher schools; participation in international conferences; exchange of experience between higher school lecturers of Latvia and

foreign countries; continuation of studies for doctor degree.

In order to improve staff qualification it is planned: To create the BIA lecturers' qualification improvement system. For this

purpose it is necessary to create complex module programmes for lecturers' qualification improvement within the higher school system and to create programme innovation system presented in the higher school.

Participation of lecturers: each year the BIA organizes the contest on vacant academic positions

and any BIA lecturer or outsider can freely apply for it. All submitted documents are evaluated by the contest commission according to the BIA Senate criteria.

The performance quality assessment criteria are taken as a basis for the academic staff choice.

The main goals of assessment of lecturers' performance are the following: to evaluate lecturers' half-year performance and if his/her performance

corresponds the goals of the higher school and the structural unit; to be taken as a basis for motivation to work properly and responsibly for

a bonus or some other stimulant; to specify lecturers' strong and weak points (to specify if professional

development or certain training is necessary).

The programme lecturers regularly improve their qualification.1. Participation in scientific conferences and seminars, publishing of materials

(see Appendix No. 7).2. The major part of lecturers are studying for a doctor degree. (Ž.Černoštana,

I.Boļšakovs, N. Sotikova, V.Silineviča, I.Ratanova, L.Jermolajeva, A.Mite, I.Markina, T.Kuzmina, J.Vozņuka, S.Miļuse, L.Mackeviča, J.Popova, J.Brakovska, V.Rumjanceva, A.Gabrieljans ).

3. Improvement of professional expertise through courses and seminars: The courses Technical Equipment Application within Lecturer's Work

are regularly organized at the BIA. Upon completion of the courses the certificate is issued and it is allowed to use technical devices for the purpose of teleconference, videoconference and consultation organization.

The pedagogical perfection of higher school didactics (Innovations within the Higher School System) has been accomplished by Ž.Černoštana, T.Golubkova, I.Markina, T.Kuzmina, M.Gunare).

Completion of various short-term courses. All lecturers master the EBSCO programme at the BIA library within the

pointedly organized courses.

11. The advertisement and newsletters about study opportunities at the BIA

The second-level higher education professional bachelor study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management together with other BIA study programmes organizes advertising and informative campaigns according to the previously elaborated plan. The Open Days in study centres in Rīga and study branches in Latvia are organized with a view to introduce the higher school study programmes to potential students. Organization of the Open Day is comprehensive and its target audience is:

- secondary school graduates;- their parents;- persons with secondary or post-secondary education;- all those who are eager to improve their qualification.

Informative days are frequently organized during the spring months in all schools of Latvia. The higher school pursues the aim to provide information on the offered study programmes and to attract potential students.The informative days are organized at the BIA and the programme. February through May the programme representatives see the senior school pupils at schools. During these meetings pupils receive precise information on programme study process and entry conditions. The BIA rector, programme directors, staff and students take part in the informative days. The programme lecturers and students regularly participate in the annual exhibition School taking place in Rīga and other cities of Latvia, such as Daugavpils, Liepāja, Rēzekne, Valmiera, as well as in similar exhibitions in Vilnius, Tallinn, St. Petersburg and Moscow.The following sources were used in 2008 - 2009 for the purpose of advertising and announcement:

- radio PIK, Mix FM 102.7, radioSWH;- the printed press: the collected books Augstskolas Latvijā (The Higher

Schools in Latvia) and Izglītība ārzemēs (Education Abroad);- newspapers: O & K, Lauku avīze, Neatkarīgā rīta avīze, Diena, Latvijas

santīms, Mērķis, Вести сегодня, Телеграф, Даугавпилс, Образование и карьера;

- the various LTV channels and regional television: in Līvāni, Daugavpils, Dagda, Smiltene, Ogre, Dobele, Talsi, Mālpils;

- advertised in the catalogue Izglītības ceļvedis.

12. The study programme sources of funding The programme Tourism and Hospitality Management funding: • students' tuition fee; • incomes from creative, research and scientific activity including conferences; • donations and charity;

other incomes;

Tuition feeTable 22

The tuition fee per semester (Ls)2008/2009 academic year

Rīga DaugavpilsFor full-time studies (day 550 268

d.)For part-time studies (night d.)

470 236

Baltic International Academy Ltd budget allocation and its application in 2008 (Appendix No. 9)

13. The study material technical resources

13.1. The electronic equipment used at the BIA

For the purpose of lecture realization and study work organization new computers, printers, scanners, copying machines, programs and other technical resources were purchased, computer classes were modernized, and the BIA information management system was elaborated and introduced starting 2008/2009 academic year.

The most significant improvements: The local computer network and the Internet connection were readjusted

providing the fast, stable and highly reliable VBT (integrated business network) Internet at the BIA.

The BIA students and employees have the possibility to use:

1. Computer classes equipped with the Intel Pentium and Celeron computers, licensed software,

the Internet services and other equipment and systems;1. Rīga: 8 computer classes (167 comp.), Lomonosova 4: 2 computer classes (50 comp.), Piedrujas 3; Daugavpils: 2 computer classes (72 comp.),Dzelzceļu 3;2. there is the possibility to use a scanner, a laser or colour printer in each computer class; all computers are equipped with licensed MS Windows, MS Office and anti-virus software; students may use the software, the NAIS program and SPSS software for the research work data processing; all computers are linked together within the BIA intranet, and it is possible to use server resources and the unlimited Internet services; students and employees may use the BIA e-mail; important information on students' results and financial obligations is kept in the database; the BIA homepage with important information about studies (study course descriptions, timetables and so forth) is maintained as well.

2. Communication resources: All computers are interlinked within the local computer network creating the BIA domain. The Web, DNS and e-mail servers are maintained. Rīga – Daugavpils teleconference bridge.

3. Development perspectives: Gradual change and modernization of the equipment in computer classes. Modernization of the computer network (increase of operation speed). Specification and realization of students' rights to access IS using the BIA homepage.

13.2. The BIA premises description

For the study programme realization the following BIA buildings are used: Rīga, Lomonosova 4 and Lomonosova 1/24; Daugavpils, Dzelzceļu 3, as well as other premises (see tables 25, 26). Computers, duplicating machine, overheads (see table 27) are at the disposal of the programme.

Description of premises used by the programmeThe BIA technical and material resources, Rīga

Table 23

Lomonosova 1/24

Lomonosova 4

Number of

premises

Sq. m Number of premises Sq. m

Premises for studying and

scientific activities

16 1094 30 1355

Library 4 207 - -Computer classes - - 8 235Administrational

offices3 65 28 757

Cafe 1 113 1 117Premises for sporting and relaxation

1 640 - -

Other premises - 97 - 9682216 3432

Table 24

Study rooms, their functional tasks

DaugavpilsDzelzceļu 3

Number of premises Sq. m1. Study rooms 23 1077.4 sq. m2. Libraries 1 67.6 sq. m3. Computer classes 2 86.6 sq. m

4. Administrational offices 11 146.3 sq. m5. Cafe 1 75.2 sq. m6. Technological and auxiliary rooms 42 692.9 sq. m

Total 80 2146.0 sq. m

The programme material and technical support

Table 25

RīgaMaterial and technical support Lomonosova 1/24 and 4

Computers 70Printers 40Scanners 10Copying machines 10Overheads 15Tape recorders 10Multimedia projector 9Laptop 3Fax/printers 8Fax 3

DaugavpilsMaterial and technical support Dzelzceļu 3

Computers 72Printers 10Scanners 4Copying machines 4Overheads 6Tape recorders 5Multimedia projector 3Laptop 1Fax/printers 2Fax 3TV 6Video 3DVD players 2

13.3. The BIA library

The programme uses the BIA library with a special-purpose department.

The BIA library is accredited; The BIA library is the member of the LATABA; The member of the legal library consortium; The BIA library employees operate in LATABA section;

The BIA library is organized and operates in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Latvia about operation of scientific libraries.

Information about the latest books and magazines is posted on the BIA homepage www.bsa.edu.lv.

The book stock by 19 August, 2009 consisted of more than 56641 units (books, brochures, magazines). Including:in Latvian – 8059 units;in English – 1629 units;in Russian – 46953 units.

Table 26

No. Library The BIA unit

Russian

Latvian

English

1. Rīga 38656 32326 4811 15192. Daugavpils 17985 14627 3248 110

The book stock contents and structure – Appendix No. 9.The book stock creation sources:

The booksellers: “Janus”, “Polaris”, “J.Rozes grāmatnīca”, “Valters un Rapa”. Book storehouses in Moscow: “Gardarika”, “Инфра – М”, “КноРус”. Libraries in Rīga, municipal libraries. Private libraries. Foreign publishers: “PEARSON”, “WILEY”, “OPEN UNIVERSITY PRESS”,

“THOMSON wadsworth”, “ELSEVIER”, “OXFORD university press”.

Subscription for newspapers and magazines:

The “Latvijas Pasts”, the "Merion-Press”, the subscriptions centre “Diena”, the “Presapvinība P.K.S.” offer subscription for newspapers and magazines.

In 2009 more than 165 units were subscribed for.Table 27

No. Sections Title In Russian

In Latvian

In Englis

h1. Law 23 20 3 — 2. Economics 55 36 12 7 3. Advertisement, PR 7 7 — — 4. Philosophy, politics 13 10 2 15. Philology 22 16 5 16. Tourism 3 3 2 17. Linguistics 6 6 — —

The library methodological management is realized by:

The Scientific library of Latvia (systematisation and stock catalogue classification according to the UDK system of Latvia);

The CBS method department in Rīga; The LU Scientific library; The LU Eurofaculty library;

The library informational work:

The book stock subject catalogue; The electronic subject catalogue; The E-biblio catalogue – 168 units; The CD-biblio catalogue – 82 units; The books in English in the electronic catalogue – (see the homepage

www.bsa.edu.lv); The masters' theses catalogue – (see the homepage www.bsa.edu.lv ) ; The electronic catalogue – the Internet – www.bsa.edu.lv/biblio/; The periodicals catalogue; The new book stock bibliographic lists in all realm of science (see the

homepage www.bsa.edu.lv); Differentiated informative work with the rector, the study programme

director and lecturers; The audio and video cassette stock; The BIA homepage in the Internet: www.bsa.edu.lv; The subject list of the books in English: economics, psychology, interior,

design (see the homepage www.bsa.edu.lv); Databases.

EBSCO http://search.ebscohost.com

The EBSCO is the multi-field database consisting of different full-text and review databases in the field of human, social and exact sciences: Academic Search Complete, Business Source Complete, ERIC, Health Source - Consumer Edition, Health Source: Nursing/Academic Edition, Library, Information Science & Technology Abstracts, MasterFILE Premier, MEDLINE, Newspaper Source, Regional Business News.Nowadays the EBSCO is the most popular and most frequently used foreign database.

HeinOnline + FILR http://www.heinonline.orgThe foreign international law database includes the most significant published materials in the field of international law embracing the

http://www.heinonline.org/

http://search.ebscohost.com/

http://www.bsa.edu.lv/



prominent year-books on international law from the entire world, the published materials of the American Society of International Law and the Hague International Court of Justice, as well as other reputable institutions.

Latvijas Vēstnesis www.lv.lvElectronic version

The Latvijas Vēstnesis is the official online version of the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis of the Republic of Latvia where archive information since 1993is stored. The full texts of legislative acts and articles published in the newspaper Latvijas Vēstnesis and its appendixes are available.

LETA www.leta.lvThe LETA archive is one of the most comprehensive information sources used by enterprises. The materials gathered in our archive give you the possibility to receive full-scale information as well as analyze and foreseen the events easily and quickly. Each month the LETA archive is supplemented by 30.000 information units, and by now it includes more than 2 million records.

Letonika www.letonika.lvThe Letonika is the Internet service combining the most significant informative and encyclopaedic resources about Latvia in Latvian. The Letonika includes the Encyclopaedia of Latvia, Terminological dictionary, bilingual and explanatory online dictionaries, the online encyclopaedia Latvijas vēsture and the indexed Web-page catalogue.

Lursoft www.lursoft.lv

The Lursoft newspaper library is the solid online collection of Latvian newspaper articles and the BNS agency news. Every day it is supplemented with thousands of new publications from the latest newspaper issues. More than 40 periodicals published in Latvia are available there. The number of the collected full-text publications is more than 3 million units.

NAISThe NAIS is the statutory act information system including all statutory acts of the Republic of Latvia and all international acts valid in the Republic of Latvia. The database is available only through the editorial computer in the BIA library.

Code of lawsThe legislation of the Republic of Latvia in Russian in the following fields: civil law, taxes and so forth. The database is available only through the editorial computer in the BIA library: Piedrujas 3, Rīga!

http://www.lursoft.lv/

http://www.letonika.lv/

http://www.leta.lv/

http://www.lv.lv/

RUBRICON www.rubricon.comThe RUBRICON is the universal full-text reference book database successfully combining more than 60 most significant encyclopaedias, dictionaries, handbooks and corresponding Internet resources of Russia.

Наука Онлайн http://www.ebiblioteka.ru

East ViewThe full-text database of the publisher Наука including the periodicals of Russia on humanitarian and social disciplines: 36 units.

УИС РОССИЯ http://www.cir.ruThe database for researches and studying including information on economics, management, sociology, philosophy, politics, linguistics, international relations and other human sciences. The number of information sources is constantly increasing.

The library readers’ service: The BIA book stock is located in the reading rooms; The library operating hours are convenient both for day and night

department students; According to the library rules book circulation is limited; Informative booklets; Student surveys.

13.4. The study programme informative resourcesInformation Technology Centre (ITC)

At the disposal of the BIA centre in Riga are six computer classes. Computers are interlinked within the local network. There are 114 computers in the BIA computer classes in Rīga. The premises are used for lectures, laboratory work, students' independent and scientific research work, course paper elaboration. The BIA students and lecturers use the SPSS program for statistical data processing. The centre maintains the library and school administration database ant their computer networks.

http://www.cir.ru/

http://www.ebiblioteka.ru/

http://www.rubricon.com/

Internet and computer network usageThe BIA computer classes, libraries and administration premises have the

Internet connection. The aim is to establish and maintain relationships with international organizations, funds, higher schools in Latvia and abroad, different student organizations for information sharing. The Internet provides information about conferences, projects and different events.

Students use the Internet with the view to find information necessary for independent work, course papers, qualification work, and to prepare for seminars and exams. Those students which do not have personal computer have the possibility to use them freely in the library. Students can find information on conferences, novelties in scientific and students' life in the Internet.

The BIA homepage was created so that the BIA students could present themselves within the network: www.bsa.edu.lv. It gives its users possibility to receive full information on the BIA and its programmes. The e-mail service system is functioning there.

14. Public relations

It is realized international collaboration with the following foreign higher schools:- European Business School Group (EBSI: in France, Germany, Ireland, Great Britain, Spain, Italy, the USA and Russia).- Vilnius University (Lithuania)- University of Tartu (Estonia)- University of Economics and Management (Estonia)- University of Warsaw (Poland)- University of Rzeszów (Poland)- University of Podlasie (Poland)

- Higher School of Liberal Arts and Economic Sciences (Lodz, Poland)- Higher School of Social Management (Warsaw, Poland)- Crimean State University of Liberal Arts (Ukraine)- State University of Tourism and Resort Business (Ukraine)and others. (See Appendix No. 10).

It is realized international collaboration with the following foreign higher schools: State University of Economics of Belorussia, Lomonosov Moscow State University, Herzen State Pedagogical University of Russia (St. Petersburg, Russia), Saint Petersburg State University of Economics and Finance (Russia), Saint Petersburg Baltic International Cooperation and Foreign Language Institute (Russia).

The academy cooperates with the following higher schools in Latvia:- Graduate School of Information Systems Management (Informacijas sistēmu menedžmenta augstskola, ISMA)


- Transport and Telecommunication Institute (Transporta un sakaru institūts, TSI)- Higher School of Psychology (Psiholoģijas Augstskola, PA)

The BIA actively participates in international student and academic staff exchange programmes. The contracts with 41 universities in 17 countries are concluded within the ERASMUS programme.Information about the studies abroad is available at Lomonosova 4, office 106. It can also be provided by the ERASMUS coordinator.

EmployersThe BIA cooperation with the employers concerns the following directions mainly:

Internship possibilities; Participation in internship and graduation paper defence commissions; Suggestions and recommendations on students' research directions,

that is applied research subjects, bachelor paper subjects.The BIA maintains contacts with potential employers, and those

organization leaders which provide internship positions for the BIA students. While supervising students' work in the framework of internship and taking into consideration the internship manager's reference a potential employer may choose a proper specialist.

The part-time students' internship is their real work place mainly. The BIA has concluded the Internship Contract with the following organizations: the association “Eiropas ģimene”, “EDDY Pasākumu Darbnica” Ltd., “PolarBEK Daugava” Ltd., (the hotel “Radisson SAS Daugava”), “EUROPA GROUP” Ltd., “TAS Baltics” Ltd., “Nikos Travel” Ltd.

The BIA has concluded the Internship Contracts with more than 40 enterprises and organizations (the access to the database can be provided by the study programme director).

15. The study programme development plan

The study programme is planning to fulfil the full-time (8 semesters) and part-time (9 semesters) studies in Rīga and Daugavpils. The study programme elaboration provides for attraction of experts able to hold the study programme courses. The cooperation contracts on internship were concluded with the potential internship suppliers. The current social and economic situation in the field of tourism demands for well-trained specialists able to provide proper quality services. The BIA has agreed on promotion of the profession in the framework of cooperation with other higher schools.The study programme development perspectives concern the up-to-date study process maintenance.

The programme development primarily supposes regular study contents updating. It is necessary to induce lecturers to take part in different researches, scientific projects and international programmes. New experience and competence improvement allow to work more qualitatively within the study programme. The Study Programme Council plans to create flexible internship system including the summer period. The organizations which concluded cooperation contracts on internship and expressed their recommendations have contributed to elaboration of this plan.

Lecturers' competences must be improved regularly at the extension courses, seminars, trainings, conferences, international projects. The BIA is planning to organize summer and winter competence improvement schools at the international level both for lecturers and students. It is also planned to develop cooperation with other higher schools in Latvia and abroad which have similar study programmes, to promote exchange of student and lecturers between the higher schools within the European Commission ERASMUS Programme, especially between such EU countries as Belgium, Poland, Spain, Germany, Portugal and others. In perspective it is planned to create the Scientific Student Association. The Study Programme Council has elaborated the regulations of the association, and they are at the editing stage currently. In is important to increase the number of lecturers' and students' publications in the international magazines, the number of internationally cited publications. It is also essential to increase volume of publication of study course methodological materials, to elaborate electronic course outlines. Improvement of material, technical and informative resources. It is necessary to increase the number of such specialized programs as SPSS, GALILEO, AMADEUS and others. The study programme development suggest regular library enlargement. It is planned to create the potential study programme lecturers database. The study programme is going continue to enrol new students, and this is an important factor in the programme vitality. It is essential to improve cooperation with employers which rely on their experience and thus can help to update the study programme and to direct its development in accordance with the labour market demands. The programme is open-minded and ready for improvements and further development.The advantages of this programme are:

first-level programme at the BIA; the BIA offers studies within its branches (in Daugavpils)

provided with study material resources; the BIA offers studies in various languages (multilingual

teaching); the programme is distinguished for the specific character in

comparison with other offers of the higher schools in Latvia; the focus is put on business tourism in Latvia and Europe; foreign students study at the programme.

15.1 The programme SWAT analysisTable 28

Strong features Weak features

Lecturers

- the high level of lecturers' professional qualification;

- a number of lecturers study for a doctor degree;

- active academic staff participation in methodological and scientific work;

- many lecturers are able to teach in different languages and to present the study material in fascinating and creative manner.

-Internships

- availability of internship places;- active participation of employers in student training;- internship abroad;

Students

- good business relationships between lecturers and students;

- participation of foreign students in study process;

- strong motivation of students for studying and professional activity.

-The programme

- First-level programme as well;- good methodological programme

coverage;- use of new computer technologies

within the study process;- the opportunity to fulfil the study

course in four languages (Latvian, Russian, English and German);

– the programme study courses equilibrium which guarantees obtainment of new specialists' knowledge and skills;

– combination of theory and practical

Students

- the low level of secondary school graduates' competence;

- working students cannot actively participate in the programme undertakings;

- low support of the study programme in regions;

The programme

- long-term studies within the exchange programmes;- insufficient funding for creation of laboratories;- public funding is not implemented for the programme realization;- expensive books and methodological resources;

Lecturers

- limited opportunities for publishing of scientific conference and seminar materials in the field of tourism in Latvia;

- limited opportunities for participation in projects and grants in the field of tourism;

- the insufficient number of lecturers with a scientific degree in the field of tourism.

knowledge;– participation in international

projects;–exchange programmes opportunities;

– specialization in field of the business tourism and work with people with special needs.

Opportunities Threat- the possibility for other college

students and the BIA first-level programme students to continue studies;

- the opportunity to present the study courses in four languages;

- the opportunity to get the state credit for studying;

- the opportunity to participate in new projects in the field of tourism;

- the opportunity to participate in international student camps;

- membership in the associations;- the opportunity to study in other

regions of Latvia (Daugavpils);- elaboration and launching of a

students' tourist agency;- the opportunity to participate in

international conferences;- specialization in field of the business

tourism and work with people with special needs;

- the opportunity to continue studies for a master's degree;- other possibilities of funding;

– the demographic situation suggests decrease of the number of students;

– the economic crisis may influence the number of students;

– decrease of work places in the service sector;

– students' inactivity or weak motivation.

The programme strategy is focused on continuous improvement of the study programme according to the tourism industry innovations and requirements of the statutory acts.

For this purpose we expand the study programme aim, that is to develop research skills, critical thinking, ability to reach optimum decisions, teamwork skills and the most important to develop desire, abilities and skills to study throughout our life.

15.2. The development trends of the programme content, study forms and methodsThe main principles of the programme study process development are specified with the help of the didactic problems resolution opportunities. These principles are formed thanks to the fact that the BIA leadership pays much attention to lecturers' work. The BIA and the programme leadership provide and improve it in the following way in order to allow the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management academic staff to perform their work qualitatively:

creates positive atmosphere within study process, work environment, and relationship between students and lecturers (at least twice a semester discusses the problematic issues at the student and leadership meetings);

assesses and improves the study contents bringing it into accord with the self-evaluation reports, internal and external results (once a semester the audit in cooperation with the BIA centre must be carried out taking into consideration analysis results; then the corrections are introduced in the programme operation);

assesses and adjusts the study subject contents and volume (at least once every half year the Study Programme Council meetings take place; the issues of the study courses improvement opportunities and the programme correspondence to the market demands and the top-priority development trends specified by the state are discussed at these meetings);

carries out the particular course theses defence within the framework of consultative meetings;

assesses student surveys results on lecturers' work and students' marks at the end of each module (altogether eight surveys are conducted within each academic year);

foresees the market demands for experts and plans to create the database of the study programme graduates' further career (the project will be launched and regularly supplemented in June 2009);

emphasizes that the students' education process must not stop after the bachelor's degree obtainment; it suggests continuous professional growth and improvement;

prepares students for operating in the multicultural environment demonstrating tolerance to cultural diversity under globalization conditions in all spheres of life;

conducts the deeper programme analysis summarizing the self-evaluation reports examined by the Study Programme Council and the higher school itself (each year in March or April it conducts the complex programme analysis and reaches decisions at the Study Programme Council meeting);

The BIA and the programme leadership plan to develop it in the following directions in order to increase the study programme quality: • stimulation of the academic staff research activity and contribution to methodological growth of study courses (to continue to pay for lecturers' work on supplementary methodological and study materials);

•attraction of foreign experts (for instance, invitation of the guest lecturers from the USA, Russia, Sweden, Finland, Estonia, Poland and Germany);• expansion of international cooperation (conclusion of the contracts with the universities offering similar programmes); • the Tourism and Hospitality Management programme lecturers' scientific, creative and publishing activity, as well as participation in conferences and projects.

The study programme is edited in correspondence with technological changes and the labour market demands. At the end of each year the study programme realization and its correspondence to the labour market demands are evaluated, that is why all study programme sections are regularly reviewed (at least once a year). In case of necessity the study programme is modified (if it does not involve violation of the regulations of the Ministry of Education), for instance, the sequence of study courses or credit point distribution between particular optional study courses may be modified.

15.3. The academic staff development opportunitiesThe basic tasks of the study programme academic staff development:

to motivate current lecturers, to raise the level of scientific training, to improve competences;

to offer lecturers to take part in projects, seminars, local and international conferences;

to generate opportunity to send lecturers to extension courses; to stimulate academic staff's further education and training abroad as well; to attract guest lecturers to work at the programme.

Stimulation of the academic staff proper performance: creation of the favourable psychological climate in the collective; modernization of the lecturers' work places equipping them with computers,

data and video projectors; opportunity for lecturers to use copying machines; the latest specialized literature for lecturers.

Lecturers' scientific, research and methodological activity to prepare and publish two BIA scientific article collections within the

current and next academic year; to prepare and publish outlines of the most significant theoretical and

specialized courses within the current and next academic year;Participation of lecturers in projects and conferences

To provide the study programme lecturers with the opportunity to participate in international conferences with theses (theses publications) twice a year;

Lecturers competences improvement (supplementary education)

To offer the study programme academic staff the opportunity to improve competences within the courses Multimedia Technologies in Study Process;

To offer the academic staff the opportunity to improve competences in the field of higher school pedagogics.

15.4. The development of the material technical recoursesThe material and technical resources are equally important in professional education. It is planned:

To provide additional study rooms with the new technical equipment (2009/2010 academic year).

To create the electronic resource laboratory and provide the access rights to the Tourism and Hospitality Management programme students.

To enlarge the library adding new materials in the amount of 2000 LVL (2009/2010 academic year).

To improve the study process methodological base: To publish outlines of the most significant Tourism and Hospitality Management programme specialized and core courses.

15.5. Number growth of studentsThe Tourism and Hospitality Management programme plans to increase number of students and to expand student training

by enlarging student number every year by 20 – 25%. In order to achieve this increase it is necessary to arrange various events aimed at communication with potential students:

to create the programme homepage in three languages (Latvian, Russian, English);

to improve communication with secondary school pupils and teachers; to develop cooperation with the programmes in the other EU countries; to

expand students and lecturers exchange opportunities by entering the cooperation programmes of Europe; The study programme development perspectives concern the up-to-date

study process maintenance.1. The programme development primarily supposes regular study contents

updating. This will be one of the programme development trends. 2. Project work must become one of the most significant student training forms

since it develops communication abilities, teamwork skills, responsibility for own work and ability to present it.

3. It is necessary to induce lecturers to take part in different researches, scientific projects and international programmes. New experience and competence improvement allow to work more qualitatively within the study programme.

4. Improvement of the lecturers' pedagogic qualification must take place regularly. All study programme lecturers must attend the higher school didactics courses in perspective.

5. To increase the number of lecturers studying for a doctor degree.6. To continue publication of the courses methodological material.7. To introduce the latest computer technologies and to equip the library with

the foreign publications: monographs, textbooks, periodicals.8. Membership of professional associations. 9. To develop cooperation with higher schools in other countries.

10.Participation of lecturers and students in scientific conferences.11.To organize student conferences in cooperation with other higher schools.12.Creation of summer school; participation of students and lecturers.13.At present there is the first-level programme and the bachelor programme. It

will be possible to continue studies for the master's degree; creation of the master programme is planned in the nearest future.

16. Summary

1. The study programme goal – to provide the high-quality processional higher education in the field of tourism and hospitality and to receive the qualification "manager of the touristic and hospitality enterprise" – is ensured. The programme provides the possibility to continue studies for a master's degree.

2. The programme volume is 160 credit points within 4 years of the full-time studies (8 semesters) and within 4.5 year of the part-time studies (9 semesters). According to the Higher School Law of the Republic of Latvia and expert recommendations the BIA study programme corresponds the standards accepted by the higher schools in Latvia and the EU. The study programme also corresponds the professional standard concerning the enterprise and institution manager and elaborated by employers (ruling of the Ministry of Education and Science No. 649, d/d 29 December, 2009).

3. In order to improve study process the foreign lecturers and guest lecturers from other cities of Latvia are attracted and take part in the study programme realization.

4. The academic staff ensuring study process corresponds the demands of the Higher School Law about the academic staff academic and scientific qualifications.

5. The BIA material and technical base guarantees realization of the professional study programme Tourism and Hospitality Management.

6. The study quality control system contributes to training of competent specialists corresponding the demands of the labour market of the Republic of Latvia.

It has to be emphasized that:- the relevant industry courses also suggest practical sessions

ensuring application of the theoretical knowledge in practical work.

- The BIA professors, assistant professors are the experts in the corresponding sub-sectors. The study course lecturers have higher school work experience in the relevant spheres, the scientific publications cited in article collections and magazines including the foreign ones.

- The BIA library almost fully satisfies both students' and lecturers' academic needs. Taking into consideration that number of study materials is insufficient all students and lecturers are provided with the copies.

- The BIA lecturers have access to full information on the most significant novelties in the relevant study course and in the programme as well.

- The scientific research work starting at the 1 year of studying suggests preparation of a scientific report. And the second-year studies suggest elaboration of a course paper on the defined

problem or subject where a student proves his ability to analyze scientific literature. The graduation paper is elaborated at the 8 (full-time studies) or 9 semester (part-time studies). In this paper a student must demonstrate all knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for an educated specialist.


The Second-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme


(code – 42812)

Appendix to theA C C R E D I T A T I O N M A T E R I A L S

FOR ACQUISITION OF PROFESSIONAL BACHELOR DEGREE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY BUSINESS AND MANAGER’S QUALIFICATION OF TOURISM AND

HOSPITALITY COMPANIES

Riga, 2009

Appendix No. 1

The Applicant’s Assurance

The document is not avalaible in the electronic form.

Appendix No. 2

Feedback about the Study Programme

The document is not avalaible in the electronic form.

Appendix No. 3

Research results. Tempus Joint European Project Baltic MICE-Tourism Training Center JEP-27137-2006

In 2007, the BIA lecturers participated in the international project Tempus Joint European Project Baltic MICE-Tourism Training Centre JEP-27137-2006. Within the framework of this project the MICE tourism survey among lecturers and employers took place in Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Sweden, Germany and Russia. The research duration: July 25, 2007 – September 25, 2007 The survey had been worked out by the marketing project group of experts. The survey includes 10 questions dividing into several topics:

the overall assessment of the MICE industry and analysis on necessity of special or additional education in the MICE sector;

the assessment of primary knowledge, skills and abilities necessary for MICE industry specialists;

the assessment of feasible mutual cooperation model between customers and executors at the MICE market;

the analysis of the optimal development directions of the MICE industry companies.

The research results had been investigated in preparation of the programme Tourism and Hospitality Management.

The survey returns of the first two topics can be seen in the appendix..

Question No. 1. Do you consider the MICE industry belongs to the sector of

tourism in economics?

Image No. 1. The MICE industry connection to the sector of tourism in

economics.

As it is seen in the image No 1, all respondents consider that the MICE

industry relates to the sector of tourism in economics. At the same time 33% of

respondents consider, that the MICE relates also to other sectors in economics.

33%67%

Question No. 2. Do the MICE industry specialists need to gain the special education towards the work of conventions and exhibitions?

Image No. 2. The special education is necessary for the MICE industry

specialists.

The least numerous group of respondents (17%) consider that only the

practical experience is necessary; according to the opinion of a galf of respondents

the special education is desirable in this field, but 33% of respondents find the

special education greatly necessary. Thus, it is concluded, that the largest group of

respondests think that the special education is desirable or even greatly necessary

for the MICE industry workers.

Question No. 3. How do you evaluate the necessity of the special knowledge for

the MICE industry specialists. Give an assessment from 1 to 5

(where 1 is the highest grade)?

33%17%

50%

Image No. 3. The definite knowledge rating to be necessary for the MICE

industry specialists.

As the image No.3 shows, respondents find foreign language skills the most

important. The second position of importance belongs to cross-cultural

communications. Marketing and advertising in the field of tourismas well as

etiquette are ranked third and fourth by respondents. Economical knowledge is of

the least importance for respondents.

Question No. 4. How do you evaluate the necessity of the special skills for the MICE industry specialists. Give an assessment from 1 to 5 (where 1 is the highest grade)?

Image No. 4. The rating of definite skills to be necessary for the MICE


The data obtained show, that respondents find communication skills the most

necessary. Then, skill to work with customers are assessed also high. Respondents

gave the last three positions almost equivalently to skills to deal with information,

market research and information technologies.

Question No. 5. How do you evaluate the necessity of the special abilities for the

MICE industry specialists. Give an assessment from 1 to 5 (where 1

is the highest grade)?

Image No. 5. The rating of definite abilities to be necessary for the MICE


Business communication skills are given the highest grade. The lower position

is directed to abilities of financial work and budget process as well as to sales

success and fundraising. According to significance the lowest tw positions are

given by respondents to abilities in administrative work and cross-cultural

communication.

Conclusions.

1. All respondent consider that the MICE industry belongs to the sector of

tourism in economics. At the same time 33% of respondents consider,

that the MICE relates also to other sectors in economics.

2. The largest group of respondents think that the special education is

desirable and even greatly necessary for the MICE industry workers.

3. Respondents find the foreign language communication skills the most

important. The second position of importance belongs to cross-cultural

communications. Marketing and advertising in the field of tourismas

well as etiquette are ranked third and fourth by respondents.

Economical knowledge is of the least importance for respondents.

4. Respondents consider communication skills as the most significant for

the MICE industry workers. Then, skill to work with customers are

assessed also high. Respondents gave the last three positions almost

equivalently to skills to deal with information, market research and

information technologies.

5. Business communication abilities are given the highest grade. The

lower position is directed to abilities of financial work and budget

process. As well as to sales success and fundraising. According to

significance the lowest tw positions are given by respondents to

abilities in administrative work and cross-cultural communication.

Appendix No. 4

The Second-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme Tourism and Hospitality Management Syllabus

The Study Programme Full-time Department Syllabus

Professional Higher Education Study ProgrammeTourism and Hospitality Management

Full-time DepartmentThe duration of the studies is 4 years 98 semesters)

Riga, Daugavpils

No. The study course title

Cre

dit p

oint

s:

ECTS

Yearly ans Semester Breakdown Form of

checking

1st year

2nd year

3rd year

4th year

Exam

Test

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

8th

I.The Study Courses of General Education A

1. General Psychology 1 1,5 1 3

2 Pedagogics 1 1,5 1 63 Logics 2 3 2 1

4Business Economics in Tourism

2 3 2 1

5 World Cultural History 3 4,5 3 3

6Latvian and Baltic History and Culture

2 3 2 2

7 Rhetoric 2 3 2 28 Sociology 2 3 2 69 Philosophy 2 3 2 410 Social Psychology

2 3 2 5

11 Politology

1 1,5 1 7

12


0 16 hr

0 1

13


0 4 hr

0 1

14


0 4 hr

0 7

Total 20 30 4 4 4 2 2 3 1 0 3 11II Professional Theoretic Basic Courses and Information Technologies A

1 Introduction into Speciality

2 3 2 1

2 Microeconomics 2 3 2 1 3 Tourism Subject Matter,

Planning and Management

2 3 2 1

4 Tourism and Hospitality Legal Groundwork

2 3 2 1

5 Tourism Geography 4 6 2 2 2 16 Macroeconomics 2 3 2 27 IT in Tourism and

Hospitality I3 4,5 3 2

8 Statistics Methods in Tourism

2 3 2 3

9 Management Theory and Corporative Culture

2 3 2 3

10

Tourism and Hospitality Management (in English)

2 3 2 3

11

Marketing Research Methods

2 3 2 4

12

Tourism and Hospitality Marketing

2 3 2 4

13

Human Resources Management

2 3 2 4

14

Finances and Accountancy

2 3 2 4

15

Strategic Marketing Communications

2 3 2 6

16

Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality

1 1,5 1 7

17

International Tourism Economy

2 3 2 7

Total 36 54 10 7 6 8 0 2 3 0 11 7III. Internship

Internship 26 39 0 2 2 4 2 4 4 8 Total 26 39 0 2 2 4 2 4 4 8

IV. State Testing

Graduation paper development and defence

12 18 12

Total 12 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 I+II+III+IV 94 141 14 13 12 14 4 9 8 20 14 18

V. Professional Courses B1 Professional English in

Tourism8 12 3 3 2 3 1,

2

2 IT in Tourism and Hospitality II

2 3 2 2

3 Records Management 1 1,5 1 24 Excursion Organisation

and Guiding2 3 2 3

5 Tourism Types and Services

4 8 4 3

Professional German in Tourism

8 12 3 3 2 6 4,5

6 Food Service (workshop) 2 3 2 47 World Religions and

Sacral Tourism2 3 2 5

8 Tourism Project 2 3 2 5

Management9 Tourism Taxation 2 3 2 5 10

Hotel Management 3 4,5 3 5

11

Advertising and PR 2 3 2 5

12

Communication Psychology

2 3 2 6

13

Tourism Logistics Basics 1 1,5 1 6

14

English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English)

2 3 2 6

15

Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication

2 3 2 7

17

Communication in Multicultural Environment

2 3 2 7

18

Business Tourism (MICE)

4 6 4 7

19

Service and Quality System Management

2 3 2 7

20


2 3 2 7

21

Course papers 5 7,5 1 2 2

Total 60 90 3 7 8 7 14 9 12 0 8 16 I+II+III+IV+V 15

4231 19 20 18 19 18 18 20 20 22 34

VI.Optional Study Courses (6 Credit Points) C1

Latvian/Russian2 3 2 1

2 Latvian Regional Culture 1 1,5 1 23 Tourism Guide Job

Basics1 1,5 1 2

4 Spanish/Swedish/French 2 3 2 35 Leisure and

Entertainment Management

1 1,5 1 3

6 Business Etiquette 1 1,5 1 37 Cultural Tourism 2 3 2 5

8

Ecotourism and Environmental Protection

1 1,5 1 5

9Tourism Regional Marketing

1 1,5 1 6

10

Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disabled People

2 3 2 6

11

E-Marketing in Tourism 1 1,5 1 7

12

Organisation of Special Events in Tourism

2 3 2 7

13

PR in Tourism and Hospitality

1 1,5 1 7

Total 18 27 2 2 4 0 3 3 4 0 0 13

The Study Programme Part-time Department Syllabus

Professional Higher Education Study ProgrammeTourism and Hospitality Management

Part-time StudiesThe duration of the studies is 4.5 years (9 semesters)

Riga, Daugavpils

No. The study course title

Cre

dit p

oint

s:

ECTS

Yearly ans Semester Breakdown

Form of

checking

1st year

2nd year

3rd year

4th year

5th year Ex

am

Test

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

sem

.8th

9th

I.The Study Courses of General Education A1. Logics 2 3 2 1

2Business Economics in Tourism

2 3 2 1

3Latvian and Baltic History and Culture

2 3 2 2

4 Rhetoric 2 3 2 25 World Cultural History 3 4,5 3 36 General Psychology 1 1,5 1 37 Philosophy 2 3 2 48 Social Psychology 2 3 2 59 Sociology 2 3 2 610 Pedagogics 1 1,5 1 611 Politology 1 1,5 1 7

12


0 16 hr

0 1

13Labour Protection and Fire Safety

0 4 hr

0 1

14


0 4 hr

0 8

Total 20 30 4 4 4 2 2 3 1 0 0 8 6II Professional Theoretic Basic Courses and Information Technologies A

1 Introduction into Speciality

2 3 2 1

2 Tourism and Hospitality 2 3 2 1

Legal Groundwork3 Tourism Basics,

Planning and Management

2 3 2 1

4 Tourism Geography 4 6 2 2 1 25 Microeconomics 2 3 2 2 6 IT in Tourism and

hospitality I3 4,5 3 2

7 Macroeconomics 2 3 2 3 8 Statistics Methods in

Tourism2 3 2 3

9 Management Theory and Corporative Culture

2 3 2 3

10 Tourism and Hospitality Management (in English)

2 3 2 3

11 Marketing Research Methods

2 3 2 4

12 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing

2 3 2 4

13 Finances and Accountancy

2 3 2 4

14 Human Resources Management

2 3 2 7

15 Insurance in Tourism and Hospitality

1 1,5 1 7

16 Strategic Marketing Communications

2 3 2 7

17 International Tourism Economy

2 3 2 8

Total 36 54 8 7 8 6 0 0 5 2 0 9 9III. Internship

Internship 26 39 0 2 2 4 2 4 4 0 8 Total 26 39 0 2 2 4 2 4 4 0 8

IV. State Testing Graduation paper

development and defence12 18 12

Total 12 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 I+II+III+IV 94 141 12 13 14 12 4 7 10 2 20 17 15

V. Professional Courses B1 Professional English in

Tourism8 12 3 3 2 3 1,

22 Records Management 1 1,5 1 23 IT in Tourism and

hospitality II2 3 2 2

4 Tourism Types and Services

4 6 4 3

5 Professional German in Tourism

8 12 3 3 2 6 4,5

6 Tourism Project Management

2 3 2 5

7 Food Service (workshop) 2 3 2 58 Advertising and PR 2 3 2 5 9 Hotel Management 3 4,5 3 510 Communication

Psychology2 3 2 5

11 Excursion Organisation and Guiding

2 3 2 6

12 English-speaking Countries Cultural Studies (in English)

2 3 2 6

13 Tourism Taxation 2 3 2 714 German-speaking

Countries Cultural Studies (in German)

2 3 2 7

15 Tourism and Hospitality Crisis Communication

2 3 2 8

16 Business Tourism (MICE)

4 8 4 8

17 Communication in Multicultural Environment

2 3 2 8

18 Tourism and Hospitality Service Management and Quality System Management

2 3 2 8

19 Tourism Logistics Basics 1 1,5 1 820 Course papers 5 7,5 1 2 2

Total 60 90 4 6 6 5 14 8 4 11 0 8 16I+II+III+IV+V 15

4231 16 19 20 17 18 15 14 13 20 25 28

VI.Optional Study Courses (6 Credit Points) C1

Latvian/Russian2 3 2 1

2 Latvian Regional Culture

1 1,5 1 2

3 Tourism Guide Job Basics

1 1,5 1 2

4 Spanish/Swedish/French 2 3 2 35 Leisure and

Entertainment Management

1 1,5 1 4

6 Business Etiquette 1 1,5 1 57 Ecotourism and

Environmental Protection

2 3 2 5

8 Cultural Tourism 1 1,5 1 69 Tourism Regional

Marketing1 1,5 1 6

10 Tourism and Hospitality Services for Disabled People

2 3 2 7

11 E-Marketing in Tourism 1 1,5 1 712 Organisation of Special

Events in Tourism2 3 2 8

13 PR in Tourism and Hospitality

1 1,5 1 8

Total 18 27 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 0 0 13

Appendix No. 5

The Descriptions of the Study Courses

BALTIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY

Professional Bachelor ProgrammeTourism and Hospitality Management

The title of the course:In Latvian: In English:

PEDAGOĢIJAPEDAGOGICS

Study courses of general education

A

Semester: 6Number of credit points:

2

Lecturers: Dr.paed, asoc.prof. O. Fiļinaassist.prof. L.Mackeviča (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:- to establish conditions under which students gain the pedagogic copmpetence involving: pedagogic knowledge and skills necessary for those who work as teachers in their everyday life or at the professional level; skills, intention and ability to learn for personal competitive ability;

The objectives of the course: To give students an opportunity: to get acquainted with trends of modern pedagogics foundations and projection theory, organisation and implementation of modern educational process, its development and results; to learn to project and implement different teaching lessons basing on the technological approach; to master teaching methods with trainees, staff and be able to practise it; to gain professional and training experience in analysis of problematic situations, abilities of communication and cooperation organisation; to be able to take individual and group decisions, to develop reflection and activity; to develop critical and creative thinking as well as individual needs for self-education.

Academic content:

1. Pedagogics as humanitarian direction.2. Education in modern culture.3. Education in the contemporary world.4. Pedagogical designing.5. Pedagogic communication.

Basic literature: 1. Бордовская Н.В., Реан A.A. Педагогика. Учебник для вузов. – С-Пб,

2000.2. Никифоров В. Е. Теоретические основы педагогики высшей школы.

Р., 2003.3. Педагогика. Учеб. пособ. / В.А. Сластенина. – М., 2002. Автор:

Спастенин В.А., Исаев И.Ф., и др.4. Психология и педагогика. Учеб. пособ. – М., 2001. Автор: Сластенин

В.А., Каширин В.П.5. Zelmenis V. Pedagoģijas pamati. - R., 2000.6. Jurgena I. Vispārīgā pedagoģija. – R., 2001.

Additional literature:1. Окушева Г.А.,. Винниченко Н.Л, Гвоздева Е.С.Общие основы

педагогики. Томск, 2005. http://old.tspu.edu.ru/ebooks/vinichenko2/2. Электронные учебники по педагогике.

http://www.gumfak.ru/pedagog.shtml3. Общая педагогика: конспект лекций / под общей ред. В.А. Титова. –

М., 2003.4. Этнопедагогика: учебное пособие / Л.Н. Бережнова, И.Л. Набок, В.И.

Щеглов. – М., 2007.5. Педагогика культуры. Научно-педагогический просветительский

журнал. http://pedagogika-cultura.narod.ru/6. Педагогический энциклопедический словарь.

http://dictionary.fio.ru/article.php?id=1110227. Pedagoģijas terminu skaidrojošā vārdnīca. – Rīga, 2000. 8. Žukovs L. Ievads pedagoģijā. - R., 1999.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and seminars, consultations and final written test.

The course methodological support: methodological support with materials; methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking - reporting, writing essays. Final checking – a test.

Requirements to obtain credit points (the course evaluation structure):

Evaluation form: Number: Percentagegroup work 1 30%

http://dictionary.fio.ru/article.php?id=111022

http://pedagogika-cultura.narod.ru/

http://www.gumfak.ru/pedagog.shtml

http://old.tspu.edu.ru/ebooks/vinichenko2/

activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

test 1 40%

Language of tuition: Latvian and Russian.

During the study process alterations and additions in the programme and literature are possible.




LOĢIKA LOGICS


A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 2Lecturer: lect.I. Boļšakovs

The goal of the course:to get aware of thinking process regularities and be able to use

their rules to solve logical problems.

The objectives of the course: to master concepts and terms of logics, its approaches and operations, to

learn to apply them in practical argumentation; to provide with knowledge on rules, approaches of logics and their practical

application; to teach to solve logical problems.

Academic content:

1. Subject matter of logics.2. The general description of the concept.3. Links between concepts.4. Assignment of concepts.5. The definition of concept.6. General characteristic of argumentation.7. Simple and attributive argumentation.8. Complex argumentation and its real conditions.9. and 10. Identity and contradiction law.11. and 12. law of excluded middle and principle of sufficient reason13. Direct deductive reasoning.14. Categorical syllogism.15. Deductive reasoning with complex signals.16. Inductive reasoning.17. Analogy.18. Argumentation theory.

Literature:

1. Ņikiforovs V.,Boļšakovs I. Loģika. Lekciju kursa konspekts un kontroluzdevumi neklātienes un tālmācības studentiem. Rīga, B, 2006.

2. Ivins A. Dzelžaina loģika. – Rīga: “Zvaigzne”, 1991.3. Vedins I. Loģika. – Rīga: “Zvaigzne ABC”, 1998.4. Vedins I., Golde J. Uzdevumi loģikā. – Rīga: “Zvaigzne”, 19925. Vilks Andris. Ievads loģika: mācību grāmata Andris Vilks. - Rīga: RaKa,

2003. - 111 lpp.6. Veits Dz.Peteris. Loģika. Mācību līdzeklis studentiem.- R.:, 2000.- 48 lpp.7. Irving M. Copi, Carl Cohen Introduction to logic. Tenth Edition. ©

Prentice-Hall, Inc. USA1997. Copyright 1998.- 714 pp.8. Loģika. Mācību grāmata augstskolām.- Rīga: Avots, 2000.- 519 lpp.9. Берков В.Ф., Яскевич Я.С., Павлюкевич В.И. Логика. – Минск: «Тетра

Системс», 1997. – 415 с.10. Ивлев Ю.Г. Логика: учебник. М.: Проспект. КноРус. 200411. Кириллов В.И., Старченко А.А. Логика: учебник. – М.: Высшая школа,

1992.12. Никифоров В., Качан В. Логика. Методическое пособие для студентов

Вузов – Рига: БРИ, 1997.13. Никифоров В. Логика. Курс-конспект лекций и контрольные задания.

Рига, БРИ, 2004.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and seminars, consultations and final written exam.

The course methodological support: methodological support with materials; Logics. Summary of lecture course and tests for part-time and distant education students; methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Final checking – an exam.


Evaluation form: Number: Percentagegroup work 1 30%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

exam 1 40%





FILOZOFIJAPHILOSOPHY


A

Semester: 4Number of credit points: 2Lecturer: asoc. prof. V. Kačans

The goal of the course:to show the subject matter and essence of philosophy, to give conception of philosophy, evolution and important functions in modern culture.

The objectives of the course: - to acquaint students with philosophy specificity using similarities

and deifferences of concept descriptions as well as examples from science, religion and art;

- to show the evokution of philosophical ideas, different satges and directions of philosophy;

- to provide insight into the specificity of the present phylosophical analysis regarding different problems, ideas and theories.

Academic content:

1. The specificity of philosophy and its range of issues.2. Genesis and development of philosophy3. The issue of a method during the Early modern period philosophy

and science, philosophical functional change.4. Philosophy by I.Kant.5. The German idealistic philosophy in the period after I.Kant6. Trends and sects in contemporary philosophy.7. Cognition and knowledge.8. Human phenomenon and its research issue.9. Human problem in history of philosophy and science.10. Biological and sociocultural human problem.11. Biological and sociocultural human unity problem.12. Human conception in existencial philosophy.

13. Personality and character.14. Creativity and method.15. Creativity problem.16. The issue of a method and genesis of method theory.

Literature:

1. Boļšakovs I., Ņikiforovs V. Mūsdienu filozofija pamati. Lekciju kursa konspekts un kontroljautajumi. Rīga, BKI, 2006.

2. Blekbērns S. Domā. Neatvairāms ievads filozofijā. Rīga, 2007.3. Klīve V.V.Gudrības ceļos, Rīga., 19964. Kūle M.,Kūlis R. Filosofija. Rīga.,1996.5. Rietumeiropas filozofija. L.Apsite, R.Kilis. Rīga, Zvaizgne 2000.6. Šuvaevs I. Filosofija. Sarunas par filozofiju I. R.,1999.7. Filozofijas atlants - attēli un teksti.(P.Kuncmanis un citi) (Tulk.V.Zariņš).

Zvaigzne ABC, Rīga,2000 8. Никифоров В., Качан В. Философия: введение и хрестоматия. Р.1998. 9. Новейший философский словарь/ сост. А.А. Грицанов. Минск.

Книжный дом, 200310.Поупкин Р., Стролл А. Философия. Вводный курс. М.,1998.11.Скирбекк Г., Гилье Н. История философии:Учеб.пособие...М., 2001.12.Реале Д., Антисери Д. Западная философия от истоков до наших дней.

Т.4. СПб., 1997.



Form of checking: Final checking – a test.



1 30%

test 1 40%





VISPĀRĒJĀ PSIHOLOĢIJA GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY


A

Semester: 3Number of credit points: 1Lecturers: asoc. prof. O.Ņikiforovs

assist.prof. V.Cerkiļevičs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to give students up-to-date insight into the subject-matter of psychology, its main methods as well as into regularities of human psychic activity, human personality peculiarities, abilities; to give an idea about human personality existence and develop practical abilities using psychological knowledge practically in connection with PR specialists’ work specificity.

The objectives of the course: to provide with insight into historical development of psychology, subject-

matter of psychology and its awareness of different psychological approaches during different psychology development periods;

to get acquainted with psychology research methods; to give an idea about processes of psychic cognition, their types and

regularities; to get acquainted with ideas abou personality and its structure and

historical development of these ideas; to teach to use knowledge on the psychic cognition processes in life

and at work; to teach to use knowledge on personality peculiarities in life and at work.

Academic content:

1. Introducation to psychology. The subject matter of pschychological research. The main conceptualization stages of psychological subject matter and methods.

2. The general characteristic of psychology as a science. Scientific and everyday psychology. 3. The evolution of psychological concepts.

4. The concept on psychological basic methods.

5. Psyche and brains.6. Cognition processes in psychology.7. Feelings and perception.8. Memory.9. Thinking and speech.10. Attention. 11. Imagination.12. Personality psychology.13. Different approach to awareness of personality. 14. Personality and emotional and motivation sphere.15. Temperament and character.

Literature:

1. Dictionary of psychology, Oxford (any addition starting 2000).2. Psiholoģijas vārdnīca.- Rīga, “Mācību grāmata”,19993. Vorobjovs A. Psiholoģija.- Rīga: “Zvaigzne ABC”,1998.4. Айзенк Г. Исследования человеческой психики / Ганс Айзенк. – М.:

ЭКСМО – Пресс, 2002. - 480 стр.5. Изард.К. Психология эмоций.- СПб.: «Питер», 2000.6. Фромм Э. Человека для себя. Иметь или быть / Эрих Фромм. – Минск:

Издатель В.П.Ильин, 1997.






1 30%

Test (report) 1 40%





POLITOLOĢIJAPOLITOLOGY


A

Semester: 7Number of credit points: 1Lecturers: asoc.prof. I. Ostrovska

lect. A. Iļjina

The goal and objectives of the course:to give students insight into political process regularities, social, economical and political society structure and processes in the country improving an ability to analyze, realize and evaluate existent processes in the society.

Academic content:1. The subject matter and politology method.2. Civilization and formation approaches to historical process studying.3. Politics, political relations and processes.4. Violance as a phenomenon in social life.5. Political society system.6. Democracy.7. Civil society.8. Political elite.9. Political leadership.10. Political ideology and culture.11. Political development and modernization.

Literature:

1. Алмонд Г., Пауэлл Д., Стром К., Далтон Р. Сравнительная политология сегодня. Мировой обзор: Учеб. пособие / Под ред. М.В. Ильина, А.Ю. Мельвиля. – М., 2002.

2. Гаджиев К.С. Политология (основной курс): Учебник. – М.: Высшее образование, 2005.

3. Политология: курс лекций/ С.Н. Бабурин, Б.Н. Бессонов, Л.Н. Доброхотов, В.П. Тоцкий; отв. Ред. Б.Н. Бессонов. – Москва: Норма, 2006.

4. Соловьев А.Н. Политология. Политическая теория, политические технологии. Учебник для студентов вузов. – М.: Аспект Пресс, 2000.

5. Хейвуд Э. Политология: учебник / пер. с англ. Ю.В. Никуличева; под ред. Г.Г. Водолазова, В.Ю. Бельского. – Москва:ЮНИТИ, 2005.

6. Гоббс Т. Левиафан. // Сочинения в 2 т. Т. 2. М., 1992.7. Макиавелли Н. Государь. М., Планета, 1990.8. Gabriel Almond, G. Bingham Powell, Jr., Russell Dalton, Kaare

Strom. Comparative Politics Today. A World View, Update Edition: International Edition. 9th Edition. Pearson Education, 2009.

9. Gabriel Almond, G. Bingham Powell, Jr., Russell Dalton, Kaare Strom. European Politics Today. 4th Edition. Pearson Education, 2009.





Evaluation form: Number: PercentageControlworks (4) 1 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

test 1 40%






RETORIKA RHETORIC


A

Semester: 2Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect. A. Gabrieļans

assist.prof. V.Rumjanceva (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to teach students to speak freely in public, be able to conduct a dialogue, discussion, use figures of speech.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with classic rhetoric and basic principles of logics; to develop skills using rhetorical and logical principles; to develop speech techniques; to develop monologic and dialogic speech.

Academic content:1. The genesis of rhetorical and speech art in the ancient Greece.2. Roman eloquence. Roman democracy as a condition for oratory

development.3. Rhetoric and neo-rhetoric.4. Types of oratory. Types of eloquence. The choice of a topic and speech goal.

Material selection and processing. 5. Composition of logical speech.6. Speech expressing. Speech techniques. The public speech main task.7. Literary language - oratory basis. Cultural speech as a standard language

speech.8. Speech correctness.9. Speech beauty.10. Expressive reading.

Literature:1. Barss, V. Darba burtnīca retorikā: metodiskie materiāli bakalauru un

maģistru studijām. Jelgava:LLU,2003. 2. Geikina. S. Retorikas pamati, R.: Raka 2003.

3. Hindls T. Prasme uzstāties R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 2000.4. Mencels V. Retorika R.: Balta eco, 2002.5. Mendziņa D. Vārds. Doma. Runa. Rīga: Solvita, 2004.6. Kārnegī D. Kā attīstīt pašapziņu un ietekmēt cilvēkus publiskās runās. R.:

Reiterns, 1992;7. Kincāns V. Etiķete. R.:2003;8. Latiševs V. Lietišķās sarunas un lietišķie kontakti. – R.: Merkūrijs LAT,

1994.9. Omārova S. Cilvēks runā ar cilvēku. – R.: SIA”Kamene”, 1994. 10.Eemeren, FransH. A systematic theory of argumetation.Cambridge, 2004.11.Encyclopedia of rhetoric./ Thomas O.Sloane, ed. in chief., Oxford, 2001.12.Waltov D. Ad Hominem. Arguments. Alabama, 1998.13.Lemmermann H. Praxisbuch Rhetorik. Landsberg am Lech, 2000.14. Введенская Л., Павлова Л. Деловая риторика. / Учеб. п.– Ростов

н/Д.:МарТ, 2001.15. Ламертон Дж. Учитесь говорить. М.: АСТ.Астрель, 2003;

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and seminars, consultations and a final test.


Form of checking: Each student has to prepare three public speeches.Final checking – participation in the public speech contest.


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageActivity and participation in seminars 3 50%test 1 50%






SOCIĀLĀ PSIHOLOĢIJA SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY


A

Semester: 5Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: assist.prof. L. Jermolajeva

assist.prof. V.Cerkiļevičs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to give an idea about the field of social psychology, get acquainted with classic and modern methods and theories.

The objectives of the course: to highlight main historical, theoretical, practical issues of social

psychology; to develop skills in business communication as well as group management.

Academic content:The subject matter of social psychology.Empirical research methods in social psychology.Persionality problems in social psychology.Personality socialization.Needs, motives and positions, their influence on behavior.Communication concept, types, psychological positions in

communication.Conflict cause and its types.Strategies and tactics of solutions to a conflict.Conformism.Social group types, dynamics.Group social roles.Group leadership styles and types of leaders.Social psychology main trends in the 20th century.

Literature:1. Андреева Г. М. Социальная психология.М., Аспект-Пресс 2004.2. Аронсон Э. Социальная психология. Психологические законы

поведения человека в социуме. Спб., М., 20023. Берн Э. Лидер и группа. Екатеринбург, 2000.

4. Бороздина Р. Психология делового общения.М. 1999.5. Майерс Д. Социальная психология. СПб 2001.6. Куницкий В. Социальная психология. Р., 2006 (курс-конспект)7. Социальная психология группы. Процессы, решения, действия.

Роберт С. Бэрон, Норберт Л. Керр. Пер.с англ. СПб. Питер. 2003.8. Omarova S. Cilvēks dzīvo grupā. Sociālā psiholoģija. R., 20039. V. Reņģe. Organizāciju psiholoģija. R., 1999.10. A.Vorobjovs. Sociālā psiholoģija. R., 200211. V. Cerkiļevičs. Sociālā psiholoģija. (kurss konspekts) Rīga, 2002.

Additional literature:

E.Berns. Spēles, kuras spēlē cilvēki. R., 2000G. le Bons. Pūļa psīcholoģija. R., 1937, Rēzekne, 1998E. Fromms. Mīlestības māksla. R., 2005 Džeimsa M., Džongvorda D. Dzimis, lai uzvarētu. R., 1995 D.Kārnegijs. Kā iegūt draugus un iepatikties cilvēkiem. R., 2002

Фромм Эрих. Бегство от свободы. М., 1995Mаркузе Герберт. Эрос и цивилизация. М., 2003Берн Э. Игры, в которые играют люди. М., 1988Харис А.Т. Я хороший, ты хороший. М., 1993






1 30%

test 1 40%





SOCIOLOĢIJA SOCIOLOGY


A

Semester: 6Number of credit points: 2Lecturer: assist.prof. T. Kuzmina

The goal of the course:to master basic knowledge in sociological theory and practical (empirical) sociological basic abilities.

The objectives of the course: To get acquainted with historical, theoretical and practical basic issues in

sociology; to learn to analyze actual social situations; to prepare, organize and conduct

specific sociological research;to show scientific methods in theoretical and empirical analysis, cuiltural and

society interrelations in research;to give insight into siciology aspect of cultural research, cultural sociology

basic concepts, society culturally social analysis;to attract attention to basic principles and criteria of culture organisations in the

society: axioogically normative, structurally typological, institutional.To define the position of cultural sociology in the context of other

culturological disciplines.To improve primary skills to make sociological research. To develop analytical

thinking.

Academic content: 1. The subject matter of sociology, structure and methods.

2. Sociology historical development.3. Society as a system.4. Personality sociology.5. Society social structure, specificity and mobility.6. Social relations, individual and group mutual contacts.7. Society social instruments.8. Cultural sociology.9. Family sociology.

10. Religion sociology.11. Politics and violence sociology.12. Organization sociology.13. Organization and management methods and techniques of the specific

sociological research.

Literature:1. P.Laķis. Socioloģija. Rīga, 2003.2. Павленок П.Д. Социология. М. 20023. Ритцер Д. Современные социологические теории. СПб. 20024. Тощенко Ж. Социология. М. 20035. Яковлев Н., Курганов С., Кравченко Л. Социология для экономистов. М. 20016. Лукьянов В. Г.б Сидоров С. А. Социология. Учеб. пособие. СПБ. 20047. Куницкий В.В. Социология. Курс-конспект лекций. Рига: БМА, 2006-8. Ионин Л.Г. Социология культуры. М.: Издательский дом ГУ ВШЭ, 2007.9. Companion encyclopedia of anthropology: humanity, culture and social life /Ed. By T. Ingold. London: Routledge, 2002.



Form of checking: Current checking - reporting, writing essays and presentation. Final checking – an exam.



1 30%

exam 1 40%






LATVIJAS UN BALTIJAS VĒSTURE UN KULTŪRA LATVIAN AND BALTIC HISTORY AND CULTURE


A

Semester: 3Number of credit points: 2Lecturer: asoc.prof. A. Prieditis

The goal of the course:to characterize the main periods of Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian culturl history in the historical context of European and Eastern European countries; to characterize the common and different features and tendencies of the Baltic states; to characterize cultural development topicalities in the present Baltic states. . To clarify factors affecting tourism development in the Baltic states. To observe natural resources and their opportunities in tourism development as well as tourism influence on the environment.

The objectives of the course: to provide students with knowledge about the cultural history of the Baltic

states;to acquaint students with the main periods in the cultural history and cultural

values of the Baltic states;to characterize cultural topicalities in the modern cultural process.

Academic content:

1. The Baltic states in the political idea and mind map.2. The historical characteristic of the Baltic area.3. The Livonian Order and Grand Duchy of Lithuania medieval culture.4. The culturological heritage of Catolicism and the Reformation.5. Multicultural oasis of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania.6. The baroque in the Baltic states.7. Nacionalism and its culturological heritage.8. Modernism art and literature in the Baltic states.9. Minority cultures in the Baltic states.10.The Baltic "culture market” in the period of subculture and postmodernism.

11. The geographic location on tourism development. 12.The tourism destination opportunities of geologic features in the Baltic

states. 13. The Baltic sea as a significant factor in the Latvian tourism development.

The Baltic rivers as a touristic leisure resource.14.The Latvian climate seasonal influence on tourism.15. The Baltic inland waters as tourism favourite destinations. Ground waters,

their potential in health and recreation tourism development in Latvia.16. The Latvian protected areas. 17.The distinctions of the Baltic tourism resources.18. The Baltic biological tourism resources. The Baltic scenary diversity. The

touristic significance of natural and cultural scenaries.

Literature:1. Baltijas valstu vēsture. R., 2000.2. Priedītis A. Latvijas kultūras vēsture. No vissenākajiem laikiem līdz

mūsdienām. Daugavpils, 2000.3. Priedītis A. Ievads kulturoloģijā. Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture.

Daugavpils, 2003.4. Vācija un Baltija. R., 1990.5. Baltija – jauns skatījums. R., 2002.6. Duhanovs M. Baltijas muižniecība laikmetu maiņā. R., 1986.7. Feodālisms Baltijas reģionā. R., 1985.8. Stranga A. Ebreji un diktatūras Baltijā. R., 1997.9. Apine I., Volkovs V. Slāvi Latvijā. R., 1998.10.Jēkabsons Ē. Poļi Latvijā. R., 1996.11.Jēkabsons Ē. Lietuvieši Latvijā. R., 2003.12.Baltic History. Columbia, 1974.13.Eniņš G.2007. Alas Latvijā, Zvaigzne ABC14.Nikodemus O.Latvijas fiziskā ģeogrāfija. Ģeogrāfiskais

stāvoklis .Iekšzemes ūdeņi. Klimats, Teritorijas ģeoloģiskā attīstība un uzbūve http://latvijas.daba.lv/ainava/#v1

15.Rudovics A., 2002. Latvijas ģeogrāfija, Zvaigzne ABC16.Hiden J., Salmon P. The Baltic nations and Europe. London, 1991.17.Hiden J. The Baltic States and Weimar Ostpolitik. Cambridge, 1987.18.Clemens W. Baltic independence and Russian empire. New York,

1991.19.Германия и Прибалтика. Р., 1988.20.От Лифляндии – к Латвии: Прибалтика русскими глазами. Т.1-2.

М., 1993, 1999.21. Pārsteidzošā Latvija. www.etonnantelettonie.org22.Poikāne S., Znotiņa V. Ezeri. http://latvijas.daba.lv/biotopi/

http://www.etonnantelettonie.org/



Form of checking: Current checking - reporting, writing essays and presentations. Final checking – a test.



1 30%

test 1 40%






PASAULES KULTŪRAS VĒSTURECULTURAL HISTORY


A


3

Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Pazuhinalect. G. Petrova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: To systemize student knowledge and give a competent idea about the most significant periods of cultural development as well as to

develop student skills to get aware of different geogrpahical regions in the cultural and historical context.

The objectives of the course: to give a general idea about the cultural and historical development; to get inroduced to different approaches to research of culture and

civilization; to acquaint students with the most significant periods in cultural

development; to give more profound knowledge of geographical regional culture

specificity in the historic and contemporary context; to motivate students to get interested in the cultural heritage and develop

student skills to see the historic interrelation as well as to get analytical awareness of cultural phenomenon.

Academic content:

1. The subject matter of cultural history and variety of research approaches. The awareness of culture and civilization concepts in the hummanities.

2. The primitive culture.3. The culture of Mesopotamia.4. The ancient Egyptian culture.5. The ancient Chinese culture.6. The ancient Japanese culture.7. The ancient Indian culture.8. The Arabic Islamic cultural features.9. The ancient world culture.10. The medieval Europe and Byzantine culture.11. The Russian culture basic features.12. The European culture of the Early modern period.13.The 19th and 20th century Western European culture.14. Post-colonial world culture situation.Basic literature: 1. Anstrats J. Civilizāciju vēsture. R., 1994. 2. Gombrihs E. Mākslas vēsture. R., 1997.3. Kačalova T., Pētersons R. Mākslas vēstures pamati / 3., pārstrādātais,

papildinātais izdevums. R., 2005.4. Lanerī-Dažāna N. Glezniecības enciklopēdija. R., 2004.5. Rubenis A. Senās Grieķijas kultūra. R., 1998.6. Rubenis A. Senās Romas kultūra. R., 1999.7. Rubenis A. Dzīve un kultūra Eiropā Renesanses un Reformācijas laikmetā.

R., 1997.8. Rubenis A. Dzīve un kultūra Eiropā absolūtisma un

apgaismības laikmetā. R., 1996.

9. Rubenis A. 19.gs.kultūra Eiropā. R., 2002.10.Rubenis A. 20.gs.kultūra Eiropā. R., 2004.11. Ankerl G. C. Coexisting Contemporary Civilizations: Arabo-Muslim,

Bharati, Chinese, and Western. Geneva, 2000.12. Grimal N. A History of Ancient Egypt. London, 1992.13. Korn, W. Mesopotamien - Wiege der Zivilisation. 6000 Jahre Hochkulturen

an Euphrat und Tigris. Stuttgart, 2004.14.Van de Mieroop M. A history of the ancient Near East. ca 3000-323 BC.

Oxford, 2004.15.Бонгард-Левин Г.М. Древнеиндийская цивилизация: Философия.

Наука. Религия. М., 1980.16.Баткин Л.М. Итальянское Возрождение в поисках индивидуальности.

Л., 1989.17.Бродель Ф. Грамматика цивилизаций. М., 2008.18.Быт и история в античности. М., 1988.19.Вейс Г. Всеобщая история мировой культуры. М., 2006.20.Виппер Р.Ю., Реверсов И.П., Трачевский А.С. История нового времени.

М., 1995.21.Георгиева Т. Культура повседневности. Кн. 2. Частная жизнь и нравы

от Средневековья до наших дней. М., 2006. Кн. 3. Частная и общественная жизнь в современном мире. М., 2007.

22.Гуревич А.Я. Избранные труды. Культура средневековой Европы. СПб., 2006.

23.Древние цивилизации / Под ред. Г.М.Бонгард-Левина. М., 1989.24.История мировой культуры (Мировых цивилизаций). Под ред. Г. В.

Драча. Ростов-на-Дону, 200825.Кириллова Н. Медиакультура. От модерна к постмодерну. М., 200626.Культура Возрождения и общество. М., 1986.27.Культура эпохи Просвещения. СПб. М., 1993.28.Ле Гофф Ж. Цивилизация средневекового Запада. М., 1992.29.Новая история стран Европы и Америки: первый период / Под ред. Е.Е.

Юровской, И.М. Кривогуза. М., 1997.1. Шапинская Е.Н. Очерки популярной культуры. М., 2008.2. Элиаде М. История веры и религиозных идей. Т. 1. От каменного века

до элевсинских мистерий. Т.2. От Гаутамы Будды до триумфа христианства. М., 2002.

3. Ястребицкая А.Л. Европейский город. М., 1993.

Additional literature:1. Filozofijas atlants: attēli un teksti / P.Kuncmanis, F.P.Burkarts, F.Vīdmanis.

R., 2000.2. Filosofijas vēsture: no antīkās pasaules līdz mūsdienām / Kristofs Deliuss

u.c. R., 2006.3. Kultūras vēsture vārdos, jēdzienos un nosaukumos. R., 2000.4. Mūrnieks A. Ieskats kultūras un reliģiju vēsturē I, II.- R., 1998., 2000.

5. Priedītis A. Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture. Daugavpils, 2003.6. Rietumeiropas filozofija 14.-18.gs. Māc.līdz./ L.Apsīte, R.Ķīlis, S.Lasmane

u.c. R., 2000.7. Baines J. and Malek J. The Cultural Atlas of Ancient Egypt (revised ed.).

Facts on File. 2000.8. Morkot R. The Penguin Historical Atlas of Ancient Greece. London, 1996.9. Бродель Ф. Материальная цивилизация, экономика и капитализм XV –

XVIII в. Т.1. Структуры повседневности. М., 2007.10. Всемирная история / Под ред. Г.Б.Поляка, А.Н.Марковой. М.,

1997.11.Гуревич А.Я. Избранные труды. Т.2. Средневековый мир. М.-СПб.,

1999.12. Дюби Ж. Европа в средние века. Смоленск, 1994.13. Ле Гофф Ж. Средневековый мир воображаемого. М., 2001.14. Одиссей. Человек в истории. Личность и общество. М., 1900-

1995. Вып. 1-6.15. Померанц Г.С. Теория субъэкумен и проблема своеобразия

стыковых культур. М., 1995.16. Проблемы цивилизации и формации: Запад-Восток / Сост.

В.А.Трофимов, Н.П.Шелудченко. М., 1996.17. Синхронистическая таблица от зарождения цивилизации до наших

дней. СПб., 1994.18. Тайлор Э. Б. Первобытная культура. М., 1989.19. Тойнби А. Цивилизация перед судом истории. М., 1995.20. Февр Л. Цивилизация: эволюция слова и группы идей. М., 1991.21. Философия истории. Антология. ( под ред. Ю.А. Кимелева) М.,

1994.22. Фрэзер Дж. Золотая ветвь: Исследование магии и религии. М.,

1980.23. Шпенглер О. Закат Европы. Очерки морфологии мировой истории.

М., 1993.24. Эко У. Искусство и красота в средневековой эстетике. М., 2003.25. Элиаде М. Аспекты мифа. М., 2005.26.Элиаде М. Словарь религий. СПб., 1997.27. Ястребицкая А.Л. Западная Европа XI-XIII веков: Эпоха. Быт.

Костюм. М., 1978.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and seminars, consultations and a final exam.

The course methodological support:a. methodological support with materials;b. methodological recommendations for students.

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Jaromir_Malek&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Baines

Form of checking: Current checking – active participation in seminars, writing essays. Final checking – an exam.


Evaluation form: PercentageActive participation in seminars 30%Semester written paperwork 30%exam 40%






UZŅĒMĒJDARBĪBAS EKONOMIKA TŪRISMA JOMĀ BUSINESS ECONOMICS IN TOURISM


A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect.O.Ustimenko

asoc. prof N.Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to get acquainted with business theoretical basics, itstasks, subject matter, content and problems as well as businesspeculiarities in Latvia.

The objectives of the course: to precise business meaning and its position in the society, to get aware of

marketing and management, their financial and managerial resources, as well as international business content and forms.

Academic content:

1. Business, its position and meaning in the society.2. Organisation of a new business. Drafting a business plan.3. Marketing.4. Management.5. Staff management.6. The necessary tasks for tourism service production.7. Business funding.8. Loan administration. Risk and insurance management.9. Procurement of working organisation. Investments.

10. Tourism business management features.11. Taxation in business.12. International business.

Literature:1. Грачева О. Ю., Маркова Ю.А. Организация туристического бизнеса: технология создания турпродукта. – M.: Дашков и К, 2008.

2. Каурова А.Д. Организация сферы туризма: уч. пособие. – M.:Герда, 2006.3. Mусакин А. С чего начать малый отель. – СПб.: Питер, 2008.4. Мохова Ю., Мохов Г. Турфирма. С чего начать. – СПб.: Питер, 2009.5. Туризм и гостиничное хозяйство. Третье изд. – М.: ИКЦ, МарТ, Издательский центр. 2007.6. Abīzāre V Ievads uzņēmējdarbībā. Izdevniecība RaKa. Rīga. 20044. Biznesa ekonomoka. Kjells Gunnars Hops. Iāna Rozes. Rīga. 2002.6. Diderihs H. Uzņēmuma ekonomika. “Zinatne” Rīga. 2000.7. Krūzs K. Materiālu ekonomika. Mācību līdzeklis. Izglītības soļi. Rīga. 2003.8. Begg D. Ekonomics. Mc Graw-Hill. USA. 20039. Holloway J. Christopher. The Business of tourism, 2009, 404 p.10. Hall C. M. Tourism Planning. Policies, Processes and Relationships. 2nd Edition, PEARSON Education, 2007.11. Williams A. M., Shaw G. Tourism and Economic Development. – 2.ed. - London, 2008.12. Stephen Page, Jovo Ateljevic. Tourism and Entrepreneurship. OXFORD university press, 2009.


The course methodological support:c. methodological support with materials;d. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageParticipation in seminars. 1 30%Fulfilling training tasks 1 40%Test 1 30%





The title of the course:In Latvian:

In English:

ZINĀTNISKĀ UN STUDIJU DARBA TEORIJA UN METODIKASCIENTIFIC AND COURSE PAPER THEORY AND METHODS


A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 0/16 hrLecturer: asoc.prof. V. Kačans

The goals and objectives of the course: 1. To get acquainted with the main types and methods of the research;2. to master students’ skills to write different texts;3. to teach students to state the research aims and objectives, as well as to

choose the relevant research type and methods;4. to develop students’ research work culture as compiling a primary material

and information as well as its analysis, making conclusions and layout.

Academic content:a. The research specificity in the field of humanities. The research

organisation and principles. The types of academic texts. (practical work: writing an essay and review).

b. The scientific research methods. Basic elements: theory – methods – techniques. The research levels. Generally accepted and specific scientific methods. Other scientific methods in humanitarian research.

c. Research algorithm. (The choice of a theme, issues, stating the goal and objectives range of problems, compiling material).

d. The layout of the scientific text. Structuring. Scholarly apparatus. Bibliography. Appendices.

e. The research presentation and defence.Literature:

1. Умберто Эко. Как написать дипломную работу. Москва: книжный дом «Университет», 2001. – 389 с.

2. Alberts Varslavāns. Ievads vēstures zinātnē. Rīga: LU, 2001. – 156 lpp3. Umberto Eko. Kā uzrakstīt diplomdarbu. Rīga, 2006.

4. Никифоров В.Е. Требования и рекомендации по подготовке дипломных работ: Методика написания, правила оформления и порядок защиты. Рига: БРИ, 2008.

5. Tim Coles. Student's Guide to Writing Dissertations and Theses in Tour-ism Studies and Related Disciplines. 2009.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and seminars, consultations.

The course methodological support:e. methodological support with materials;f. methodological recommendations for students.


Language of tuition: Latvian and Russian.During the study process alterations and additions in the programme and literature are possible.




IEVADS SPECIALITĀTĒ INTRODUCTION INTO SPECIALITY

Professional Theoretic Basic Courses and Information Technologies

A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 2Lecturer: assist.prof. M.Gunare

lect. G.Petrova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students the review about general study organisation of higher schools; to get students aware of tourism and develop the further study of the course. Students get acquainted with the history of tourism, the variety of tourism types and forms, development tendencies and development problems of mass tourism. Having completed the course students have to apply the basic knowledge within the other courses.

The objectives of the course: 1. to get acquainted with the basic principles for the optimal work with

scientific literature, to give insight into the study forms of the higher school and the specificity of the research work.

2. to help students to be aware of new study forms; 3. to show the specificity of the discourse basic concepts and the aspect of

an issue;4. to direct students to the modern awareness of social and cultural texts and

analytical reading.

Academic content:

1. Introductory lecture. The study course goals, objectives and skills. 2. The study specificity of higher school. Experience-based studying,

individual study style.3. Effective listening, participation in the study forms of higher schools:

lecture, seminar, group work. Students’ individual work and internship.4. How to search for literature. The types of literature, structure and using of

bibliography, practical methods in search for literature, reference data and supplements, the system of scientific libraries (practical training in the library).

5. Effective reading. Reading techniques, literature evaluation, study material registration and classification, statement of content. Effective writing.

6. The goals and objectives of tourism and hospitality work.7. The working principles of tourism and hospitality.8. The history of tourism in the USA and Europe.9. The history of tourism in Latvia.10.The terms and definitions used in tourism.11.The industry and infrastructure of tourism.12.The economic basic branches of tourism: passenger transport,

accommodation and catering of tourists, leisure and entertainments.13.The seminar on the course Introduction into Speciality.

Literature:1. Биржаков М.Б. Введение в туризм. – М., СПб.: «Невский Фонд», 2007.2. Ильина Е.Н. Туроперейтинг / Организация деят-ти 2-е изд. – М.:

Финансы и статистика, 2007.3. Каурова А.Д. Организация сферы туризма: уч. пособие 2-е издание.-

М.: Герда ИД, 2006.4. Квартальнов В. А. Теория и практика туризма: Учебник. – М.: Финансы

и статистика, 2003.5. Морозов М.А. Туристские дестинации и закономерности из развития:

Монография, МИГМТ. – М., 2005.6. Сорокина А.В. Организация обслуживания в гостиницах и

туристических комплексах М.: Юнити , 2007.7. Тимохина Т.Л. Организация приема и обслуживания туристов.- М.:

Форум-Инфра, 2008.8. Уокер Джон Р. Управление гостеприимством. Вводный курс. М.:

Юнити 2006.9. Ушаков Д.С. Технологии въездного туризма. Учебное пособие. – М.:

МарТ, 2006.10.Biznesa vides attīstība Latvijā: tendences un iespējas. – Rīgā, Biznesa

augstskola Turība. 2004.11.Tourism and Hospitality in the 21st century. 2002. - XVII,12.Holloway, J. Christopher. The Business of tourism. Addison Wesley

Longman Limited, 1998.13.www.world-tourism.org14.www.csb.lv15. www.latviatourism.lv 16. http://www.unwto.org 17. www.rigatourism.lv


The course methodological support:

http://www.unwto.org/

http://www.latviatourism.lv/

g. methodological support with materials;h. methodological recommendations for students.



1 30%

test 1 40%






MIKROEKONOMIKA MICROECONOMICS


A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect. A. Perlovs, assist. prof. L. Seļivanova

(English)asoc. prof N.Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to teach students to orient in the logic of the process development

at the level of economic units (individuals, families, companies) paying

attention to the effective work under market conditions.

The objectives of the course: to master the system of basic concepts, study the basic models of microeconomics theory,

to learn to apply basic concepts and models in practical situations.

Academic content: 1. Introduction to microeconomics.

2. Demand and supply.3. The choice of consumers.4. Production and payments.5. Competitiveness theory.6. Market of resources.7. Economics of information and uncertainty.8. Business and market process.

Literature:1. Latvijas Republikas Ekonomikas ministrija, 2003. – http://www.lem.gov.lv 2. Latvijas Republikas Centrālā statistikas pārvalde, 2003. – http://www.csb.lv3. Škapars R. Mikroekonomika. Rīga: LU, 2002. – 379 lpp.4. Макконел К., Брю С. Экономикс. Принципы, проблемы и политика.

Пер. с англ. М. 2004.

http://www.csb.lv/

http://www.lem.gov.lv/

5. Browning E., Browning I. Microekonomics. Theory and Applications, N.Y. 1992

6. Parkin M. Microekonomiks, N.Y. 19907. V. Nešport. Ievads mikroekonomikas teorija. Rīga. 20038. Нуреев З. М. Курс микроэкономики. М.: Норма. 20039. Ekonomics. David Begg, Mc Graw-Hill. USA. 200310.Mikroeconomics. Edwin Mansfield and Gary Yohc. “W. W. Norton” USA.

200011.Н. Грегори Мэнкью. Принципы микроэкономики.- Питер.2003.12. Matias, Álvaro; Nijkamp, Peter; Sarmento, Manuela (Eds.) Advances in

Tourism Economics. New Developments. Edited by A Pritchard, Welsh Centre for Tourism Research, University of Wales Institute, UK. 2009.


The course methodological support:i. methodological support with materials;j. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking - reporting, writing essays. Final checking – an exam.



1 30%

exam 1 40%

Language of tuition: Latvian, English and Russian.





MAKROEKONOMIKA MACROECONOMICS


A

Semester: 2Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect. A. Perlovs, assist. prof. L. Seļivanova

(English)asoc. prof N.Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students insight into modern microeconomics, evaluate the national policy and tasks and other economic fields.

The objectives of the course: to get acquainted with: - the basic principles of macroeconomics theory, models,

- simulating situations in practice.

Academic content:

1. Introduction to macroeconomics. Main aspects of macroeconomics.2. Macroeconomic instability: economic cycle, economic growth.3. Unemployment and inflation.4. Macroeconomic models.5. Macroeconomic balance: The model of overall demand and supply.6. Macroeconomic balance in the trade market. The kinetic model of

incomes and expenses.7. The government budget deficit and national debt.8. Fiscal policy. 9. Macroeconomic balance in the trade market.10.Currency market: money demand and supply. 11.Banking system. Monetary policy. 12.Money demand and supply. Monetary policy. 13.International economic relations. Trade policy. Balance of payments

and currency rate.

Literature:

1.Latvijas Republikas Ekonomikas ministrija, 2003. – www.lem.gov.lv2.Bikse V. Makroekonomika. Tālmācības kurss. – R.: SIA „Izglītības soļi”, 2003. 3.Агапова Т.А., Серёгина С.Ф. Макроэкономика / Учебник МГУ им. М.В. Ломоносова / Под ред. д.э.н. А.В. Сидоровича – 4-е изд., переб. доп. – М.: Издательство «Дело и сервис», 2001. 4.Долан Э.Дж. Макроэкономика / Пер. с англ. – СПб.: «Литера плюс», 1997. – 408 с.5.Микро-, макроэкономика. Практикум / Под общ. ред. Ю.А. Огибина – СПб.: «Литера плюс», 1994. 6.Мэнкью Н.Г. Макроэкономика / Пер. с англ. – М.: Изд-во МГУ, 1994. 7.Фишер С., Дорнбуш Р., Шмалензи Р. Экономика / Пер. с англ. – М.: «Дело ЛТД», 1993. – 8.Морган Дж. М. Руководство по изучению учебника «Экономика» С. Фишера, Р. Дорнбуша, Р. Шмалензи / Пер. с англ. – М.: «Дело», 1997. 9.Макроэкономика – www.iet.ru/mipt/2/schedule/curs_macro.htm10. Matias, Álvaro; Nijkamp, Peter; Sarmento, Manuela (Eds.) Advances in Tourism Economics. New Developments. Edited by A Pritchard, Welsh Centre for Tourism Research, University of Wales Institute, UK. 2009.


The course methodological support:k. methodological support with materials;l. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%



http://www.iet.ru/mipt/2/schedule/curs_macro.htm

http://www.lem.gov.lv/




TŪRISMA ĢEOGRĀFIJA TOURISM GEOGRAPHY


A

Semester: 1,2Number of credit points: 4Lecturers: assist.prof. M.Gunare

The goals and objectives of the course: to get acquainted with the world geographical resources, mayor tourism destinations, their physical, political, economic and cultural factors and their application in tourism. To get aware and analyze how tourism is statistically estimated, characterize the most significant international tourist traffic and regions; to develop skills and abilities to be guided on the map individually. Having completed this course students have to be able to apply the gained knowledge in creating tourism routes and tourist products in the national and international tourism industry.

Academic content:1. Tourism geography as a scientific field.2. History of tourism geography.1. The world nature and cultural and historical tourism resources. 2. The nature factors affecting tourism - geology, climate, hydrology and

landscapes.3. Tourism geography models. 4. International tourism, its peculiarities, important tendencies, UNTWO and

IAATA regions.5. Mapmaking and its use in tourism, mapmaking tasks and its use in tourism,

map generalization, IT technology in tourism mapmaking.6. The world tourist regions.7. Tourist regions in Australia, Oceania.8. Tourist destinations in America and popular surroundings.9. Africa as a tourist destination.10.Eastern Asia and the Pacific Ocean as a tourist destination.11.Tourist regions in Asia.12.Tourism in Europe.

Literature:Basic literature: 1. География туризма: учебник /кол. авторов; под.ред. А.Ю. Александровой. – М.: Кнорус, 2008.2. Самойленко А.А. География туризма: учебное пособие. – Ростов-на-Дону : «Фениксс», 2006.3.Сапожникова Е.Н. Страноведение. Теория и методика туристского изучения стран. – М.: «Академия», 2004.4. Филиппова И. Г., Погодина В. Л., Лукьянов Е. А. География туризма. – М.: Издательство: Бизнес-пресса, 2007.5. Brencis A. Aktīvais tūrisms. - Rīga: Turība, 2003.6. Štrauhmanis J. Kartogrāfija tūrismā. - Rīga: BA Turība. 2004.7. Boniface B. &Cooper C. 2005.Worldwide destinations.The geography of travel and tourism. Oxford, Elsevier Butterworth -Heinemann.8. Stephen Williams. Tourism and recreation, 2003, Pearson Education Limited9. Stephen Boyd, Ivan Koppel. Geography of Tourism. Routledge, 2009.10. Chris Cooper, Brian Boniface. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism. Butterworth-Heinemann, 2009.

Additional literature: 1. WorldTourism Organization (annual) Compendium of Tourism Statistics. WTO2. WorldTourism Organization (monthly) World Tourism Barometr.. WTO3. WorldTourism Organization (annual) Yearbook of Tourism Statistics. WTO4. Котлер Ф., Асплунд К., Рейн И., Хайдер Д. Маркетинг мест. - СПб.: Стокгольмская школа экономики, 2005.5. Клупт М. Демография регионов Земли. – СПб.: Питер, 2007.6. Драчева Е.Л. Страноведение / Германия, Италия, Финляндия. - Московская академия туристического бизнеса, 2007. 7. Драчева Е.Л. Страноведение / Испания, Кипр, Турция, Египет. - Московская академия туристического бизнеса, 2007. 8. Косолапов А.Б. Туристское страноведение / Учеб. Пособие. – М.: КноРус, 2005.9. Williams St. Tourism Geography. A New Synthesis. Routledge, 2009.10. Melbārde Z., Rozīte M. Pasaules ģeogrāfija vidusskolai. 1. mācību grāmata. Zvaigzne ABC, ISBN 978-9984-40-811-8


The course methodological support:m. methodological support with materials;n. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageGroup work (presentation) 1 20%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 10%

tets 4 40%exam 1 30%






STATISTIKĀS METODES TŪRISMĀ STATISTICAL METHODS IN TOURISM


A

Semester: 3Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect. D. Zagulova

lect. A.Hotuļevs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to acquire stable theoretic and practical skills from the point of view of social economic phenomena in close connection with qualitative content. To familiarize students with the significance of statistics and statistical recording in different research, particularly in tourism; to help students to use statistics and statistical processing programmes in their work.

The objectives of the course: to develop the following features of a future specialist

as responsibility and strong confidence, accepting information processing, as well as skills to choose the correct methods to perform statistical research,

to acquire research methods of different mass phenomena used in statistics;

skills to create information methodology of free statistics;to gain experience in using the main categories and methods in

statistics;to get aware of natural criteria of statistic generalisation, rules of their

applications,applying the modern counting technique.

Academic content: 1. The subject matter and methods of statistics. The stages of scientific research, hypothesis, basic principles of questionnaire construction, the conceptual method, measurement scales. The qualitative research.

2. Statistical observation. The basic principles of questionnaire construction and its significance in tourism. Making general questions, characteristic quantities of central tendencies.

3. Summarizing and grouping. Statistical tables.4. Types of statistical groups. The graphic drawings of statistical data.

Graphic drawing in statistics.5. The concept and basic elements of statistics, their significance in

research. Tourism data, their acquisition. Classification of parameters. The modern resources of tourism research, issues in tourism research.

6. Statistical generalisation. Absolute and variable data.7. Average. Alternative criteria.8. Sampling method (observation, data generalization).

9. Recording and statistics in each tourism enterprise. Tourism market classification. Dependent and independent methods.

9. Series of dynamics. 10. Index method in the analysis of factors.11. Essence of mutual relations, basic methods of discovering and

analysis.

Literature:Basic literature:

1. Basic business statistics. Mark. L. Berenson David M. Levine Prentice Hall. USA 2002

2. Oļģerts Krastiņš. Statistika un ekonometrija. LR Centrālā statistikas pārvalde. Rīga, 2003.

3. Голышев А. В. Статистика. Краткий курс Серия: Скорая помощь студенту. Краткий курс Издательство: Окей-книга, 2008 г., 192 стр.

4. Гореева Н. М., Демидова Л. Н., Клизогуб Л. М., Орехов С. А. Статистика в схемах и таблицах Серия: Экзамен по схеме Издательство: Эксмо, 2007 г., 416 стр.

5. Делен С. А. Статистика. Конспект лекций Серия: Конспект лекций. В помощь студенту Издательство: А-Приор, 2009 г., 96 стр.

6. Долгушевский Ф. Г., Козлов В. С., Полушин М. И., Эрлих Я. М. Общая теория статистики. М.: Статистика, 1997.

7. Кельберт М. Я., Сухов Ю. М. Вероятность и статистика в примерах и задачах. Том 1. Основные понятия теории вероятностей и математической статистики Издательство: МЦНМО, 2007 г., 456 стр.

8. Кельберт М. Я., Сухов Ю. М. Вероятность и статистика в примерах и задачах. Том 2. Основные понятия теории вероятностей и математической статистики Издательство: МЦНМО, 2007 г., 456 стр.

9. Милованов Д. И. Муниципальная статистика Серия: Учебное пособие Издательство: Питер, 2009 г., 160 стр.

10.Минько А. А. Статистика в бизнесе. Руководство менеджера и финансиста Серия: Мастер-класс Издательство: Эксмо, 2008 г., 504 стр.

11.Назаров М. Г. Статистика Издательство: КноРус, 2008 г., 480 стр12.Просветов Г. И. Теория вероятностей и математическая статистика.

Задачи и решения Издательство: Альфа-Пресс, 2009 г., 272 стр.13.Просянюк Н. А., Варчук О. А. Статистика. От теории к практике

Издательство: Бурун Книга, 2008 г., 128 стр14.Салин В. Н., Чурилова Э. Ю., Е. П. Шпаковская Статистика Серия:

Среднее профессиональное образование Издательство: КноРус, 2009 г., 288 стр.

15.Социально-экономическая статистика Под редакцией М. Р. Ефимовой Серия: Университеты России Издательства: Высшее образование, Юрайт-Издат, 2009 г.

16.Статистика. Практикум. Учебное пособие. Издательство: КноРус, 2009 г., 496 стр.

17.Теория статистики. / Под редакцией проф. Шмойловой Р.А. - М.: Финансы и статистика, 1996, 255.

Additional literature:1. Егоршин А.А., Малярец Л.М. Корреляционно-регрессионный анализ. -

Харьков, "Основа", 19982. Ефимова М. Р., Ганченко О. И., Петрова Е. В. Практикум по общей

теории статистики Издательство: Финансы и статистика, 2007 г., 368 стр.

3. Ивченко Г. И., Медведев Ю. И., Чистяков А. В. Задачи с решениями по математической статистике Серия: Высшее образование Издательство: Дрофа, 2007 г., 320 стр.

4. Коник Н. В. Общая теория статистики. Конспект лекций Серия: Экзамен в кармане Издательство: Эксмо, 2008 г., 160 стр.

5. Резник А. Д. Книга для тех, кто не любит статистику, но вынужден ею пользоваться Издательство: Речь, 2008 г., 264 стр.

6. Рыбаковский О. Л. Теория статистики Издательство: РАГС, 2008 г., 124 стр.

7. http://www.lursoft.lv/ (Статистическая информации Латвийской республики)

8. http://www.diary.ru/~eek/p47642323.htm (литература по теории вероятности и математической статистики)

9. http://window.edu.ru/window/library?p_rubr=2.2.76.3 (Единое окно дотупа к образовательным ресурсам. Раздел: Статистика)

10.http://world.russianforall.ru/distobr/main.php?SECTION_ID=347 (Учебники on-line)

11.http://www.statsoft.ru/home/portal/ (Статистический Портал компании StatSoft. Электронный учебник по статистике)

12.http://www.statsoft.ru/statportal/tabID__38/DesktopDefault.aspx (Статьи о статистических методах и критериях на портале Statistica)


The course methodological support:o. methodological support with materials;p. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageTests, training tasks. 1 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

exam 1 30%






TŪRISMA BŪTĪBA, PLĀNOŠANA UN VADĪBA TOURISM SUBJECT MATTER, PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT


A

Semester: 1Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Sotikova

assist.prof. S.Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goals and objectives of the course: to give students knowledge on tourism as a human work sphere, history of tourism development, types of tourism as well as awareness of tourism as national economy. The particular attention is paid to the contributing and inhibitive factors affecting tourism development in Latvia. After the course students are to be able to apply the knowledge gained, to get aware of the inhibitive factors and invest the stimulating factors. To acquaint students with the world tourism market. To teach students to orient freely in the Latvian tourism market.

Academic content:

1. Travelling and tourism.2. History of tourism development.3. The structure of modern tourism.4. The basic types of tourism.5. The LR law on tourism.6. Tourism management and management structure in Latvia and

the EU.7. Inter-industry tourism package.8. Work and specialisation of tourism company.9. Tourism product.10.Tourism planning and management.11.Tourism organisations in the world, Europe and Latvia.12.The review of the world and Latvian markets.


1. Latvijas Tūrisma Attīstības Nacionālā Programma 2001. – 2010. gadam.2. Tūrisms Latvijā 2007. gadā – Statistikas datu krājums, Latvijas Republikas

Centrālā Statistikas Pārvalde, Rīga, 20083. J. Kļepikovs, A.Klepikova. Tūrisma būtība un organizācija. Rīga. BSA

20084. Mārtiņš Ruciņš. Kas ir kas jeb viss par tūrismu un apdrošināšanu. Rīga. 2002.5. Dž. Kristofers Holoveis Tūrisma bizness. Rīga1999.6. Atpūta laukos.Rīga.2007.7. B. Makkerčers , H. Du Krosa. Kultūras Tūrisms . 20068. И.И.Бутко, Е.А.Ситников, Д.С.Ушаков. Туристический

бизнес.Изд.Феникс.Р/Д. 2008.9. А.Д.Чудновский, М.А.Жукова, В.С.Сенин.Управление индустрией

туризма. Изд. Кнорус. М. 2007.10. А.П.Воронкова. История туризма и гостеприимства.М.2004.

Additional literature:1. Г. Харрис, К. Кац.Стимулирование международного туризма в XXI

веке. 2000.2. В. Уваров, К. Борисов. Международные туристские организации. 1990.3. Джон Уокер. Введение в гостеприимство.1999.4. В.С. Сенин.Организация международного туризма. M.2003.5. Tourism in Europe. Rob Davidson,Pitman Publishing 1992.6. J.Cristopher Hollowey The business of Tourism.ABTA 1994.7. World Tourism Organization. Tourism Highlights 2001. Madrid, 2000.8. Global Code of Ethics for Tourism. World Tourism Organization, Madrid,

1999.9. International Tourism: A Global Perspective.WTO.Madrid,1998.10. Beaver A. A Dictionary of Travel and Tourism Terminology, 2nd edition.

Beaver Travel, UK.2005.


The course methodological support:q. methodological support with materials;r. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: Percentagegroup work 1 40%activity and participation in seminars and 1 30%

practical workexam 1 30%






TIESISKAIS NODROŠINĀJUMS TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀTOURISM AND HOSPITALITY LEGAL GROUNDWORK


A


2

Lecturers: Mag. H. OzoliņaMag. I. Stankova

The goal of the course:to provide students with the knowledge on the legal groundwork meeting the requirements of the higher professional education in the speciality of tourism management.

1. The objectives of the course: to provide students with the knowledge necessary in the legal sphere;

2. to teach students to get aware of several legal spheres, their position and role in the whole legal system;

- to teach students to analyze the legal phenomena and processes in the state and social life individually;- the legal aspects of the MSL work and tourism management.

Academic content:

1. The national and legal subject and main principles.2. Law system in Latvia. 3. Constitutional law.4. Administrative law.5. Civil law.6. Family law.7. Property law.8. Law of obligation.9. Law of inheritance.10.Law of fair trial.

11.Right to labour.12.International law.13.The concepts and elements of intellectual property. Regulation of copyright

law.14.Competitiveness and its juridical awareness.15.Legal regulation of tourism.

Basic literature: 1. Baykov.A. Nikiforov N. Introduction into Law. Riga, - 20072. Melbārdis Dz. Tiesību pamati. - Rīga, 2000.3. Байков А.М. Правоведение. Учебное пособие. Рига, МБА – 2006.4. Биржаков М.Б. Введение в туризм. – М.: Герда ИД, 2007.5. Основы права: учебник / В.И. Шкатулла, В.В. Надвикова, М.В.

Сытинская. – М.: Академия, 2002.

6. Oсновы права: учебник для вузов / М.И. Абдулаев. – СПб.: Питер, 2004.

7. Barth St. Hospitality Law: Managing Legal Issues in the Hospitality Industry, 3rd Edition. WILEY. 2008.

Additional literature:1.Правоведение. Под ред. Ю.А. Тихомирова. М. 20012. Основы права. Шкатулла В.И. и др. М.: Академия. 20023. Основы права. Лазарев В.В. М.: Юристъ. 20024. LR Krimināllikums (17.06.1998.) 5. LR Komerclikums 6. LR Administratīvo pārkāpumu kodekss 7. U. Kolladz, K. Priednieks. Eiropas tiesības. LU. Rīga. 20008. Ievads konstitūcijas teorijā. Rīga. Latvijas Vēstniesis 2006.


The course methodological support:s. methodological support with materials;t. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – reporting. Final checking – a test.


Evaluation form: Number: Percentageactivity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Stephen+Barth

test 1 70%






INFORMĀCIJAS TEHNOLOĢIJAS TŪRISMĀ I IT IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY I


A

Semester: 2Number of credit points: 3Lecturers: assist.prof. J.Timoščenko

lect. V.Mihejevs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: the course includes IT knowledge at the initial level – computer skills of work with Windows. To use computer individually, be able to use the simplest graphics programs, word processor, electronic tables, Internet.

.The objectives of the course:

- to give a grounding of skills in computing;1. draw study –logo at the right sheet corner using grouping and scaling,

printing out;1. using the elements of home page – A4 size, typing out;1. Excel diagram study - colouring, transformations. Fails;1. Pover Point presentations (10 slides). Fails Demonstration.

Academic content:a. Within the course it is possible to gain the following theoretical

knowledge and practical skills: to get aware of the role and meaning of information processing with the help of computer; the main computer components (blocks) and accessory equipment, their task, meaning and functions, the concept of computer local net.

b. To master input of information, ways how to save and delete; operating system Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, their principles of work and use; to identify computer virus and ways of liquidation.

c. To gain the basic knowledge on archive program and its using. To get acquainted with the concept of logs, their elements, Microsoft Windows applications, their operating and shutting down.

d. The opportunities of Windows accessories – calculators, word processor and graphical Painter, multimedia tools, typing and ways of elementary editing. Text alignment and centring. Text contextual editing; searching, replacement.

e. Making tables and replacing into the text, its graphic layout, elementary calculation in the table. Electronic tables and their application.

f. Microsoft Excel. Basic activities with documents: save, open, type. Making graphic images and replacing them into the text. Applied graphic, its creating and editing, Internet.

g. Organisation of information transfer. Legal restrictions and etiquette. Search for information in the global net, e-mail.

Literature:1. Jennifer Rotondo J., Mike Rotondo, Jr. Presentation Skills for Managers / McGraw-Hill, 2001.2. Reynolds G. Presentationzen. Simple idejas on presentation design and delivery. New Riders, 2008.3. Ботт Э., Леонард В. Использование MS Office XP. Специальное издание, Издательство: Вильямс », 20024. Пономаренко С. Пиксел и вектор. Принципы цифровой графики - СПб: "БХВ-СПб", 2002.5. Скоморох И. Теория компьютерной презентации. Психология бизнеса Изд.: Тропа Троянова, 2002.6. Чудновский А.Д., Жукова М.А. Информационные технологии управления в туризме. – М.: Кнорус, 2007.7. http:/www.liis.lv/ms pamati.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and practical workshops, consultations and final written exam.

The course methodological support:u. methodological support with materials;v. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageControlworks 6 60%

exam 1 40%






MENEDŽMENTS TŪRISMĀ UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT


A

Semester: 3Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: assist.prof. V.Siļiņeviča

assist.prof. S. Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to get the basic knowledge on organising business and management in a company under market relations. To ensure the knowledge in the theory of management organisation, business management, organisation development and human resource involvement, to get aware of organisation structure and operating, style and methods of management, to get skills of teamwork and manage small and medium enterprises in the field of tourism and hospitality, take decisions basing on the skills gained.

The objectives of the course: to master management operating principles and functions, work motivation at the different levels of the company management, the internal organisation, management system of production quality. Students are to be able to apply basic rules of management in practice, to find ways how to achieve the goals of the company, to apply basic forms and methods of production organisation. To get aware of practical management, skills to work under market-oriented economy, to be able to evaluate the potential of a company rationally and organise the relevant managerial and legal form of a company, to teach students to analyze management decisions and prove technology of modern management in the field of tourism and hospitality.

Academic content:1. Introduction to the theory of management. Management and managing

system. Management impact and management functions. Qualifications of management system and their role in taking management decisions. Specificities of tourism management: product and service.

2. Information quality parameters.

3. Organisation and its concept. Formal and informal organisations. Fragmentation, differentiation and consolidation of the corporative representation. Life cycle of an organisation. Organisation description and structures in cultural management.

4. Management functions. The concept of management functions. Recording, analysis, the motivation essence of planning. The concept of control: goals, norms, requirements, criteria, efficiency. Planning, its elements, principles, efficiency and its cultural specificity. Planning, strategic planning, SWOT analysis. Control.

5. Management methods. Management principles: ideas, regularities, rules. Organisational, administrative, economical, social and psychological methods. Self-government.

6. Management decisions. Types of management decisions and qualification features. Process and methods of decision taking. Efficiency and individual styles of management decision taking. Work models of performers. Organisation of decision realisation and control in cultural project management.

7. Staff management. Factors of staff management influence. Staff evaluation criteria and methods. Training: goals, conditions, technology. Manager's work. Management working process, its rational organisation. Organisational principles of a manager's work.

8. Personality, strength of power, authority. A manager's professionalism and internal strength of mind. Influence on subordinates. Code of business conduct and norms of office etiquette. System of characters. Authority.

9. Management styles. Technology of management decision taking, elements of behaviour. Conflicts and clashes. Relations in organisation of business actions.

Literature:1. Fundamentals of management. Stephen P. Robbins, David A. Decenzo. –

2004.2. Beech J., Chadwick S. The Business of Tourism Management. Pearson

Edition, 2005.3. Kozak M. Managing and Marketing Tourist Destinations. Strategies to Gain

a Competitive Edge. Routledge, 2009.4. Page St. Tourism Management. CAMBRIDGE university press. 2009.5. Mason P. Tourism impact, planning and management. CAMBRIDGE

university press. 2008.6. Cheri A. YoungCraig, C. Lundberg, Jenna Lundberg. The Hospitality

Management Case Manual: Developing Competencies in Critical Thinking and Practical Action. PEARSON Education. 2008.

7. Beļčikovs, V.Praude. Menedžments. – Rīga „Vaidelote”, 2006.8. Principles of operations management. Jay Heizer. Barry Render. Prentice

Hall. USA. 20049. Литвинчук А. М. Теория управления. Курс-конспект. Рига БРИ. 2006.

10. Медлик С., Инграм Х. Гостиничный бизнес. – М.: Юнити, 2005.11. Мескон М.Х., Альберт М., Хедуори Ф. Основы менеджмента: Пер. с

англ. – М.: Дело, 2001.12. Саак А. Э., Якименко М. В.Менеджмент в индустрии гостеприимства

(гостиницы и рестораны): Учебное пособие. – СПб.: Питер, 2008.13. Кужель Ю.Л. Японские гостиницы. – М.: «Книгодел», 2007.14. http://www.travelcareer.ru/118


The course methodological support:w. methodological support with materials;x. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%

Language of tuition: English


http://www.travelcareer.ru/118




VADĪBAS TEORIJA UN KORPORATIVA KULTŪRA MANAGEMENT THEORY AND CORPORATIVE CULTURE


A


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. N.Sotikova assist.prof. S.Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students insight into repute and corporative cultural concepts, functions and meaning to develop successful organisation, to define the role of internal and external communications in development of corporative culture.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with:repute and structure of corporative culture,its basic elements,its influence on organisation efficiency.

Academic content:1. Management principles, functions and methods.2. Management system and analysis.3. Organisational management structure and their projection.4. Organisation and adaptation, integration and development.5. Planning in management systems.6. Net planning and management models.7. Group dynamics. Management.8. Management decisions.9. Basic directions of management theory development.10.The concept of corporative repute.11.Mission, vision and organisation values.12.Organisation management and leaders.13.The concept of corporative culture.14.Types of corporative culture.15.Symbolics, traditions, the company style.

16.Motivation and stimulation of workers.


1. Даулинг Г. Репутация фирмы: создание, управление и оценка эффективности. – М.: ИНФРА - М, 2003. 2. Карташова Л.В., Никонова Т.В., Соломанидина Т.О. Организационное поведение; Учебник. – М.: ИНФРА – М, 2002. 3. Литвинчук А. М. Теория управления. Курс-конспект. Рига БРИ. 2006.4. Спивак В.А. Корпоративная культура. – СПб.: Питер, 2001. 5. Тесакова Н. В. Миссия и Корпоративный кодекс. – М.: РИП-холдинг, 2004. 6. Шейн Э.Х. Организационная культура и лидерство. – СПб.:Питер, 2002. 7. Principles of operations management. Jay Heizer. Barry Render. Prentice Hall. USA. 20078. Laurie Mullins. Hospitality Management and Organisational Behaviour. 4th Edition. . Prentice Hall. 2008.

Additional literature:1. Трубецкой А. Ю. Психология репутации. – М.: Наука, 2005. 2. Маслов В. И. – Стратегическое управление персоналом в условиях эффективной организационной культуры. – М.: Финпресс, 2004. 3. Камерон К., Куинн Р. Диагностика и изменение организационной культуры (Diagnosing and Changing Organizational Culture). – СПб.: Питер, 2001. 4. Элвессон М. Организационная культура. (Understanding Organizational Culture) – М.: Гуманитарный центр, 2005. 5. Соломанидина Т. Организационная культура в таблицах, тестах и схемах. М., 2007.6. Персикова Т. Н. Межкультурная коммуникация и корпоративная культура: Учебное пособие. – М.: Логос, 2002.

The course methodological support:y. methodological support with materials;z. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Exam.


Under the framework of this course all repute and corporative cultural aspects have been analyzed: history, levels, factors affecting origin and development of the corporative culture, typology, The particular attention has been paid to repute and meaning of corporative culture in for development of the successful organisation.


1 30%

Exam 1 30%






MĀRKETINGS TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀTOURISM AND HOSPITALITY MARKETING


A

Semester: 4Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: assist.prof. I. Ratanova, Doc. L. Seļivanova

(English)assist.prof. S.Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to provide students with basic knowledge in marketing in the field of tourism and hospitality, to familiarize students with modern concepts in marketing, tourism and hospitality, to work out the special practical skills for the company workers in this field.

The objectives of the course: to give a profound idea about marketing features in the sphere of tourism and hospitality;

to study the basic processes of marketing management in the sphere of tourism and hospitality;

to get acquainted with marketing complex features (marketing-mix) in the field of tourism and hospitality;

to give an idea of tourist product, trade policy, strategies of tourism products;

to get acquainted with methods and strategies of pricing in the field of tourism and hospitality;

to get acquainted with system of distribution channels and main direction instruments (propaganda, PR, advertising, distribution stimulation);

to study forms and methods of marketing research in the sphere of tourism and hospitality;to get acquainted with buyers’ behaviour models, stages of consumers' decision taking and choice and purchase of hotel services;

to study the forms of competitiveness, types and methods in the field of tourism and hospitality;

to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving questions of self-examination and self-test, analysis of mini-cases.

Academic content: Marketing and development. Marketing survey and analysis of marketing opportunities. Planning of marketing activities. Marketing survey and marketing information systems. The internal company marketing in the field of tourism and hospitality. Development of a new product and trade mark. Promotion of tourism product. Price strategy. Demand and supply management. The marketing experience in Latvia and abroad.

Literature:Pamatliteratūra1. Уокер, Джон Р. Введение в гостеприимство: учебник / Джон Р. Уокер; пер. с англ. Н.Н. Михайлова. - Москва: ЮНИТИ, 1999. 2. Джеймс Ф. Энджел, Роджер Д. Блэкуэлл, Пол У. Миниард. Поведение потребителей.- СПб: Питер Ком, 2000.3. Филип Котлер, Джон Боуэн, Джеймс Мейкенз Маркетинг. Гостеприимство. Туризм: учебник для вузов / ; пер. с англ. - 2-е изд – М.: ЮНИТИ, 2007.4. Praude V. Mārketing. Mācību grāmata – LEAF, 2008.5. Victor T.C. Middleton, Alan Fyall, Mike Morgan, Ashok Ranchhod. Marketing in Travel and 6. Tourism. PEARSON Education. 2009.6. Philip Kotler, John Bowen, James Makens. Marketing for Hospitality & Tourism. International Edition. 5th Edition. PEARSON Education. 2009.7. Robert D. Reid, David C. Bojanic. Hospitality Marketing Management, 5th Edition. WILEY.

Additional literature: Европейский гостиничный маркетинг: учебное пособие / пер. с англ.

Е.Ю. Драгныш. - Москва: Финансы и статистика, 2003. Stowe Shoemaker, Margaret Shaw. Marketing Essentials in Hospitality and

Tourism: Foundations and Practices. . PEARSON Education. 2008. Cathy H. C. Hsu. Tourism Marketing. WILEY. 2008.


The course methodological support:aa. methodological support with materials;bb.methodological recommendations for students.


http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Cathy+H.+C.+Hsu

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=David+C.+Bojanic

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Robert+D.+Reid

http://www.elsevier.com/wps/product/cws_home/717181

http://www.elsevier.com/wps/product/cws_home/717181



1 30%

exam 1 30%






MĀRKETINGA PĒTĪJUMA METODES MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS


A

Semester: 3Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect.. D. Zagulova

lect. A. Larionovs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to get acquainted with research methods in marketing.The objectives of the course:

1. to acquaint students with the research basic principles in marketing;2. to give students insight into the research development, management,

analysis and interpretation;3. to look through selection types, their principles and significance for

research results.

Academic content:

The theoretic and methodological basics in marketing research. The role of research in marketing. Quantitative and qualitative methods, their advantages and

drawbacks. Research process and organisation in marketing. Tourism market research. Basic conditions, primary and secondary

research. General science research methods. Options. Selection, its types and ways. Selection calculation. Field research methods: preparation, conducting and analysis of

results. Methods of desk research. Measurements, scales. Inquiry and its types. Development of tools, stating questions. Inquiry data processing and analysis. Qualitative inquiry. Focus-group. Content analysis. Data interpretation, application of statistics, analysis of secondary

data, Research etiquette.

Literature: Sullivan Thomas J. „Methods of Social Research”. Harcourt College

publishers, 2001. Bogdan R., Taylor S. „Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods.”,

Wiley & Sons, 1994. Lee Harvey and Morag MacDonald. „Doing Sociology”. The Macmillan

Press Ltd, 1993. „Cilvēks un dzīve socioloģijas skatījumā”. Rīga, 1996. LU Socioloģijas

katedra. 1 Wimmer R.D., Dominick J.R. „Mass media research. An Introduction”,

5the ed., Wadsworth Publication Company. Tadayuki Hara. Quantitative Tourism Industry Analysis. ELSEVIER. 2008. Burns, Palmer, Ritchie. Tourism Research Methods: (Book). Edited by B

W Ritchie, University of Canberra, Australia; P Burns, University of Brighton, UK; C Palmer, University of Brighton, UK. 2005.

G Richards, W Munsters. Cultural Tourism Research Methods. Edited by G Richards, University of West England, UK; W Munsters, Zuyd University, The Netherlands. 2009.

Малхорта, Нэреш К. Маркетинговые исследования. Практическое руководство, 3-е издание.: Пер. с англ. – М.: Издательский дом «Вильямс», 2002.


The course methodological support:cc. methodological support with materials;dd.methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%




FINANSES UN GRĀMATVEDĪBAFINANCE AND ACCOUNTANCE


A

Semester: 4Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect.Ž. Černoštan

asoc.prof.N. Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students insight into accounting bases as well as finance reporting and analysis methods.

The objectives of the course: to get acquainted with accounting theoretical basics, accounting methods and principles, finance reporting and analysis methods of economic activity. Having acquired this course students are able

1. to describe the main principles and methods of accounting;2. to describe methods of the enterprise accounting;3. to comprehend the important aspects of finance reports;4. to use methods of financial analysis;5. to assess the financial status of a company.

Academic content:

Introduction to accounting. The main principles and methods of accounting. Accounting balance. Accounting methods and balance.

Profit and loss statement. Money flow report. Analysis and assessment of a company’s status. Analysis and assessment of a company’s financial situation.

Literature:

1. Финансовый учет./ Под ред. В.Г. Гетьмана. М.: Финансы и статистика, 2004. –784 с.

2. Кондраков Н.П. Бухгалтерский учет и финансовый анализ для менеджеров.М.:Дело,2003

3. Праварне О. Основы бухгалтерского учета. Рига: БРИ, 2003. –200 с.4. Янушка М. Бухгалтерский учет в практических ситуациях. Рига:

Merkūrijs Lat, 2003. 5. Needles B. Anderson H. Caldwell I. Principles of accounting. B. 2000. P.

495. / Существует издание на русском языке/6. Stiglica L. Finanšu grāmavedības praktikums. Rīga: Biznesa Partneri, 2004.

– 95 lpp.7. Grāmatvedības kārtošanas rokasgrāmata..- Rīga: Bernada, 2006. – 122 lpp.8. Leibus, Inguna. Individuālā uzņēmēja grāmatvedība un nodokli. – Rīga:

Lietišķās informācijas dienests, 2006.9. William P. Andrew, James W. Damitio, Raymond S. Schmidgall. Financial Management for the Hospitality Industry. Pearson Edition, 2008.10. Agnes L. DeFranco, Thomas W. Lattin. Hospitality Financial Management. Pearson Edition, 2006.11. Lea R. Dopson, David K. Hayes. Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry. Pearson Edition, 2008. 12. erry J. Weygandt, Donald E. Kieso, Paul D. Kimmel, Agnes L. DeFranco. Hospitality Financial Accounting Working Papers, 2nd Edition, Pearson Edition, 2008.

15.John Dyson. Accounting for Non-Accounting Students. 7th Edition. 2008.16. Martin G. Jagels, Catherine E. Ralston. Hospitality Management

Accounting, Student Workbook and Study Guide. John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2009.

17. Anand Iyengar. Hotel Finance. Oxford Univ Pr. 2009.


The course methodological support:ee. methodological support with materials;ff. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageTests. 4 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Agnes+L.+DeFranco

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Paul+D.+Kimmel

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Donald+E.+Kieso

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Jerry+J.+Weygandt

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=David+K.+Hayes

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Lea+R.+Dopson

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Thomas+W.+Lattin

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Agnes+L.+DeFranco

exam 1 30%






CILVĒKRESURSU VADĪBA HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT


A

Semester: 4Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: lect.. D. Zagulova

assist.prof. S.Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students the basic knowledge, familiarize with principles of effective human resources management. To ensure knowledge and skills of work with staff. To give students an idea about classic and modern psychological theories and methods.

The objectives of the course: to master the following knowledge and skills:1. to get acquainted with the research main paradigms and organisation de-

scriptions;2. to analyze the main psychological phenomena aimed to raise manage-

ment effectiveness;3. to give an idea about rational job assignment and knowledge manage-

ment;4. to show methods how to estimate work of staff efficiency;5. to adjust staff relations.

Academic content:1. Human resources management as a strategic management function. 2. Organisation and its structure. Staff selection and estimation. 3. Training and staff development.4. The theory of motivation in organisation research. Management and a

leader’s role.5. Organisation development. Time management.6. Innovation method in organisation during the period of change. Culture of

organisations.


7. CauneJ. Dzedons A., Pētersons L. Stratēģiskā vadīšana. Rīga, Kamene, 2001.

8. Ešenvalde I. Personāla praktiskā vadība / I. Ešenvalde. - Rīga: Merkūrijs LAT, 2006. - 307 lpp.

9. Felzers G. Motivēšanas veidi. Faktori, kas ļauj gūt panākumus. Psiholoģijas atziņas praksē / Georgs Felzers; no vācu val. tulk. Aija Jakoviča. - Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 2006. - 136 lpp. - (Pocket Business).

10. Frīmentls D. "Komandas" motivācija un vadība. 50 praktiski padomi / Deivids Frīmentls; tulk. Kristīne Lapiņa; red. I. Vjacira. - Rīga: Zvaigzne ABC, 2006. - 125 lpp.

11. Gratone L. Cilvēkresursu stratēģija / Linda Gratone; no angļu val. tulk. A. Tūna. - Rīga: Jumava, 2004. - 284 lpp.

12. Herbsts D. Komunikācija uzņēmumā / Dīters Herbsts; no vācu valodas tulk. Silvija Gibiete. - Zvaigzne ABC, 2007. - 119 lpp.

13. Kinicki A., Kreitner R. Organizational Behavior.- NY: McGraw-Hill, 2006.14. Pīrsija R. Informācijas menedžments / Robina Pīrsija; no angļu val. tulk.

Mārtiņš Pomahs. - Rīga: Jumava, 2006. - 255 lpp.15. Pīrsija R. Laika menedžments / Robina Pīrsija; no angļu val. tulk. Sandra

Volšteine. - Rīga: Jumava, 2005. - 200 lpp.16. Reņģe V. Mūsdienu organizāciju psiholoģija / Viesturs Reņģe. - Rīga:

Zvaigzne ABS, 2007. - 215, [1] lpp.17.John R. Walker, Jack E. Miller. Supervision in the Hospitality Industry:

Leading Human Resources. John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2009.18. Веснин В.Р. Управление персоналом. Теория и практика: учебник / В.Р.

Веснин. - Москва: Проспект, 2007. - 688 с.

Additional literature:a. Vorobjovs Aleksejs. Sociālā psiholoģija : teorētiskie pamati :

eksperimentāls mācību līdzeklis / Aleksejs Vorobjovs. - Rīga : Izglītības soļi, 2002. - 340 lpp. ISBN 9984712338

b. Sarunu un konfliktu risināšana; no angļu val. tulk. Rita Baroniņa. - Rīga: Lietišķās informācijas dienests, 2007. - "Harvard Business Review on".

c. D Bowen. Contemporary Tourist Behaviour : Yourself and Others as Tourists. CABI Tourism Texts. Oxford Brookes, University; J Clarke, Oxford brookes University, UK.2009.

d. Latvijas ekonommists.e. The Economist. f. http://www.psihologijaspasaule.lv/index.phpg. http://www.kis.gov.lv/lv/c3/h. http://www.esia.gov.lv/i. http://www.lzp.lv/j. http://www.liis.lv/vesels/Veseliba/1/1www.htmlk. http://www.lid.lv/pdf/LIMO.pdf

http://www.lid.lv/pdf/LIMO.pdf

http://www.liis.lv/vesels/Veseliba/1/1www.html

http://www.lzp.lv/

http://www.esia.gov.lv/

http://www.kis.gov.lv/lv/c3/


The course methodological support:gg.methodological support with materials;hh.methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%






STRATĒĢISKAS MĀRKETINGA KOMUNIKĀCIJAS STRATEGIC MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS


A

Semester: 6Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: assist.prof. T. Golubkova

assist.prof. S. Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goals and objectives of the course: Entrepreneurship successful development as well as helping students to adapt for permanent changes in market environment, to get aware of products, consumers and competitors. This course is aimed to give theoretic bases as well as develop practical skills in marketing projects and research, organisation of exhibitions in the field of tourism and hospitality.

Academic content:

Tourism and hospitality marketing. The main concepts of marketing. Strategic integrated marketing communications. The concept of marketing

communications, participants of marketing process, goals and whence of marketing communications.

Marketing communication process. The types and features of communication systems. The concept of market segment. The audience descriptions. The choice of targeted audience. Product positioning.

Instruments of integrated marketing communications. Communication policy. Commodity life-cycle in the field of culture and the meaning of communication complex.

Advertisement. Advertisement connection to other directions of marketing communications. The peculiarities of advertising impact. Advertising efficiency.

Public relations. PR communication aspects. PR instruments. Product promotion with the help of PR method basic aspect. Sponsors and fundraising. Charity and patrons.

Sales promotion. Sales strategies. Media option. Sales programme development.

Communications using direct marketing. Peculiarities of using personal and non-personal communications. Direct marketing process.

Merchandising in the field of social culture. The strategy problems. The Internet. IT development. Data basis.

Teleconferencing and newsgroups. The strategy problems: branding. Brand components and basic

characteristics. Planning of campaign activities. Situational analysis. Mass media. Control.

Efficiency evaluation.


1. Scott McCabe. Marketing Communications in Tourism and Hospitality: Concepts, Strategies and Cases. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2008.

2. Барышев А.Ф. Маркетинг в туризме и гостеприимстве. – М.: «Финансы и статистика», 2007.

3. Бернет Дж., Мориарти С. Маркетинговые коммуникации: интегрированный подход. – СПб.: Питер, 2001.

4. Джанджугазова Е. А. Маркетинг в индустрии гостеприимства: Учебное пособие для студентов высших учебных заведений. – М.: Издательский центр «Академия», 2003.

5. Котлер Ф., Боуэн Дж., Мейкенз Дж. Маркетинг. Гостеприимство. Туризм. – M.: Юнити, 2007.

6. Морозова Е.Я., Тихонова Э.Д. Экономика и организация предприятий социально-культурной сферы. – СПб.: Издательство Михайлова В.А., 2002.

7. Саак А. Маркетинг в социально-культурном сервисе и туризме.- СПб.: Питер, 2007


1. Noels Ž. Brendu atkalradīšana. Vai vadošie brendi izdzīvos jaunos tirgus apstākļos? - Rīgas Konferences, Vadītājs vadītājam. Rīga, SIA Baltija vadības konferences 2003. 2. Olinss V. Par zīmolu. – Rīga: Neptuns, 2005.3. Имшинецкая И. Ситуативный промоушн. – М.: «РИП-холдинг», 2002. 4. Европейский гостиничный маркетинг. - М.: «Финансы и статистика», 2002.


The course methodological support:ii. methodological support with materials;jj. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%






STARPTAUTISKĀ TŪRISMA EKONOMIKA INTERNATIONAL TOURISM ECONOMY


A


2

Lecturers: asoc.prof. A. Mašarskisasoc prof.N.Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to give insight into the world economy development tendencies and national economic relations.

The objectives of the course: to introduce students to:- the basic approaches to the concept of international economy and

finances;- international financial market and relations regularities;- occupational features of international banks and corporations.

Academic content:

1. International tourism development tendencies under economic and financial globalisation.2. Content, structure and development of international economic and financial system.3. International currency system. 4. National account balance. 5. International economic and financial basic concepts. 6. Foreign exchange market. 7. Currency risk management 8. International accounts. 9. International currency and finance institutions.

Literature:

a. Rugman A.M., Hodgetts R.M. International Business. Third edition, 2003. Pearson Prentice Hall.

b. Matias Á., Nijkamp P., Sarmento M. Advances in Tourism Economics. New Developments. - Approx, 2009, 300 p.

c. Solomon M., Bamossy G., Askegaard S. Konsumentenverhalten. Der europäische Markt.- München: Pearson Studium, 2006.

d. William S. Reece. The Economics of Tourism. Prentice Hall. 2009.e. M. Thea Sinclair, Mike J. Stabler, Andreas Papatheodorou. The Economics of

Tourism. Routledge. 2009.f. Мишкин Ф. Экономическая теория денег, банковского дела и финансовых

рынков. (пер. с англ.) – М.: Аспект – Пресс, 2007.g. Кругман П. Р., Обстфелбд М. Международная экономика. 5-е изд. - СПб.:

Питер, 2004. h. Международный туризм:Учебник/ А.Ю.Алексеева. – М.:Аспект Пресс, 2002.–

470с. i. Щербакова С.А. Международный туризм: экономика и география. - М. :

Юнити, 2007. j. Международные экономические отношения /под ред. проф. Л.Е. Стровского. –

М.: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2003.k. Суэтин А.А. Международный финансовый рынок. уч.пособме. – М.:КНОРУС,

2004. l. Максимо Э. и др. Мировые финансы. (пер. с англ.) – М.1998.m. Ершов М.В. Валютно-финансовые механизмы. – М.: Экономика, 2000.n. Шмырёва А.И. и др. . Международные валютно-кредитные отношения. – СПб:

Питер, 2002 o. Хэррис Дж. М. Международные финансы. (пер. с англ.) – М.: Финансы и

статистика, 2000p. Rupeika-Apoga R. Valūas tirgus un valūas darījumi. Rīga, Datoru centrs, 2003.-

148.lpp. q. Lībermans G. Starptautiskie ekonomiskie sakari un Latvija. Uzņēmējdarbības

pamats, Nr. 8, Kamene, 2004.


The course methodological support:kk.methodological support with materials;ll. methodological recommendations for students.




1 40%

test 1 60%






APDROŠINĀŠANA TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ INSURANCE IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY BUSINESS


A

Semester: 7Number of credit points: 1Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Novožilova

lect. V.Ņemenova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:1. to orient young specialists to the insurance of the most important market

relations financial institution;2. to solve tasks of professional insurance evaluating risk situations and taking

reasoned decisions to protect material interests in tourism and hospitality business taking into account present insurance legislation.

The objectives of the course:

to explain theory bases, the economic essence of insurance as well as its work principles; to give profound knowledge on the insurance basic methods; to state features of interest protection and insurance realisation in the field

of tourism and hospitality; to study the present insurance legislation; to create the method of financial interest insurance protection in the field of

tourism and hospitality; to get aware of importance and significance of insurance.

Academic content:

1. The general characteristic of insurance. 2. The review of the Latvian insurance market. 3. The basic concepts, terms and definitions of insurance.

4. Insurance classification. 5. The basic principles of property insurance. 6. The characteristic of insurance types. 7. Land transport vehicles insurance. 8. Insurance. Law on Insurance. 9. Aid insurance. 10. Civil legal liability in tourism insurance. 11. Civil legal liability in hospital insurance. 12. Tourism business risk management.

Literature:Basic literature:1. Apdrošināšana: pamatprincipi un prakse. Sastādītājs Dr. Deivids Blends.- Riga:1995.- 394 lpp.2. Pettere G.,Voronova I. Riski uzņēmējdarbībā un to vadība. Mācību līdzeklis. – Rīga: Banku augstskola, 2003. – 176 lpp.3. Rubanovskis A. Apdrošināšanas pamati: teorija, plānošana, problēmas. - Rīga: EKA, 2004. 4. Sūniņa - Markevica K. Apdrošināšana. - Rīga: Junior Achivement – Latvija, 2003. – 143 lpp.5. Insurance: Principal and Practice. Compiled by David Bland. – The Chartered Insurance Institute Great Britain, 1993.6. Абрамов В.Ю. Страховой риск: понятие и оценка. Правовые аспекты / В.Ю. Абрамов - М.: «Анкил», 2006 - 128 с.7. Сплетухов Ю.А., Дюжиков Е.Ф. Страхование: Учеб. пособие. - М.: ИНФРА-М, 2007. 8. Тронин Ю. Н. Основы страхового бизнеса. — М.: Издательство «Альфа-Пресс», 2006. 9. Страхование: учеб. / А. Н. Базанов, Л. В. Белинская, П. А. Власов [и др.];под ред. Г. В. Черновой. — М.: ТК Велби, Изд-во Проспект, 2007. — 432 с.10. Никулина Н.Н. Страхование. Теория и практика: учеб. пособие для сту-дентов вузов, обучающихся по специальностям (080105) «Финансы и кредит», (080109) «Бухгалтерский учет, анализ и аудит» / Н.Н. Никулина, СВ. Березина. — 2-е изд., пере-раб. и доп. - М.: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2007. - 511с11. Сахирова Н.П. Страхование: учеб. пособие. — М. : ТК Велби, Изд-во Проспект, 2006. 12. Гомелля В. Б. Страхование: учеб. пособие / В. Б Гомелля. — 2-е изд. перераб. и доп. М.: Маркет ДС, 2006. — 488 с. (Университетская серия).13. Архипов А.П., Гомелля В.Б., Туленты Д.С.Страхование. Современный курс: Учебник / Под ред. Е.В. Коломина. - М; Финансы и статистика, 2006. - 416 с.14. Страхование: Учебник. Под редю Т.А.Федоровой. – 2-е изд., перераб. и доп. - М.: Экономистъ, 2003. – 875 с. 15. Гвозденко А.А. Финансово - экономические методы страхования.

М.«Финансы и статистика» 1998.-184 с.16. Гвозденко А.А. Основы страхования: Учебник по курсу «Основыстрахования». Российская международная академия туризма.- М.: Финансы истатистика, 1998.- 304 с.17. Шинкаренко И.Э. Страхование ответственности: Справочник.- М.:Финансы и статистика, 1999. - 352с.


1. Ефимов С.Л. Экономика и страхование. Энциклопедический словарь. - М.: Церих -ПЭЛ , 1998.- 528 с.2. Журавлев Ю.М. Страхование профессиональной ответственности. М.: Юкис 1991. 3. Никитенков Л.К., Осипов В.И. Имущественное страхование: Учебно- -практическое пособие. Под ред. Никитенкова Л.К. - М.: Экзкамен, 2002.- 288 с.4. Зубец А.Н. Страховой маркетинг. -М,: Анкил, 1998. -255 с.5. Цветкова Е.В., Арлюкова И.О. Риски в экономической деятельности: Учебное пособие. - СПб.: ИВЭСЭП, Знание, 2002. - 64 с.6. Пикфорд Джеймс Управление рисками /Пер.с англ. О.Н. Матвеевой/. – М.: ООО «Вершина», 2004. – 3527. Архипов А.П. Андеррайтинг в страховании. Теоретический курс и практикум: учеб. пособие для студентов вузов, обучающихся по специальности 080105 «Финансы и кредит» / А.П. Архипов. — М.: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2007. - 240 с.

Normative documents:

LR Apdrošināšanas sabiedrību un to uzraudzības likums. - Latvijas Vēstnesis,

Nr. 188/189 ( 1998, 30. jūnijs ) / Закон Латвийской Республики о страховых обществах и надзоре за ними. ( Вступил в силу с 01.09.98 ) ( с изменениями на настоящий момент).

LR likums "Par apdrošināšanas līgumu". - Latvijas Vēstnesis, Nr. 188/189 ( 1998, 30. jūnijs ) / Закон Латвийской Республики "О договоре страхования" (с изменениями на настоящий момент).

LR likums "Sauszemes transportlīdzekļu īpašnieku civiltiesiskās atbildības obligātās apdrošināšanas likums". - Latvijas Vēstnesis, (2004, 27.aprīlis)/Закон Латвийской Республики "Закон об обязательном страхованиигражданско-правовой ответственности собственников сухопутныхтранспортных средств". (Вступил в силу с 01.05.04).

Apdrošināšanas un pārapdrošināšanas starpnieku darbības likums. –Latvijas Vēstnesis, Nr52(3210 no01.03.05)./ Закон о деятельности посредников в страховании и перестраховании (Вступил в силу с15.04.05).

INTERNET:1. www.cii.co.uk2. www.fktk.lv3. www.laa.lv4. www.brokers.lv5. www.insure.lv6. www.vsaa.lv7. www.vovaa.lv8. www.brokers.lv9. www.ltab.lv


The course methodological support:mm. methodological support with materials;nn.methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking - tests. Final checking – a test.


Evaluation form: Number: Percentagetets 4 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

test 1 30%



http://www.sb.gov.lv/

http://www.brokers.lv/

http://www.vovaa.lv/

http://www.vsaa.lv/

http://www.insure.lv/

http://www.brokers.lv/

http://www.laa.lv/

http://www.fktk.lv/

http://www.cii.co.uk/




VADĪBAS TEORIJA UN KORPORATIVA KULTŪRA MANAGEMENT THEORY AND CORPORATIVE CULTURE

Professional study courses

B


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. N.Sotikovaassist.prof. S.Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students insight into repute and corporative cultural concepts, functions and meaning to develop successful organisation, to define the role of internal and external communications in development of corporative culture.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with:repute and structure of corporative culture,their basic elements,their influence on organisation efficiency.

Academic content:17.Management principles, functions and methods.18.Management system and analysis.19.Organisational management structure and their projection.20.Organisation and adaptation, integration and development.21.Planning in management systems.22.Net planning and management models.23.Group dynamics. Management.24.Management decisions.25.Basic directions of management theory development.26.The concept of corporative repute.27.Mission, vision and organisation values.28.Organisation management and leaders.29.The concept of corporative culture.30.Types of corporative culture.31.Symbolics, traditions, the company style.32.Motivation and stimulation of workers.


1. Даулинг Г. Репутация фирмы: создание, управление и оценка эффективности. – М.: ИНФРА - М, 2003. 2. Карташова Л.В., Никонова Т.В., Соломанидина Т.О. Организационное поведение; Учебник. – М.: ИНФРА – М, 2002. 3. Литвинчук А. М. Теория управления. Курс-конспект. Рига БРИ. 2006.4. Спивак В.А. Корпоративная культура. – СПб.: Питер, 2001. 5. Тесакова Н. В. Миссия и Корпоративный кодекс. – М.: РИП-холдинг, 2004. 6. Шейн Э.Х. Организационная культура и лидерство. – СПб.:Питер, 2002. 7. Principles of operations management. Jay Heizer. Barry Render. Prentice Hall. USA. 20078. Laurie Mullins. Hospitality Management and Organisational Behaviour. 4th Edition. . Prentice Hall. 2008.

Additional literature:1. Трубецкой А. Ю. Психология репутации. – М.: Наука, 2005. 2. Маслов В. И. – Стратегическое управление персоналом в условиях эффективной организационной культуры. – М.: Финпресс, 2004. 3. Камерон К., Куинн Р. Диагностика и изменение организационной культуры (Diagnosing and Changing Organizational Culture). – СПб.: Питер, 2001. 4. Элвессон М. Организационная культура. (Understanding Organizational Culture) – М.: Гуманитарный центр, 2005. 5. Соломанидина Т. Организационная культура в таблицах, тестах и схемах. М., 2007.6. Персикова Т. Н. Межкультурная коммуникация и корпоративная культура: Учебное пособие. – М.: Логос, 2002.

The course methodological support:oo.methodological support with materials;pp.methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Exam.


Under the framework of this course all repute and corporative cultural aspects have been analyzed. History, levels, factors affecting origin and development of the corporative culture, typology, the particular attention has been paid to repute and meaning of corporative culture in for development of the successful organisation.

Evaluation form: Number: Percentage

group work 2 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

Exam 1 30%






INFORMĀCIJAS TEHNOLOĢIJAS TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ II IT IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY II

Professional study courses BSemester: 2Number of credit points: 2Lecturers: prof. E. Maharevs

lect. V.Mihejevs (Daugavpils)

The goals and objectives of the course: to be able to use international information systems (AMADEUS, GALILEO, SABRE, WORLDSPAN, FIDELIO etc.) acquisition, processing and reservation technologies. To analyze and evaluate AMADEUS and GALILEO information systems in order to apply them in further tourism company management process. To get aware of approaches to service organisation necessary for reservation.

Academic content: The concept of IT management. Work automatization in tourism agencies. Global information reservation systems. Hotel management information systems. Applying information technologies in tourism agencies.

Literature:1. Dana V. Tesone Wiley. Hospitality Information Systems and E-Commerce.

2005. 2. Морозов М.А., Морозова Н.С. Информационные технологии в

социально – культурном сервисе и туризме: М.: Изд.центр «Академия», 2005.

3. Плотникова Н. И. Комплексная автоматизация туристского бизнеса. Ч. I и II. М.: Советский спорт, 2001.

4. Чудновский А.Д., Жукова М.А. Информационные технологии управления в туризме. – М.: Кнорус, 2007.

5. Programmas “Hot-Soft" mācību materiāls 6. Programmas “Portje” mācību materiāls 7. www.amadeus.com8. www.galileo.com

The study methods: The course consists of lectures and practical workshops, consultations and a final test.

The course methodological support:qq.methodological support with materials;rr. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentagePractical work 6 60%test 1 40%






TŪRISMA VEIDI UN TŪRISMA PRODUKTS TOURISM TYPES AND SERVICES


B


4

Lecturers: assist.prof. M.Gunare

The goals and objectives of the course: to acquaint students with different types of tourism and peculiarities of different products (services), their structure and market dependence. To ensure knowledge on ways of planning in tourism, their significance and realization process. Students get acquainted with the world tourism products and their development tendencies. Students are given opportunities to make requirements corresponding to the product in one particular tourist region and particular infrastructure simultaneously modelling different relations between a seller and a buyer. Students are provided with the knowledge on mutual legal relations between a seller of tourism product and a buyer.

Academic content:

a. The concept of tourism. Tourism division. Tourism types, their characteristic.

b. History of tourism development. The structure of modern tourism. The basic types of tourism. The concept of tourism development. The characteristic of tourism. Tourism management, organisations.

c. Types of planning in tourism: a hike, an excursion, an individual trip. The route development procedure. The necessary inventory and facilities.

d. The concept of rural tourism. The characteristic of rural tourism, its present and future development in Latvia.

e. Urban tourism. The most popular tourism products in cities. Sight-seeing, shopping. Opportunities of tourist entertainment.

f. Recreating. The basis conditions for opportunities of recreation, culture and sport. Programmes for resorts and recreation facilities.

g. Cruise travel. Regions and habitat of cruise travelling. The components of cruise travel as a tourism product.

h. The characteristic of tourism product. Tourism product life cycle.i. The features of tourism production and movement in the market.j. The basic instruments of tourism product stimulation.

Literature:- Trauer, B. (2006). Conceptualizing special interest tourism – framework for

analysis. Tourism Management, 27, 183-200. - Stephen Page, C. Michael Hall. Managing Urban Tourism. Pearson Edition,

2002.- Warwick Frost, C. Michael Hall. Tourism and National Parks. International

Perspectives on Development, Histories and Change. Routledge, 2009.- Robert Maitland, Peter Newman. World Tourism Cities. Developing Tour-

ism Off the Beaten Track. Routledge, 2008.- Edited by Stephen J Page, Joanne Connell. Event Tourism. Routledge,

2009.- Neil Carr. Children's and Families' Holiday Experience. Routledge, 2009.- R Maitland, B Ritchie. City Tourism, National Capital Perspectives. Edited

by R Maitland, University of Westminster, UK; B Ritchie, University of Queensland, Australia. 2009.

- Makkerčers B., Krosa H. Kultūras tūrisms. Tūrisma un kultūras mantojuma pārvaldības partnerība. - Rīga, Neptuns, 2007.

- Биржаков М.Б. Введение в туризм. – М.: Герда ИД, 2007.- Веткин В.А. Технология создания туристического продукта. – М.:

ГроссМедиа, 2008.- Дроздов А.В. Основы экологического туризма . – М.: Гардарики, 2005.- Ветитнев А. М., Журавлева Л. Б. Курортное дело. - М.: КноРус, 2007.- Грачева О. Ю., Маркова Ю.А., Организация туристического бизнеса:

технология создания турпродукта. – М., 2008.- Драчева Е.Л. Специальные виды туризма. Лечебный

туризм.Уч.пособ. – М.: КноРус, 2008.- Качмарек Я., Стасяк А., Влодарчек Б. Туристический продукт. - М.:

ЮНИТИ, 2008.- Христов Т.Т. Религиозный туризм. – М.: Академия, 2005.- Лэндри Ч. Креативный город. – М.: «Классика-ХХ1», 2005.- R K Dowling. Cruise Ship Tourism. Edith Cowan University, Australia.

2006. - Health and Wellness Tourism. C A B Intl. 2009.


The course methodological support:ss. methodological support with materials;

tt. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – reporting, presentations. Final checking – an exam.


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageGroup work, presentations 2 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

exam 1 30%






NODOKĻI TŪRISMA JOMĀTAXATION IN TOURISM


B


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. T. Andrejevaasoc prof.N.Gžibovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to provide students with the awareness of the theoretic and practical aspects of the Latvian tax system.

The objectives of the course: 1. to acquaint students with the essence and necessity of taxation.2. to give students profound knowledge on the present tax system in Latvia.

Academic content: 1. The economic essence and types of taxes and duties.

2. The tax system of the Republic of Latvia. The peculiarities of the financial and fiscal policy in Latvia.

3. The legislation of the Republic of Latvia. The LR Law on Taxes and Duties.

Tax administering.4. Customs duty5. Excise duty.6. Value added tax.7. Property tax.8. Natural resource tax.9. National social tax.10. Personal income tax11. Enterprise income tax12. Lottery and gambling tax and duties.13. The EU tax system and its development directions.

Literature:

1. LR likums „Par nodokļiem un nodevām” 2. LR likums „Par uzņēmumu ienākuma nodokli” 3. LR likums „Par pievienotās vērtības nodokli” 4. LR likums „Par iedzīvotāju ienākuma nodokli” 5. LR likums „Par valsts sociālo apdrošināšanu” 6. LR likums „Par nekustamā īpašuma nodokli” 7. LR likums „Par dabas resursu nodokli” 8. LR likums „Par akcīzes nodokli” 9. LR likums „Par muitas nodokli un nodevām” 10. LR likums „Par loteriju un azartspēļu nodokli un nodevām” 11. Макконнелл К. Р., Брю С. Л., Экономикс: принципы, проблемы, политика. Пер. с англ. М.: ИНФРА 2004.12. „Nodokļu sistēma Latvijā” (2 sējumos). Rīga, Lietišķās informācijas dienests, 2003. 13. A.Zvejnieks „Nodokļi un nodevas”. Rīga, 1996. 14. Лукашина О. Налогообложение в Латвии. Анализ и практические рекомендации. Рига, 200215. Лукашина О. Рекомендации по изучению налогового законодательства. Рига, 2007.16. Ценообразование и налогообложение. Учебник. Под ред. Н.К. Салимжанова. М.: Проспект; Кно Рус, 200317. Налоги в условиях экономической интеграции. В.С. Бард и др. М.: Кно Рус, 200218. I. Leibus. Vienkāršā grāmatvedība. (iedzīvotaju ienākuma nodokļa maksātājiem). SIA Izglitības soļi. Rīga. 2003.19. E. Sīpola. Mūsdiens nodokļu teorija. RTU. Rīga. 2003.20. Tanzi V. Globalization and the Future of Fax Sistems. Development and Cooperation. 1997. № 3.21. Simon James, Cristopher Nobes, The economiks of taxation: principles, policy and practic. London: Prentice Hall. 1996-97.


The course methodological support:uu.methodological support with materials;vv.methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Final checking – an exam.


Evaluation form: Number: Percentageactivity and participation in seminars and 1 40%

practical workexam 1 60%






TŪRISMA LOĢISTIKAS PAMATI TOURISM LOGISTICS BASICS


B


1

Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Novožilovalect. V.Ņemenova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students insight into logistics principles of vehicle technologies and their modelling, the essence of logistics and its role in the economic and social development of the society.

The objectives of the course: to get knowledge and skills in the following aspects:1. the analysis of logistic work under ever-changing market conditions;2. the organisation basics of logistic processes, their approaches to efficiency

estimation; logistic organisation efficiency development using modelling, calculations and

experimental questions;3. particular practical elements of the logistic system.

Academic content:

1. The basic tasks of logistics. Local, regional and global logistics. Logistic project.

2. The types of logistics. Transport. Telematics: communication system, telecommunications.

3. Logistic systems and systems approach. Expert logistic systems. Intellectual logistic systems. Product, money and information flows. Time criterion. Balance of flow relations.

4. Models and modelling of the logistic system.5. Methods of logistics.6. Numerical rating of logistics basis.7. Transport logistics. Optimization and functions of goals.8. Transport as a general economic sphere. Transport infrastructure

development evolution, its present state, problems and prospects. 9. Organisation basics of transport process. Technical, economic and

exploitation features of different vehicles, efficient use and interrelation.10.Information logistics. Information network (mail, e-mail, fax, the Internet,

IP)11.Logistics service. Consulting. The optimal level of the logistic service.

Literature:1. Антюфеев Г.В. Информационное обеспечение управления турист.

Деятельности. – М.: Высшая школа, 2003.2. Биржаков М. Б., Никифоров В. И. Индустрия туризма. Перевозки. –

М.: Герда, 2007.3. Гвозденко А.А. Логистика в туризме: Учеб. пособие по

специальности "Менеджмент организации" / А.А. Гвозденко; Рос. междунар. акад. туризма. – М.: Финансы и статистика, 2004.

4. Манжай И. С. Логистика: конспект лекций. – М.: ПРИОР, 2007.5. Шунин Ю.Н. Лекции по логистике, телематике и транспортным

системам. ISMA, Рига, 2007. 6. Чудновский А. Д., Жукова М. А. Информационные технологии

управления в туризме. – М.: КноРус, 2007.


The course methodological support:ww. methodological support with materials;xx.methodological recommendations for students.




1 40%

test 1 60%






ĒDINĀŠANAS SERVISS CATERING SERVICE


B


2

Lecturers: lect. J.Kļepikovs

The goal of the course: to provide students with the basic knowledge and practical skills in food tourism business, service of representatives of other cultures in order to avoid conflicts and financial loss and psychological damage; to be able to represent as competent specialists in the field of tourism.

The objectives of the course: to get acquainted with tourist food service and its rules; to give insight into different food organisation principles, their acquisi-

tion main methods and different approaches; to give an idea about tourist food safety; to study the most popular food habits of different cultures and to teach

how to avoid the most typical mistakes relating to national cuisine stereo-types;

to get aware of the national culture influence on food habits; to acquaint students with traditions and peculiarities of national cuisines; to provide with materials and skills to analyze situations concerning the

gastronomic culture of foreign tourists; to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving ques-

tions of self-examination and self-test.

Academic content:

I. Catering in the field of tourist service. Organisation rules of catering. Food safety. Catering organisation for disabled tourists.II. Gastronomic culture and traditions. Gastronomy and religion. Awareness of national cuisine.2.3. Regional peculiarities of national cuisine.

III. Gastronomic tourism.3.1. Attractiveness and directions of gastronomic tourism.3.2. The features of gastronomic tour programme.The gastronomic tourism development prospects in Latvia.


1. Vaira Vanaga. Viesu apkalpošana. Rīga; Turība; 2006.2. Dina Nātiņa, Dzintra Zālīte.Kā to ēd. Ceļvedis galda gudrībās. Rīga, Avots; 2005.3. M.Āriņa. Veģetārā virtuve. Rīga; Ā.Raņķa izdevniecība; 1990.4. John R. Walker. Introduction to Hospitality. New Jersey; Prentice Hall; 1996.5. В.И.Теплов, В.Е.Боряев. Физиология питания. Москва; Издательско-торговая корпорация «Дашков и К»; 2006.6. В.И.Богушева. Организация обслуживания посетителей ресторанов и баров. Ростов-на-Дону, Феникс. 20067. Ник Камерон. Полное руководство по безопасности в загранпоездке. Москва; АСТРЕЛЬ; 2004.8. Рольф Кризи, Петер Остервальдер. Вино. Rīga; Izdevniecība Jāņa sēta; 2003.9. Ахмет Исмаил. Организация банкетов, фуршетов, презентаций. Ростов-на-Дону; Феникс; 2003.10. Ю.Ф.Волков.Технология гостиничного обслуживания. Ростов-на-Дону; Феникс; 2003.11. Марциано Палли. Азбука ресторатора. Москва; «Издательство Жигульского»; 2003.12. Мария Аксенова, Игорь Кошелев. Современная энциклопедия. Кулинарные традиции мира. Москва; «Аванта+»; 2003.13. Наталья Анурова, Александр Купцов. Азбука ресторанного сервиса. Москва; издательский дом «Витрина»; 2002.14. И.Ю.Ляпина. Организация и технология гостиничного обслуживания. Москва; Академа; 2002.15. Н.И. Кабушкин, Г.А.Бондаренко. Менеджмент гостиниц и ресторанов. Минск, ООО «Новое знание». 2002.16. Линн ван дер Ваген. Гостиничный бизнес. Ростов-на-Дону; Феникс; 2001.17. Герман Барайс. Как это едят. Москва; БММ АО; 1999.


1. Bobs Makkerčers, Hilarija du Krosa. Kultūras tūrisms. Rīga; Neputns; 2007.2. Mārtiņš Ruciņš. KAS IR KAS jeb viss par tūrismu un apdrošināšanu. Jelgava; LLU; 2002.3. Fiona Beckett. Wine uncorked. London; Willow Сreek Press; 1999.4. Татьяна Соломоник, Сергей Синельников, Илья Лазерсон. Европейская шкатулка. Кулинарные шедевры мира. Санкт-Петербург; «Нева»; 2006.5. И.Е.Гусев. Коньяк, виски, текила, абсент...Москва; АСТ; 2005.

6. Е.А.Останина. Французские вина. Москва; Рипол классик; 2004.7. Т.Т.Христов. Религиозный туризм. Москва; Академа; 2003.8. Митрофанова Н., Петров В. Греция и Кипр. Кулинарный путеводитель. Москва; «Живой язык»; 2003.9. Чегодаев А. Турция. Кулинарный путеводитель. Москва; «Живой язык»; 2003.10. Абанина А. Испания. Кулинарный путеводитель. Москва; «Живой язык»; 2003.11. Е.М.Кошелева. Гастрономический путеводитель. Франция. Санкт-Петербург; «Нева»; 2003.12. Марианне Кальтенбах. Кулинарное путешествие ФРАНЦИЯ. Rīga; Izdevniecība Jāņa sēta; 2003.13. Ханс Иоахим Деббелин. Кулинарное путешествие ИТАЛИЯ. Rīga; Izdevniecība Jāņa sēta; 2003.14. Рита Хенсс, Кристиане Мюллер-Урбан. Кулинарное путешествие АЗИЯ. Rīga; Izdevniecība Jāņa sēta; 2002.15. Вольфганг В.Райхерт, Ойген Х.Ли. Кулинарное путешествие КИТАЙ. Rīga; Izdevniecība Jāņa sēta; 2002.16. С.Синельников, Т.Соломоник, И.Лазерсон. Испания. Кулинарныйпутеводитель. Москва-Санкт-Петербург; Центрполиграф, МиМ-Дельта; 2002.


The course methodological support:yy.methodological support with materials;zz. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%






ANGĻU VALODA TŪRISMĀ PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH IN TOURISM


B

Semester: 1, 2, 3Number of credit points:

8

Lecturers: assist. J. Popovaassist.prof. J.Brakovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to improve students' communicative competence in the professional sphere.

The objectives of the course: to improve students' skills of English and applying practical abilities in tourism business; to develop speaking, writing, reading and listening skills necessary for the professional sphere.

Academic content:

I Semester1. The types of tourism.2. Employment. Career in tourism. Placement.3. The structures of a company. Organisation.4. Tourism agencies and tourism operation staff. Tourism information centres.

II Semester5. Marketology. Advertising. Product and corporative advertisement.

Advertisement of trip route.6. Management of customer relations. Consideration of complaints and claims.7. Classic historical tourism.8. Business trip. Marketing exhibitions, conferences.

III Semester9. Active tourism. Sport tourism.10. Guided trip.11. Hotels. Hotel booking and services. Meals.12. Transport.

Literature:

1. English for International Tourism. Miriam Jacob, Peter Strutt. Coursebook, 1st. Edition Longman, 2006.

2. Tullis G., Trappe T., New Insights into Business, Longman, 20013. Cotton D., Robbins S., Business Class, Nelson, Longman, 1996.


The course methodological support:aaa. methodological support with materials;bbb. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: I semester and II semester - a test. III semester final checking – an exam.


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageControlworks, group work, presentations 6 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

Test, exam 1 30%






VĀCU VALODA TŪRISMĀ PROFESSIONAL GERMAN IN TOURISM


B

Semester: 3, 4, 5Number of credit points:

8

Lecturers: assist. prof. S. Jaškinaassist.prof. L.Mackeviča (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to create and consolidate the communicative skills of German on the basis of contrastive study competences.

The objectives of the course:i. to master German phonetic basis;

ii. to consolidate pronunciation abilities and sentence intonation skills;iii. to master reading rules and skills of transcription reading;iv. to master German grammar;v. to master and consolidate the particular grammatical forms to express the

concepts of time and space;vi. to master the main concept of business and tourism, enrich vocabulary and

apply it in spoken language and correspondence.

Academic content:

IV Semester. The first communication. Language course, practice, restaurant: wishes, terms, agreement. Time, activity, way. When? How long? How? Where? Personal and professional plans. Past - Presents. Family, company, workers. In the shop/supermarket/agency/workroom/sales. Suppliers and customers. The day’s routine, visit, trip, inspection. Establishing conatcts, introduction.

V Semester. Introducing myself and others, profession, trade. Learning German, application, introduction. One office day. Comprehension, cooperation, incident. To plan, adjust and negotiate time schedule and activities. Life of a company and its workers. Company news. Facilities work. Office communication. Professional qualification improvement: courses and seminars. Hobbies, week-ends. Sport. Holidays. In the city.

VI Semester. In the hotel (structure and management). Company (structure and management). Phone conversations and business correspondence. Guest reception. Booking of a hotel room and air ticket reservation.Business communication. Business foreign trip. Customs. Passport control. Currency exchange.Tourism management.

Literature:

1. Dialog Beruf Starter .Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Grundstufe.Max Hueber Verlag, 2004.2. Dialog Beruf 1 .Deutsch als Fremdsprache für die Grundstufe.Max Hueber Verlag, 2004.

3.Teste Dein Deutsch! 1. Stufe 1 – Langenscheidt, Berlin-München, 1999.4. Werner Heidermann. Lehr- und Übungsbuch der deutschen Grammatik. Neubearbeitung. Max Hueber Verlag,- 2006.5. Wolfgang Krause, Ann-Christin Bayard.Geschäftskontakte. Langenscheidt KG, Berlin-München, 2000.6. Deutsch im Hotel - Korrespondenz,Hueber, Ausburg,Deutschland. 2009. 7. Deutsch im Hotel - Gespräche führen , Hueber, 2009- Ausburg,Deutschland.8. Deutsch im Hotel- Lehrerhandreichnungen zu Gespräche führen und Korrespondenz- Hueber, 2009.9. Дубинский В.И. Учебник немецкого языка для туристического профиля. Москва. Дашков и К,- 2005.10. Зеленин К.И. Деловые контакты. Минск. – 2004.

The course methodological support:ccc. methodological support with materials;ddd. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – tests, each student has to complete three controlworks, one vocabulary dictation and fulfil all home assignments.



1 30%

Test, exam 1 30%

Language of tuition: German





KOMUNIKĀCIJAS MULTIKULTŪRAS VIDĒ COMMUNICATIONS IN MULTICULTURAL ENVIRONMENT


B


2

Lecturers: asoc.prof. E. Arhangeļskalect J.Godlevska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to reveal national cultural verbal and non-verbal behaviour interconnections for students; to create an effective communicative strategy paying attention to the mutual influence of people in the context of cross-cultural communication.

The objectives of the course: to characterise problems connecting to verbal and non-verbal behaviour

variants in the context of national culture; to analyze the semantic and operational aspect of verbal and non-verbal

behaviour forms; to get aware of the specificity of communication process in the aspect of

intercultural gap; to consider the role of ethno psychological linguistic factor.

Academic content:1. Modern ethnic paradox. Psychological reasons of ethnic identity increase

in the present world. Globalisation.

2. Cultural variety and psychological dimension. Different languages and different worlds. Behaviour: apparent and real. Consciousness barriers. Classification of cultures. The concepts of linear-active, multi-active and reactive cultures. Attitude to time in different cultures.

3. Cognition processes and culture. Perception and culture. Thinking and culture. Memory and culture. Culture shock. Culture syndromes. The simplest – the most complicate. Openness – closedness. Masculine – fe-male. Legal – illegal.

4. Personality and culture. Personal characteristics. Basis and modal personality conception. National character and mentality. The concept of national character. Auto conceptions as a cultural phenomenon. Social behaviour regulators.

5. Status, leader and organisation. The roots of organisation culture. The personal and collective leader. Different states about the status, leader, and organisation. Hierarchy. Disposal of uncertainty. Power distance.

6. Cultural horizon and international teams. Cross-group perceptual mechanisms in cross-cultural relations. Ethnic stereotypes and stereotype mechanisms. Methods of team building.

7. International communication process. The concept of conversation pro-cess. Language use. Communication abruption. Communication models in business conversations. Management language.

8. The psychological aspects of conversation process. Principles, problems, national character and conversation. Values. Decision taking. Behavioural standards and their necessity. Non-verbal factors.

9. Manners and customs. The code of learned behaviour. Protocol. Em-bassies. Society manners. Organisation of special events. Business cards.

10.Adaptation in new cultural environment. Psychological adaptation in the other geographical environment. Consequences of cross-cultural contacts. Multiculturalism. Preparations for cross-cultural interrelations.

11. Communication peculiarities with representatives from Europe and the USA. Great Britain, France, Germany, Austria, Italy, Switzerland. National character. Behavioural customs. Traditions. Holidays. Culture.

12. Relations with representatives of Scandinavian countries. Finland, Denmark, Sweden, Norway. National character. Behavioural customs. Traditions. Culture.

13.Relations with representatives of Arabic countries. National cuisine. Reli-gious holidays. Culture.

14.Relations with representatives of eastern culture. Japan, China, South Korea, India. Traditions. National cuisine. Holidays.

Literature:

1. Mouls Dž. Biznesa kultūra un etiķete Eiropas valstīs. Rīga, 2003.2. Richard R.Gesterland. Cross-Cultural Business Behavior. Copenhagen

Business School Press. 2003.3. Kincāns V. Etiķete. – Rīgā: Biznesa Partneri, 2003.

4. Priedītis A. Kultūru dialogs. Interkulturālās komunikācijas vēsture un teorija. Rīga: Pasaules kultūru fonds, 2006.

5. Robert Palmer, Greg Richards. Eventful Cities: Cultural Management and Urban Revitalisation. Elsevier Science. 2009.

6. Thill J.V., Bovee C.L. Excellence in Business Communication. Fifth Edition, 2002. Pearson Education International.

7. Chris Cooper, Brian Boniface. Worldwide Destinations: The Geography of Travel and Tourism. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2009.

Yvette Reisinger. International tourism: Cultures and Behavior. OXFORD university press.2009.

8. Тромпенаарс Ф., Хэмпден-Тернер Ч. Национально-культурные различия в контексте глобального бизнеса. – Мн.: «Попурри», 2004.

9. Нуруллина Г. Исламская этика бизнеса. – М.: УММА, 2004.10.Алешина И.В. Паблик рилейшнз для менеджеров. – М.: «ИКФ

«ЭКМОС», 2002.11.Льюис Р.Д. Деловые культуры в международном бизнесе. От

столкновения к взаимопониманию. – М.: Дело, 1999.12.Международные отношения: социологические подходы. – М.:

Гардарика, 1998.13.Мокшанцев Р.И. Психология переговоров. – М.: ИНФРА-М, 2002.14.Мясоедов С.П. Основы кросскультурного менеджмента. Как вести

бизнес с представителями других стран и культур. – М.: Дело, 2003.

The course methodological support:eee. methodological support with materials;fff. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: group work: Home assignment with a presentation at the seminar, situational analysis, active work and participation at the seminars and practical workshops, a final exam. A report on the topical issue negotiated with a lecturer in advance. A presentation.



1 30%

Test 1 30%






EKSKURSIJU ORGANIZĀCIJA UN VADĪŠANA EXCURSION ORGANIZATION AND GUIDING


B


2

Lecturer: assist.prof. N. Pazuhinalect. G. Petrova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to provide students with the theoretical and practical knowledge on methods of the route development and a guide's job, their position on the tourism Common Market and novelties in the world tourism routes.

The objectives of the course: 1. to systemize and extend students' knowledge on the main tourism

destinations in Latvia;2. to develop students’ skills to make excursion routes and texts as well as

other necessary documents;3. to motivate students to apply the gained abilities in practice guiding

excursions in the city, museum, countryside;4. to develop students’ skills to analyze, systemize, synthesize and integrate the

information according to the excursion theme and targeted audience.

Academic content:

a. The main group leader’s duties, cooperation with a tourism agency, staff and group participants. Requirements for a group leader.

b. The types of excursion routes and their specificity. The route planning and market research. Methods and techniques of an excursion guiding.

c. The specificity of different excursions. The types of excursions (schoolchildren, interest groups, retired and disabled people).

d. Excursion development. The choice of an excursion theme, its duration. The components of an excursion: introduction, body, conclusion. Compiling an excursion material and writing a text. Work with information, its selection, processing and use.

Documentation.e. Psychological elements of an excursion. An oral speech – a language,

emotions, a story’s duration. Visual aids. Interaction types. f. Duties and responsibilities of an excursion guide. Cooperation

among a guide, a driver and a team’s leader. g. Sight-seeing in Riga. Riga’s museums.h. Guiding an excursion in Old Riga. Guiding an excursion in the

Jugendstil region.i. Excursion routes in Latvia. j. Routes around Riga and its surroundings.k. The specificity and proposal of international excursion routes.

Basic literature: Makmanners H. Ceļotāja rokasgrāmata. R., 1998. Maitland R., Newman P. World Tourism Cities. Routledge, 2008. Makkerčers B., Du Krosa H. Kultūras tūrisms. R., 2007. Collins V. R. Becoming a Tour Guide. The Principles of Guiding and

Site Interpretation. London and New York, 2000. Marc Mancini. Terri Gaylord. Conducting Tours. 3rd.ed. London, 2000. Schmeer-Sturm M.-L.Reiseleitung (4. Auflage). Muenchen-Wien, 2001. Емельянов Б.В. Экскурсоведение. M., 2007. Малышев А. Элементы психологии в экскурсиях. М., 1992. Савина Н.В. Экскурсоведение. Минск, 2004. Хуусконен Н.М, Глушанок Т.М.. Практика экскурсионной

деятельности. М., 2007. Черных Н. Технология и организация туроператорской и

турагентской деятельности. М, 2005.

The study methods: The course consists of lectures, seminars and practical lessons.

The course methodological support:ggg. methodological support with materials;hhh. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – active participation in seminars and practical workshops. Final checking – a test.


Evaluation form: PercentageActive participation in seminars 30%The excursion materials developed. 30%A test (guiding an excursion) 40%




LIETIŠĶAIS TŪRISMS (MICE)BUSINESS TOURISM (MICE)


B


4

Lecturers: assist.prof. M.Gunareassist.prof. S. Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goals and objectives of the course: 1. to ensure knowledge on the main principles of management and organisation in business tourism.2. To analyze the management system using examples of a conference organisation.3. To get aware of elements and components ensuring the qualitative conference service in order to satisfy clients.

Academic content:

1. Introduction to the MICE tourism management, different types and forms of events, their applying to achieve the particular organisation goals.2. Decision taking, finances and project management in organisation of conferences, fairs, seminars etc.3. The planning of events as a cycle (planning, course, after-event)4. The components of the MICE tourism. M – Meetings, I – Incentives, C – Conferences/Conventions, E – Exhibitions/Events. 5. The external and internal conditions affecting the success of the events.6. The main skills and peculiarities of the MICE tourism organisation and management staff.

Literature: Corporate Events, Fundraising Galas, Conferences, Conventions, Incentives and Other Special Events, 2000 John Wiley&Sons Rogers T. Conferences and Conventions: A Global Industry, Butterworth-

Heinemann, 2003

Davidson R., Cope B., Ballard R.D. Business Travel: Conferences, Incentive Travel, Exhibitions, Corporate Hospitality, and Corporate Travel. 2002.

Rob Davidson, Beulah Cope. Business Travel. Conferences, Incentive Travel, Exhibitions, Corporate Hospitality and Corporate Travel. Pearson Edition, 2002.

Robert R. Nelson. Developing a Successful Infrastructure for Conventions and Event Tourism. Publisher: Haworth Pr Inc. 2008.

R Raj. Event Management and Sustainabilty. Leeds Metropolitan University, UK; J Musgrave, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK. 2009.

Rhonda J. Montgomery, Sandra K. Strick. Meetings, Conventions, and Expositions: An Introduction to the Industry. 1994 John Wiley&Sons Ален Дж. Ночной гольф на Барбадосе. – Днепропетровск: «Баланс

Бизнес Букс», 2006. Добробабенко Е., Добробабенко Н. Выставка «под ключ». – СПб.:

Питер, 2007. Иларионова Т.С. Информационное обеспечение конгресса, форума,

съезда. – М.: РАГС, 2000. Пасмуров А. Как эффективно подготовить и провести конференцию,

семинар, выставку. – СПб.: Питер, 2006.

The course methodological support:iii. methodological support with materials;jjj. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: an exam



1 30%

exam 1 30%






LIEVEDĪBA RECORDS MANAGEMENT


B


1

Lecturers: lect.O.Ustimenkolect. N.Griškjane (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to give the knowledge on the requirements to development and layout of documents.

The objectives of the course: to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to deal with documents and get aware of the structure of records management. To achieve the goals above mentioned technologies of documentation and correspondence are proposed within this course.

Academic content:1. The basic concepts of records management: records management and

its components. The position of records management in the organisation and main processes. Regulations and standards of records management. The persons involved in the process of records management.

2. Documenting and documents.3. The types of documents: the types of control documents. The layout

peculiarities of different documents. The layout basic principles of special documents.

4. The peculiarities of the modern business correspondence.5. Work with documents: current work. Archivation.

Literature:1. MK 1996. gada 23. aprīļa noteikumi Nr. 154. Dokumentu izstrādāšanas un

noformēšans noteikumi.- R: KIF „Biznesa komplekss”, 2004.2. V. Bahanovskis. Praktiskā lietvedība. – R: „Kamene”, 2005.

3. J. Kalējs, M.Ābele. Lietvedības pamati. 2. papildinātais izdevums. - R: KIF „Biznesa komplekss”, 2004.

4. Ieva Kalve. Jaunās paaudzes lietvedība. - R: „Biznesa augstskola Turība’’, 2002.

5. V. Skujiņa. Lietišķo rakstu paraugi. – R: „Zvaigzne ABC”, 1998.6. Vivienne J. Wildes, Peter Nyheim. Business Writing for Hospitality.

PEARSON Education, 2008.7. В. Землянов, И. Красильникова. Секретарское дело в системе

управления фирмой. Делопроизводство – организация работы и управления документооборотом. - Рига, Издательство «Merkūrijs LAT», 2002.

8. Ш. Тэйлор. Деловая переписка и образцы документов/ пер. С англ. С. Л. Могилевского. М: Т Велби, Изд-во Проспект, 2005.

9. В. В. Паневчик. Деловое письмо: Практическое пособие. 2-е изд.– Мн.,«Амалфея»,2000.

The course methodological support:kkk. methodological support with materials;lll. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: a test.


Evaluation form: Number: Percentagecontrolworks 4 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

Test 1 30%






SERVISA MENEDŽMENTS UN KVALITĀTES SISTĒMU VADĪBA TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ SERVICE MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY SYSTEM CONTROL


B


2

Lecturers: assist. Prof. I. Ratanova

The goal of the course:to get acquainted students with organisation of management methods and principles, evolution of development and management idea. The essence of management. To give the explanation of main key positions, definitions revealing the content, the tendencies and basic principles of quality management and development in the field of tourism and hospitality necessary for successful work under tourism business development conditions.

The objectives of the course: to study the principles tourism and hospitality business management and or-

ganisations;1. to provide with the complex knowledge on the services of working com-

panies in the field of tourism, tourism service market in Latvia;2. to give insight into work with clients, agents and concluding the contract

with different organisations, interrelations with tour operators and other or-ganisations;

3. to give an opportunity for students to get aware of tourism product through participating in the hotel business, transport organisation, catering service;

4. to study forms and analysis methods of a company’s state on the tourism and hospitality market;

5. to develop skills to prepare the economic grounding of management de-cisions;

6. to help to get aware of the regularities of organisational work, identify problems, take decisions and manage the work under changing circumstances;

7. to be able to set up goals of management according to the efficiency criteria, to allocate authority, create communication channels and ensure the qualitative company work.

Academic content:1. Organisation and management process.2. The tourist product of a tourism and hospitality company.3. Tourism and hospitality infrastructure. 4. Tourism and hospitality service market.5. Regional tourism management. 6. Staff selection.7. A manager in the field of tourism and hospitality. 8. Tourism product quality assurance. 9. Quality control. 10. The methods of quality improvement of operating efficiency and service. 11. Control management in a tourist company.12. The legal regulation in the sphere of tourism and hospitality.

Literature:

1. Введение в гостеприимство: учебник / Джон Р. Уокер; пер. с англ. Н.Н. Михайлова. - Москва: ЮНИТИ, 1999. - 463 с. Автор: Уокер, Джон Р.

2. . Dessler, G. Management. Principles and Practices for Tomorrow's Leaders / Gary Dessler. - 3rd ed. - Prentice Hall, 2004. - 546, [48] p. + CD

3. Концепция контроллинга:Управленческий учет. Система отчетности. Бюджетирование/ Horvath&Partners; Пер.с нем.-М.: Альпина Бизнес Бук, 2006.-269. с.-(Серия «Модели менеджмента ведущих корпораций»)

4. Kvalitātes sistēmu ieviešana uzņēmumos / Latvijas Republikas Ekonomikas ministrija ; Latvijas Zinātņu akadēmijas Sertifikācijas centrs. - Rīga : KIF "Biznesa komplekss", 2000. - 80 lpp. - (Kvalitātes nodrošināšanas nacionālā programma).

5. Latvijas valsts standarts EN ISO 9001:2000, Kvalitātes vadības sistēmas. Prasības.

6. Менеджмент в туризме и гостиничном хозяйстве: учебное пособие / А.Д. Чудновский, М.А. Жукова. – М.: КНОРУС, 2005. - 320 с.

7. Мескон М., Альберт М., Хедоури Ф. Основы менеджмента. / М.: Дело. 1998

8. V. Praude, J. Beļčikovs, Menedžments, Rīga, 20019. Robert Johnston, Graham Clark. Service Operations Management.

Pearson Education. 2008.10.Шоул Дж. Первоклассный сервис как конкурентное преимущество.

М.: Альпина Бизнес букс, 2008. (+DVD)

Additional literature:1. Анискин Ю.П., Павлова А.М. Планирование и контроллинг.: Учебник.

- М.: Омега- Л., 2005. – 280 с. 2. В.А. Никитин, Управление качеством на базе стандартов ИСО

9000:2000, Санкт-Петербург, 20023. Контроллинг как инструмент управления предприятием / Ананькина

Е.А., Данилочкин С.В., и др. Под ред. Н.Г. Данилочкиной. — М.: ЮНИТИ, 2002. – 279 с.

4. Корпоративный менеджмент: учебное пособие / И.И. Мазур, В.Д. Шапиро, Э.М. Коротков. - Москва: Омега-Л, 2005. - 376 с.: табл. - (Современное бизнес-образование).

5. Kvalitātes vadības sistēma / Zygon Baltic Consulting Latvija. - Rīga : Apgāds "Biznesa Partneri", 2002. 1.d. KVS pamati. - 111 lpp.

6. Kvalitātes vadības sistēma / Zygon Baltic Consulting Latvija - Rīga : Apgāds "Biznesa Partneri", 2003. - (ZBC Latvija). 2.d. ISO 9001:2000 prasību skaidrojums. – 174 lpp.

7. Kvalitātes vadības sistēma / Zygon Baltic Consulting Latvija - Rīga : Apgāds "Biznesa Partneri", 2003. - (ZBC Latvija). 3.d. KVS iekšējais audits. – 193 lpp

8. Kvalitātes vadības sistēma / Zygon Baltic Consulting Latvija - Rīga : Apgāds "Biznesa Partneri", 2006. - (ZBC Latvija). 4.d. KVS ieviešana. – 201 lpp

9. Kvalitāte = Quality : žurnāls par kvalitāti un kvalitātes vadīšanu / Latvijas Kvalitātes asociācija ;Rīga : Iznāk reizi divos mēnešos.

10.Уокер Д.Р. Введение в гостеприимство = Introduction to Hospitality: Учебник для студ. вузов и сред. спец. учеб. заведений, специалистов индустрии гостеприимства / Д.Р. Уокер. М.: ЮНИТИ. 1999

The course methodological support:mmm.methodological support with materials;nnn. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: Percentagecontrolworks 4 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

exam 1 30%




REKLĀMA UN SAADVERTISING AND PR


B


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Sotikovalect. A. Larionovs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: a. to give an idea of an advertising;b. to develop skills to analyze advertising communications and their

basic elements;c. to develop critical thinking choosing advertising distribution channels;d. to develop skills to estimate advertising slogans, functions, principles,

efficiency;e. to link the theoretic knowledge and practice through individual

creating an advertising and organising an advertising campaign.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with:the market research before to start planning an advertising campaign;the creative approach to advertising creation;the psychological and structural analysis of the advertising area;the advertising operation control;the advertising efficiency and its testing.

Academic content:

1. The main stages of advertising development.2. The cross-cultural aspect of advertisings.3. The typology of advertisings. The usage features of advertising media

channels.4. The main principles in advertising building.

5. Philosophy and aesthetics of advertising. Mythology and symbols in ad-vertising.

6. Non-traditional advertising types.7. Advertising slogan creation and media choice.8. Advertising impact on a consumer’s attitude and behaviour. Consumer

environment investigation (personality, values, life style).9. The main principles of an advertising campaign.10. The main types of advertising agencies.11. The principles to define an advertising efficiency.12. The psychological analysis of advertising.13. Advertising in the field of tourism and hospitality.

Literature:

1. Гунаре М. Принципы и технологии рекламы. – Рига: БРИ, 2005.2. О`Гуинн Т.С., Ален К.Т., Семеник Р. Дж. Реклама и продвижение

бренда. СПб.: Нева, 2004. 3. дю Плесси Э. Психология рекламного влияния. Как эффективно воздействовать на потребителей. – СПб.: Питер, 2007.

3. Кутлалиев А., Попов А. Эффективность рекламы. – М.: ЭКСМО, 2005.

4. Морган, Н., Причард А. Реклама в туризме и отдыхе. – М.: Юнити, 2004.

5. Морозова Н.С.Реклама в социально-культурном сервисе и туризме. - М.: "Академия", 2007.

6. Салливан Л. Рекламная пауза. Откровения креативного директора. – M.: Диалектика, 2007.

7. Ромат Е.В. Реклама. – СПб.: Питер, 2006. 8. D. Denisons, L. Tobi. Ievads reklama, Rīga, 2004.g.9. V. Praude, J. Šalkovska. Mārketīnga komunikācījas. Rīga, 2004.g.10.G. Stražnovs. Reklāma praktiskajā biznesā. Rīga, 2004.g.

11. M.Veide Reklāmas psiholoģija.-R.: Jumava, 2006.-247lpp.12. Gunare M., Sotikova N. Reklāmas principi. – BSA, 2007.

The course methodological support:ooo. methodological support with materials;ppp. methodological recommendations for students.


http://www.advertology.ru/index.php?name=Books&pid=63

http://www.advertology.ru/index.php?name=Books&aid=257












1 30%

exam 1 30%






PASAULES RELIĢIJAS UN SAKRĀLAIS TŪRISMS WORLD RELIGIONS AND SACRAL TOURISM


B


2

Lecturers: assist. Prof. I. Markina lect. G.Petrova (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to develop students’ awareness of the position and meaning of a religion in the culture system, to get acquainted with the pilgrimage traditions and various aspects connecting tourists to a pilgrimage. The most remarkable sacral cultural objects and monuments and their tourist meaning are highlighted within the course.

The objectives of the course: 2002 to give insight into the specificity of a religion as a

phenomenon of an intellectual culture and religion realisation within the world cultural and historical process.

2003 to get acquainted with the meaning of the pilgrimage in the religion and its development in the modern culture;

2004 to develop awareness of the sacral tourism routes and stimulate the professional interest concerning the sacral tourism development in Latvia.

Academic content:

Introductory lecture. Religion as a cultural phenomenon. The variety of religions.

The ancient world religions. The sacral concept. Temple and priesthood. The ideas about the sacral temple.

The ancient religion of Greeks and Romans. The public cults and mystery religions. The ancient religious sacral objects in the context of the modern culture. The sacral object as a cultural monument. Vedic religion. Brahmanism. Hinduism. The temple and ritual.

The religious traditions in China and Japan. Taoism. Confucianism. Shintoism.

Buddhism: origin, popularity, basic principles and confession. The basic directions of Buddhism. Pagoda. Monastery. Pilgrimage in Buddhism. The specificity of Buddhism in Southern Asia. The sacral tourism objects in Buddhist countries.

Christianity: from the primitive community to the modern confession. The personality and image of Jesus Christ. The canon of Christian Holy Writ. The life in the primitive Christian community. Government and church. The medieval Christian religious life: rituals, pilgrimages, relics. East-West Schism. The peculiarities of Catholicism and Orthodoxy. The Reformation and its consequences. The main directions of Protestantism: and impact on the modern western society. Christianity in Latvia. Christianity of 19th – 20th

centuries. The Christian cultural monuments as sacral tourism destinations. Islam. origin, popularity, basic principles and confession. Five pillars of

Islam. Sheriat. The pilgrimage traditions in Islam. The Hajj. Islamic holy places.

The basic tendencies of the sacral tourism development and European experience.

Religions in Latvia. The sacral cultural objects and opportunities of tourism development.

Literature:

Gorders J., Hellerns V., Notākers H. Reliģiju grāmata. R.:Nordik, 2002. Klīve V. Ticības ceļos: Reliģiju vēsture / Mācību līdzeklis – R.: Zinātne,

1998. Mitoloģijas enciklopēdija. 2-os sēj. R., 1993-1994. Mūrnieks A. Ieskats kultūras un reliģiju vēsturē: 1.un 2.sējums. R.: RaKa,

1998 – 2000. Pasaules reliģijas: rokasgrāmata un vārdnīca / tulk. no angļu val.- R.: Zvaig-

zne ABC, 2000. Баркер А. Новые религиозные движения. / Пер. с англ.,СПб:1997. Васильев Л.С. История религий Востока. – 4-е изд. – М.: Университет,

2004. Религиозные традиции мира. В 2-х томах. / Пер. с англ. – М.: Крон-

Пресс, 1996. Nigosian S.A. World Faith. N.Y., 1994. Lewis John Reliogions of the World. London, 1989. Religious Tourism and Pilgrimage Management An International Perspect-

ive. Edited by N D Morpeth, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK. 2007.

The course methodological support:

qqq. methodological support with materials;rrr. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%






TŪRISMA PROJEKTU VADĪBA TOURISM PROJECT MANAGEMENT


B


2

Lecturers: assist. prof. A. Miteassist.prof. S. Miļuse (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to get acquainted with the methods of project management and give necessary abilities in real situations of the project management. To give students the necessary knowledge and interpersonal and personal skills for effective project management enabling to maximize the project effective output of human resources and achieve the best results. To get aware of the essential processes in the tourism project management - beginning, management and conclusion. The objectives of the course:

1. to get acquainted with the methods of project management and teach to ap-ply them; to give insight into the project types and classification; to give an idea of tourism projects; to get acquainted with project team; to help to master the communication structures in the project organisa-

tion; to get acquainted with project starting, control and conclusion processes; to master the complex approach to the project management; to evaluate and discuss the real projects, to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving ques-

tions of self-examination.

Academic content:

1. The project definition, project types, the approaches to the project management.

2. The project team work organisation and making a project management team.

3. Skills of effective communication: verbal communication, written communication, interpersonal communication.

4. The process-oriented project management.

5. The process description of starting, management and conclusion.

6. The complex approach to the project management (volume, duration, resources and payments management, social management).

7. IT tools during the process: starting, management and conclusion.

Literature:1. Trauer, B. (2006). Conceptualizing special interest tourism – framework for

analysis. Tourism Management, 27, 183-200. 2. Latvijas Republikas likumdošanas akti un Latvijas Republikas standarti.3. Holovejs Dž. K. Tūrisma bizness. – Rīga: Jāņa Rozes apgāds, 1999.4. Project Management Insitute, PMI Standarts Comittee 2003. PMBOK A

Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge – 2000 Edition .// www.pmi.org

5. Бэтьюли Ф. Управление проектом. ГРАНД- ФАИР, 2005.6. Горбовцов Г. Я. Методы принятия решении.- М., МЭСИ, 2005.7. Ильин Н.И. и др. Управление проектами. - ЭПБ , 2002

The course methodological support:sss. methodological support with materials;ttt. methodological recommendations for students.




1 20%

A tourism project development and presentation.

1 40%

exam 1 20%





VIESNĪCU MENEDŽMENTS HOTEL MANAGEMENT


B


3

Lecturers: assist. prof. V. Siliņeviča

The goal of the course:to give insight into the hospitality as a tourism component, the specificity of hospitality industry. To ensure knowledge on accommodation classification, its peculiarity and requirements. To ensure the knowledge on the structure of hotels and develop skills applying the theoretic information in practice.The objectives of the course:

to get acquainted with the concept and definitions of hospitality industry; to give an idea of tourist accommodation classification; to give an idea of tourist accommodation organisational structure; to get acquainted with guest reception procedures; to get aware of types of planning employment and incomes in guest re-

ception services; to get acquainted with the types of documentation and its processing

VUD; to master IT in the hospitality industry; to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving ques-


Academic content:

1. Introduction.2. Hotel organisation and reception.3. Reception work.4. Room booking.5. Check-in.6. Reception environment.7. Reception accounting functions.8. Checkout.9. Planning and evaluation of reception work.

10. Reception staff management.11. Catering staff management in the hotels.12. The role of the economic section in the successful hotel work.13. Planning and organisation of the economic section.

Literature:

1. Van Nostrand Reinhold. Hotel Management and Operations. – 1990, 2. John R. Walker, Jack E. Miller. Supervision in the Hospitality Industry: Leading Human Resources. John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2009.3. Conrad Lashley, lisa ann Schreier, Tammie J. Kaufman. Timeshare Management: The Key Issues for Hospitality Managers. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2009.4. Jack D. Ninemeier, Joseph Perdue. Discovering Hospitality and Tourism: The World's Greatest Industry. PEARSON Education, 2008.5. Paige, Grace. The hotel recertionist. – EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE of the American Hotel & Motel Association.6. Florence Berger, Judi Brownell. Organizational Behavior for the Hospitality Industry. PEARSON Education, 2008.7. Kimberly A. Tranter, Trevor Stuart-Hill, Juston Parker. Introduction to Revenue Management for the Hospitality Industry: Principles and Practices for the Real World. PEARSON Education, 2009.8. Kerry L. Sommerville. Hospitality Employee Management and Supervision: Concepts and Practical Applications. PEARSON Education, 2007.9. Dž. Kr. Holovejs. Tūrisma bizness, 1998. Tulk. latv. val. “ Jānis Roze, 1999.

The course methodological support:uuu. methodological support with materials;vvv. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

exam 1 30%



http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Kerry+L.+Sommerville




ANGLOFONISKO VALSTU KULTRAS STUDIJAS ENGLISH-SPEAKING COUNTRIES CULTURAL STUDIES


B


2

Lecturers: assist. J. Popovaassist.prof. J.Brakovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to provide students with the theoretical and practical knowledge on the cultural studies and tourism in English-speaking countries.

The objectives of the course: 1. to acquaint students with the geographic and historical basics of English-speaking

countries;2. to give an idea about the cultural peculiarities;3. to give an insight into the tourism peculiarities in English-speaking countries;4. to acquaint students with the traditions of different cultures in English-speaking

countries;5. to consider the peculiarities of tourism types and development prospects of

English-speaking countries;6. to motivate students to develop the projects of tourism routes in English-

speaking countries;7. to improve the communicative competence of professional English.

Academic content:

1. Great Britain. The foundations of history beginning with the ancient time till the present days. The geographic location. The customs, traditions and holidays of Great Britain. The tourism in Great Britain, its types and development.

2. The USA. Insight into the USA history. The geographic location. The USA culture and aspects of the social life, peculiarities and traditions. The tourism in the USA, its types and development.

3. Canada. The geographic location. The significant events in Canada's history. Multicultural society. The cultural heritage and traditions. The tourism in Canada, its types and development.

4. Australia and New Zealand. The historical and geographic aspects. The cultural peculiarities and traditions of Australia and New Zealand. The types of tourism, its development and peculiarities.


1. James O’Driscoll. Britain. OUP, 2000. 2. Harley P. Jones R. Focus on Britain Today. Macmillan Publishers, 2000. 3. Bowers,V. (1999).Wow Canada! Exploring this land from coast to coast.

Toronto,Ont.:Grey de Pencier Books Inc. 4. Garwood Christopher. Aspects of Britain and the USA, 1995. 5. An Outline of American Geography, USIA, 1991. 6. An Outline of American History, USIA, 1991. 7. Making America. The Society and Culture of the USA, USIA, 2002. 8. Jim Davidson, Peter Spearitt. Holiday Business: Tourism in Australia Since

1870. Melbourne, 2000.9. Michael C. Hall, Stephen J. Page. Tourism in the Pacific. Routledge, 2006. 10.Tom Brooking. The History of New Zealand (The Greenwood Histories of

the Modern Nations) Greenwood Press, 2004

Additional literature:1. McDowall, David, An Illustrated History of Britain, Longman, 2006.2. Gulyane, Irisa, History and Culture of England, Rīga, LVU, 1970. 3. O'Callaghan Dennis. An Illustrated History of the USA, 2003.4. Morgan, David, A short History of the British People, Leipzig. 5. Dwyer, J.(2000). Business History: Canada in the Global Community.

Ontario: Captus Press. 6. Philippa Mein Smith. A Concise History of New Zealand (Cambridge

Concise Histories) Cambridge University Press, 20057. Keith Sinclair. The Oxford Illustrated History of New Zealand. Oxford

University Press, 2000.

The course methodological support:www. methodological support with materials;xxx. methodological recommendations for students.





1 30%

test 1 30%






VĀCU VALODĀ RUNĀJUŠO VALSTU KULTŪRAS STUDIJASGERMAN-SPEAKING COUNTRIES CULTURAL STUDIES OF


B


2

Lecturers: assist. prof. S. Jaškinaassist.prof. L.Mackeviča (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course:to provide students with theoretical and practical knowledge on cultural studies and tourism in the German-speaking countries. The objectives of the course:

8. to acquaint students with the geographic and historical basics of German-speaking countries;

9. to give an idea about the cultural peculiarities;10.to give an insight into the tourism peculiarities in German-speaking countries;11.to acquaint students with the traditions of different cultures in German-speaking

countries;12.to consider the peculiarities of tourism types and development prospects of

German-speaking countries;13.to motivate students to develop the projects of tourism routes in German-

speaking countries;14.to improve the communicative competence of professional German.

Academic content:1. Germany. The foundations of history beginning with the ancient time till the present days. The geographic location. The customs, traditions and holidays of Germany. The tourism in Germany, its types and development.

2. Austria. Insight into the history of Austria.. The geographic location. The Austrian culture and aspects of the social life, peculiarities and traditions. The tourism in Austria, its types and development.

3. Switzerland. The geographic location. The most significant events. The Swiss history. Multicultural society. The cultural heritage and traditions. The tourism in Switzerland, its types and development.

Literature:

1. Подгорная Л.И. Deutsche Geschichte in Biografien. 2004.2. Deutsche Geschichte in Quellen und Darstellung.2007.3. Deutschland: Geschichte und Gegenwart. 2002.4. Михайлова И. Э. Profitcenter Wirtschaftsbereich-Tourismus in Deutschland, 2006.5. von Schilling K. Das politisch-soziale System der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. 6. Ein Landeskunde-Kompendium. Teil 1 und Teil 2. - SAXA Verlag, 2006.7. Rösener W. Enzyklopädie deutscher Geschichte. - ISBN 978-3-486-55024-5 EdG 13, 2004.8. Standort - Zeitschrift für angewandte Geographie9. www.deutschland-tourismus.de

The course methodological support:yyy. methodological support with materials;zzz. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 40%

Language of tuition: German


http://www.deutschland-tourismus.de/



The title of the course:In Latvian:

In English:

KRĪŽU KOMUNIKĀCIJAS TŪRISMA UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY CRISIS COMMUNICATION


B


2

Lecturers: assist. prof. V. Krieviņa lect. A.Larionovs(Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give students the basic knowledge on crisis communication organisation and management in the extreme situations.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with the concept of crisis; to give an idea of planning the crisis situation; to give an idea of the communication principles during the crisis; to acquaint students with the rules of behaviour in the crisis situation

with special references. to develop student abilities in the crisis management strategy and com-

munication process organisation with the help of the role play; The project of the crisis preventive measures and present crisis manage-

ment. Its defence in the field of tourism/hotel business.

Academic content: Introduction. The concept and typology of the crisis.

o The definition and typology of the crisis.o The general mistakes overcoming the crisis situations.o The general recommendations from the crisis management point of

view.o Prediction of the crisis situation.

2. The concept of communications. The goal and nature of communications. 2.1. The definition of communication. The peculiarities of external and internal communications. 2.2. The goal and nature of communications.

2.3. The structure of the communicative process. The barriers of communications. The styles of communications. 2.4. The social environment in the context of communications. 2.5. The society and its thoughts. Defining the social opinions. The society groups. The methodology of general communications from the PR point of view 3.1. Seven significant principles in the PR methodology. 3.2. Defining the goal-oriented society group. 3.3. The PR specialist's work with the goal-oriented audience in the extreme situations. 4. The rules of behaviour and in the crisis situation and exceptions. 4.1. Tylenol rules. Pepsi’s strategy. 4.2. Version - the most important moment neutralizing the crisis situation. 4.3 Different psychological peculiarities of the information perceiving in the crisis situation. 4.4. Conflict and "smouldering crisis” – routine reality. 5. Practical workshops in communications organisation and conducting in the crisis situation. 5.1. The role plays in the unpredictable crisis situations. 5.2 The crisis preventing measures or projects of crisis overcoming and defence in the field of tourism/hospitality business.

Literature: 1. Биржаков М.Б. Введение в туризм. – М.: Герда ИД, 2007.2. Глазл Ф. Конфликт менеджмент. – Калуга: Изд-во «Духовное познание», 2002. 3. Лэйхифф Дж.М., Пенроуз Дж.М. Бизнес-коммуникации. – М.- Харьков-Минск: СПб Питер, 2001. 4.Майерс Д. Социальная психология. – С-П: СПб Питер, 1997. 5. Саак А. Э., Якименко М. В.Менеджмент в индустрии гостеприимства (гостиницы и рестораны): Учебное пособие. – СПб.: Питер, 20086. Спивак В.А. Современные бизнес-коммуникации. – С-П: Изд.дом «Питер», 2002. 7. Chris Holloway, R. Davidson, Claire Humphreys. The Business of Tourism. 8th Edition. John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2009.8. R. March (Editor), A. G. Woodside (Editor). Tourism Behavior: Travellers' Decisions and Actions. Publisher: C A B Intl, 2009.9. Chon, Laws, Prideaux. Crisis Management in Tourism. Edited by E Laws; B Prideaux, University of Queensland, Australia; K Chon, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, 2006.

The course methodological support:aaaa. methodological support with materials;

bbbb. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%






SASKARSMES PSIHOLOĢIJA COMMUNICATION PSYCHOLOGY


B


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. N.Sotikova lect. R. Ļahovska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to get acquainted with the most essential issues of communication psychology, its main concepts and theoretical and practical approaches.

The objectives of the course: To get acquainted with:1. the characteristic, functions, types, structure of communication.2. the mechanisms of mutual perception and awareness of people,

psychological barriers, manipulation.3. Cross-cultural communication.4. Skills to give and get information.5. Skills to establish private and business contacts.

Academic content:1. The first impression. 2. Psychological barriers in the perception of the other person. 3. Communication. Skills to give information. 4. Listening skills. Information perception. 5. Verbal communication. 6. Non-verbal communication. 7. Personality, temperament, character. 8. The people’s basic necessities and behavioural motivation. Values and their

types. 9. Interaction – interrelation of people’s communication. 10.The types of partner’s impact. 11.Conflict-regulating communication. 12.The types of partners and the communication peculiarities with them.

13.Manipulation. 14.Communication with clients. 15.Transcultural communication.

Literature:Compulsory literature.1. Omārova S. “Cilvēks runā ar cilvēku” (Saskarsmes psiholoģija) R. Kamene, 20022. Saskarsme R., Jumava 20023. Denijs R. “Prasme sazināties un uzstāties” R., 20024. Veics V. “Uzvedības un saskarsmes kultūra” R., Junda, 19975. Šota B. “Sarunas” R., 20026. Geiselharts R., Hofmane – Burkarta K. “Stresa menedžments” R., 20037. Edmillers A., Vilhelms T. “Manipulēšana” R., 2004.

Additional literature:1. Kārnegī D. “Kā iegūt draugus un iepatikties cilvēkiem” R., 19902. Kupčs I. “Saskarsmes būtība” R., 19973. Jefkins Frank, Public Relation, London, Pitman Publishing, 19984. Берн Э. “Игры, в которые играют люди» М., 20035. Дерябо С., Ясвин В. Гроссмейтер общения М.: Смысл; СПб.: Питер, 2004.6. Рогов Е. Психология общения.- М.: Владос, 2004.7. Борисова Е. Эффективные коммуникации в бизнесе.- Спб.: Питер, 2005.8. Крижанская Ю., Третьяков В. Грамматика общения.-М.: Смысл; СПб.: Питер, 2005.9. Горянина В. Психология общения.- М.: Изд.центр «Академия», 2004.11. Станкин М. Психология в бизнесе.- М.: ООО «Журнал «Управление персоналом», 2004.

The course methodological support:cccc. methodological support with materials;dddd. methodological recommendations for students.



Within the course students are introduced to the communication characteristic and its role in the society, people's mutual mechanisms of perception and awareness. Within the practical workshops students gain skills to give and get information, overcome communication barriers, acquire the approaches to active listening, behavioural tactics in the conflict situations.The characteristic of communication and its role in the society. The mechanisms of people’s mutual perception and awareness.

Evaluation form: Number: Percentage

group work 2 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

test 1 30%






E-MĀRKETINGS TŪRISMĀE-MARKETING IN TOURISM

Optional study courses CSemester: 7Number of credit points:

2

Lecturers: assist. prof. J. Timoščenko

The goals and objectives of the course: to get acquainted with the basics of e-marketing and highlights of e-sales.Within the course students analyze the role of e-tourism marketing in the sphere of travel agencies and tour operators, business of overnight accommodation, state and municipality tourism management, transport and tourism service. Students analyze e-tourism from the point of view of marketing using the statistics of electronic data and research methodology in the virtual market.

Academic content:o The concepts and definitions used in tourism marketing.o E-marketing instruments.o E-mail marketing.o Advertising banners and homepage e-market, methods of

homepage analysis.o SWAT analysis in the virtual market.o E-CRM: the attraction methods of potential and present clients.o E-marketing in the systems of different technologies, blogging.o Planning of tourism and hospitality business involving e-business

elements.o E-business technical opportunities.

Literature:1. Зиссер Ю.А. Маркетинг on-line: Как превратить сайт компании в эффективный инструмент продаж. – Минск: Изд-во Гревцова, 2007.2. Реклама и маркетинг в Интернете /Томас Кеглер, Пауль Даулинг, Бренд Тейлор, Джошуа Тестерман ; пер. с англ. Марии Степановой. – М.: Альпина паблишер, 2003.3. Райт Дж. Блг-маркетинг. – М.: Эксмо, 2008.

4. Симонович С. В. Новые возможности Интернета / С. Симонович, В. Мураховский, Г. Евсеев. – M.: Питер, 2007.5. Успенский И.В. Интернет-маркетинг: Учебник. – СПб.: Изд-во СПГУЭиФ, 2003.6. Холмогоров В. Интернет-маркетинг. – СПб.: Питер, 2001.7. Afuah A. Internet Business Models and Strategies: Text and Cases, 2nd edition / Allan Afuah, Christopher L. Tucci. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2003.8. Coupey E. Marketing and the Internet. – Upper Saddle River (NJ): Prentice-Hall, 2001.9. Gay R. Online marketing :a customer-led approach /Richard Gay, Alan Charlesworth, Rita Esen. – Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007. 10. Hanson, A. Ward. Principles of Internet marketing /Ward Hanson. – Cincinnati: South-Western College Publ., 2000.11. Gaile-Sarkane E. E-mārketinga pamati :mācību līdzeklis. – Rīga: Rīgas Tehniskā universitāte, 2005. 12. Walsh B. Clear blogging :how people blogging are changing the world and how you can join them. – Berkeley: Apress, 2007.13. Ian McDonnell. E-travel And Tourism: Marketing And Management Techniques. Butterworth-Heinemann. 2009.

The course methodological support:eeee. methodological support with materials;ffff. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – group situation discussion, participation in all seminars and practical workshops. Final checking – a test.

Student independent work: 1. Analysis and assessment of tourism business involving e-business models. 2. Task: the choice of tourism company and suitable business type for its development. 3. Blog writing.



1 40%

test 1 60%






LETIŠĶĀ ETIĶETE BUSINESS ETIQUETTE


1

Lecturers: assist. prof. I. Dimantelect. J.Godlevska (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: The course Business Etiquette is supposed for students of tourism, PR and management departments. The course goal is to give students insight into the modern practical etiquette, international protocol, behavioural and communication culture, cross-cultural differences in business etiquette.

The objectives of the course: to get acquainted with business etiquette; to give an idea how to establish business contacts in the tourism field; to get aware of the society processes and acquire the basic values of

etiquette; to identify the role and position of etiquette in the field of tourism and

hospitality; to get aware of cross-cultural impact on business relations; to develop abilities to analyze the business etiquette of a foreign partner; to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving ques-

tions of self-examination and self-test.

Academic content:1. The general characteristic of behavioural culture. Communication and etiquette. Ethics and etiquette. Awareness of etiquette. Etiquette as a component of culture. Why to observe etiquette. Problems in mastering etiquette.2. Insight into history of etiquette. Behaviour culture Rules of behaviour in people’s relations. Historical development of etiquette in Latvia and abroad.3. Rules of comity in other countries. Cultural dialogues and behaviour stereotypes.4. Business culture and etiquette in Europe. Organisation culture in Europe. Variety of cultures. Conflict of cultures.

5. Protocol and its role in international relations. Essence of diplomatic protocol. Modern diplomatic protocol.6. Non-verbal etiquette.The meaning of non-verbal etiquette. Gait and stand. Gestures. Facial expression. Kiss. Silence.7. Verbal etiquette. Greeting and acquaintance. Introducing.8. Etiquette attributes. Business card. Its exchange. Business card layout. Indoor behaviour. Indoor etiquette. 9. Appearance in business relations. Business clothes. The first impression. Menswear. Womenswear.10. Gifts and souvenirs in business relations. The meaning of gifts and souvenirs. When and to whom to present gifts. How to choose gifts. How to present flowers. How to present and receive gifts. How to thank for presents.11. Business correspondence. The types of letters. The main factors of a qualitative letter. Facsimile. Netiquette.12. Art of conversation. Business communication. The stages of a conversation. The basic principles of a conversation. Compliments. Swear words.13. Phone conversation. The significance of phone conversations in business relations. When your receive calls. When your call. 14. The types of business visits. The goal of business visits. Reception, its time and place. Coming and leaving the reception. Guest placement at the table. Business etiquette for guests and hosts.15. Invitation in business relations. Number of invited persons. Invitations and their sending. Invitation response. Holiday etiquette. Culture at the table. The niceties of table manners. The niceties of table manners.

Literature:Compulsory literature.

1.Kincāns V. Etiķete.- Rīga, Biznesa Partneri,2003.2.Dubkēvičs L., Ķestere I. Saskarsme. Lietišķā etiķete.- R., Jumava , 2003.3.Veics V. Uzvedības un saskarsmes kultūra.- Rīga, Junda, 1997.4.D. Mouls Biznesa kultūra un etiķete Eiropas valstīs.- R., 2003. 5. A.Odiņa Protokols .- R., 20036. V.Līkopa Lietišķā etiķete starptautiskajā biznesā.- R.7. Кузнецов.И. Деловой этикет от «А» до «Я».-М., Альфа-Пресс, 2006.8. Деловое общение. Деловой этикет: учебное пособие для студентов вузов.- М.: ЮНИТИ- ДАНА, 2005.

Additional literature:1.Энн Мэри Бизнес- этикет.- М., 20042. Этикет деловой женщины, или Практика непринужденного поведения.- Екатеринбург: У- Фактория, 2004.3.Denijs R. Prasme sazināties un uzstāties. Rīga, 2002.4. Ф.Кузин Современный имидж делового человека, бизнесмена, политика.- М., 2002.

5. Соловьев Э. Современный этикет. Деловой протокол.- М.: «Ось-89», 2006.

The course methodological support:gggg. methodological support with materials;hhhh. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%






ATPŪTAS UN IZKLAIDES MENEDŽMENTS LEISURE AND ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT


1

Lecturers: assist. prof. I. Markina

The goals and objectives of the course: to give insight into the peculiarities of show business analyzing today's market situation. To help students to orient in the modern world show business as well as develop practical skills in the show programme preparation and administering.

Academic content:

1. The basics of music show business. The theoretic and practical peculiarities of show business. The concept of show business management. The basic trends of show business commercial work.

2. The producer’s intuitive and professional choice. Casting organisation. PR and art direction. Image making, show rehearsal, concert acting.

3. Show business competitiveness and mechanisms of its market direction. The main stages of technologies of creating a new star. Show product distribution. Riders: concept, classification, conditions.

4. Show business market infrastructure. Track, audio album recording stages, advertising campaign, video clip, album replicating. Video-clip rotation in television broadcasting.

5. Contract development in the audiovisual field. Variants of Russian, Anglo-Saxon, continental contracts. Contracts on development and usage of audiovisual products.

6. Theme parks. Excursions. Museums.

Literature:

1. Аванесова Г.А. Культурно-досуговая деятельность. – М.: Аспект-Пресс, 2006.2. Жиленко А. Ф. Праздник в офисе: Корпоративная вечеринка и юбилей фирмы.: М. 2005.3. Корнеева С. Как зажигают звезды: технологии музыкального продюсирования

Питер 2004.4. Е.И.Жданова., С.В.Иванова., Н.В.Кротова Управление и экономика в шоу-бизнесе.M..2003.5. Черняк Ю. М. Режиссура праздников и зрелищ. - Мн. ТетраСистемс, 2004.6. Handbook of image and video processing/ ed. Al Bovik. San Diego, 2000.7. Suskin S. Shou tunes. New York, 2000.8. The One show. New York, 1984.9. Worthen W. Shakespeare and the force of modern performance. Cambridge, 2003. 1O. Makkerčers B., Krosa H. Kultūras tūrisms. Tūrisma un kultūras mantojuma pārvaldības partnerība. - Rīga, Neptuns, 2007.11. Anton Clavé. The Global Theme Park Industry. Anton Clavé, Universitat Rovira I Virgili, Tarragona, Spain, 2007.12. R Buckley. Adventure Tourism. International Centre for Ecotourism Research, Griffith University, Gold Coast, Australia, 2006.13. S Moss. The Entertainment Industry: an Introduction. Leeds Metropolitan University, UK. 2009. 14. Chris Rojek, Susan M. Shaw and Anthony J. Veal. A Handbook of Leisure Studies, Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.

The course methodological support:iiii.methodological support with materials;jjjj.methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%



http://www.palgrave.com/products/Search.aspx?auID=12778






SA TŪRISMĀ UN VIESMĪLĪBAS JOMĀ PR IN TOURISM AND HOSPITALITY


1

Lecturers: assist. prof. Kaširina (in Russian)., lect. I. Zemniece (in Latvian)lect. A. Larionovs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to give insight into PR as a discipline and specific functions of practical work.

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with:2. PR as an art and social science;PR genesis and evolution;how to take decisions and work efficiently in the society;PR theoretical and methodological bases (conceptual models, categories,

principles, ideals).

Academic content:

1. The subject matter of PR, its development history. 2. PR general strategies.3. PR building-up process.4. PR building-up government and non-government structures.

5. PR and similar spheres.6. PR methods.7. Public thought and image.8. PR professional ethics.

Literature:

1. Добробабенко Е., Добробабенко Н. Выставка «под ключ». – СПб.: Питер, 2007. – 208 с.

2. Иларионова Т.С. Информационное обеспечение конгресса, форума, съезда. – М.: РАГС, 2000.3. Марков А.П. Проектирование маркетинговых коммуникаций. – СПб.: СПбГУПб 2005. 4. Синяева И.М. Сфера PR в маркетинге. – М.: ЮНИТИ-ДАНА, 2007. – 383 с. 5. Симановская О. Организация HR-событий – успешная российская практика. – М.: Вершина, 2007. – 192 с. 6. Сондер М. Ивент-менеджмент: организация развлекательных мероприятий. Техники, идеи, стратегии, методы. – М.: Вершина, 2006.- 544 с. 7. Чумиков А.Н., Бочаров М.П. Связи с общественностью: теория и практика. – М.: Дело, 2003. – 496 с.8. Praude V., Šalkovska J. Mārketinga komunikācijas. – Rīga, Vaidelote,2007. – 485 lpp.9. Theaker A. The Public Relations Handbook. – London, NY; Routledge: Taylor&Francis Group, 2003. – 289 p. 10. Гартон Э. Паблисити: жми сюда. – СПб.: Питер, 2003. – 267 с.11. www.ipra.org

The course methodological support:kkkk. methodological support with materials;llll.methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

seminar 2 20%test 1 20%






SPECIĀLO PASĀKUMU TŪRISMĀ ORGANIZĀCIJA UN VADĪBASPECIAL EVENT MANAGEMENT


2

Lecturers: lect. J. Vozņuka

The goals and objectives of the course: to give insight into staginess of mass events as a basic holiday element. To give idea about the necessity of a director in the event organisation aimed to implement a holiday idea. To show creation process of the basic elements of mass event directing.

Academic content:

1. The theoretic aspects of special events. The concept of special events.2. The administering basics of special events.3. Organisation and management of small special events.4. Risk management at special events.5. Influence of different factors on special events.6. The IT role at special events.

Literature:1. Гойхман О.Я. Организация и проведение мероприятий. – M.: Инфра-М,

2008.2. Назимко А. Событийный маркетинг. – М.: Вершина 2007.3. Симановская О. Организация HR-событий – успешная российсkая

практика. – М.: Венршина, 2007.4. Шумович А. Великолепные мероприятия: Технология и практика event

management. – М.: Манн, Иванов и Фербер, 2006.5. Holzbaur U., Jettinger E., Knauss B., Moser R., Zeller M.

Eventmanagement. – Springer, 2007.6. Sonder M. Event: Entertaiment and Production. – John Wiley&Sons, Inc.

2006.7. Svētki Latvijas pilsētās no Lieldienām līdz Mārtiņiem. R., 2003. 8. Andersone V., Sniķere L. Svētki un godi. R., 2001.

9. Festivals and holidays. New York, 1999.10. Robert H.Griffin, Ann H. Shurgin. Junior worldmark encyclopedia of world

holidays. Detroit, 2000.11. Robert R. Nelson. Developing a Successful Infrastructure for Convention &

Event Tourism. Haworth Pr Inc, 2008. 12. T. Baum (Editor), M. Deery (Editor), C. Hanlon (Editor), L. Lockstone

(Editor). People and Work in Events and Conventions. Publisher: C A B Intl, 2009.

The course methodological support:mmmm. methodological support with materials;nnnn. methodological recommendations for students.




1 20%

Test (event organisation) 1 50%






TŪRISMA REĢIONĀLAIS MĀRKETINGS TOURISM REGIONAL MARKETING


1

Lecturers: assist.prof. M.Gunarelect. A. Larionovs (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to provide students with the basics of territorial marketing, usage criteria of territorial marketing correcting images of cities (regions).

The objectives of the course: to acquaint students with strategies and technologies of territorial marketing; methods of local municipality Internet marketing; to teach students to perform image correction complex programmes.

Academic content:

1. The main concepts of territorial marketing.2. Technologies and instruments of territorial marketing.3. The marketing peculiarities of cities and regions.4. Image of cities and regions and foreign experience of its correction.5. The Internet marketing peculiarities of the local municipalities.6. The role of symbols in image making of cities and regions.7. Application of marketing communications in city image correction.8. The PSL role in the population increase of cities and regions.9. City event organisation and implementation.10. Work with targeted audience in city image correction.11. Image correction methods.12. Development methods of city image correction complex programmes.

Literature:

1. Котлер Ф., Асплунд К., Рейн И., Хайдер Д. Маркетинг мест. - СПб.: Стокгольмская школа экономики, 2005.

2. Панкрухин А.П. Маркетинг территорий. – СПб.: Питер, 2006.3. Джанджугазова Е.А. Маркетинг туристических территорий. – М.:

Академия, 2006.4. Сачук Т.В. территориальный маркетинг. – СПб.: Питер, 2009.5. Гунаре М. Опыт Украины в реализации программ территориального

маркетинга». Материалы 3-ей международной конференции «Культурное наследие украинцев стран Балтии в контексте общественной интеграции». Рига, RSEBAA, 2006.

6. Гунаре М. «Ландшафтная архитектура при создании имиджа территории» //Communicator. Academic library. - Rīga, BSA, 2007. C. 54 – 66.

7. Гунаре М. «Роль музеев в маркетинге территорий». – Рига, 2006. Материалы Международной научно-практической конференции «Предпринимательская культура в транзитивном обществе». С. 187 – 191.

8. Landry Ch. The Creative City. A Toolkit for Urban Innovators. – London, Earthscan Publications LTD, Comedia. 2005.

9. Makkerčers B., Krosa H. Kultūras tūrisms. – Rīga: Neptuns, 2007.10. Teemu Moilanen and Seppo Rainisto. How to Brand Nations, Cities and

Destinations : a Planning Book for Place Branding. Palgrave Macmillan, 2008.

The course methodological support:oooo. methodological support with materials;pppp. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%








LATVIEŠU / KRIEVU VALODA LATVIAN / RUSSIAN


2

Lecturers: asoc. Prof. L. Ignatjevaassist.prof. I.Zemnieceassist.prof.V.Rumjanceva (Daugavpils)

The goal of the course: to develop skills implementing cross-cultural communication culture in the field of culture and tourism on the basis of Latvian and Russian.

The objectives of the course: to enrich the vocabulary of terms in the field of culture and tourism; to develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills; to master the specificity of cross-cultural communication of Russian and

Latvian in the field of culture and tourism; to master speech genres as a particular type of texts using in the modern

international communication in the field of culture and tourism. to master forms of language communications in the cross-cultural

communicative situations in the field of culture and tourism.

Academic content:All the lessons are of practical character. They are based on the work with

texts about culture and tourism. The main study material comprises the texts on country studies and culture. Within the course students get acquainted with the Latvian and Russian culture and traditions. Within the course the communication situations built by a lecturer are used. It helps to gain the necessary experience, enrich vocabulary and master new modern cross-cultural communication behaviour models.

The course themes:1. An individual in culture. Culture in an individual.2. Culture and education.3. The Latvian and Russian music in the context of the world culture.

4. The Latvian and Russian theatre, cinema in the context of the world culture.

5. The Latvian and Russian art in the context of the world culture.6. The Latvian and Russian architecture in the context of the world culture.7. National traditions and customs. 8. Monuments as a culture component.9. Tourism. Travel agencies. Tourism routes.

Literature:1. Aldersons J. Kāpēc mēs tā sakām? R., Zvaigzne ABC, 2004.2. Gulevska D., Miķelsone A., Porīte T. Pareizrakstības un pareizrunas

rokasgrāmata. - R., Avots, 2002.3. HolleV., Karters R., Laion L., Tannera E.Runāšanas nodarbības

profesionāliem. 2000.4. Ирисханова К.М., Стрелкова Г.В. и др. Русский язык. Пороговый

уровень. Т II: Профессиональное общение. М.: Совет по культурному сотрудничеству – Совет Европы Пресс, 2001.

5. Самохина Т.С. Эффективное деловое общение в контекстах разных культур и обстоятельств. Москва: Р. Валент, 2005.

6. Lewis, R. When Cultures Collide: Managing successfully across cultures. Nicholas Brealey Publishing. London, 2006.

The course methodological support:qqqq. methodological support with materials;rrrr. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Each student has to prepare one presentation or excursion. The individual work comprises reading of five texts and two glossaries.


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageGroup work (presentation or excursion) 1 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

test 1 30%

Language of tuition: Latvian/Russian.





EKOTŪRISMS UN VIDES AIZSARDZĪBA ECOTOURISM AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION


1

Lecturers: lect. J. Kļepikovs

The goal of the course: to get aware of tourism as an economic field and rural tourism as a specific development field at the countryside. To ensure knowledge on ways of planning in tourism, their significance and realization process. To provide students with knowledge and develop skills of assessment, service price-list and defining economic indicators and analysing in rural tourism business.The objectives of the course:

1. to get acquainted with the concept and types of tourism; to give an idea of tourism statistical types; to give an idea of the route development procedure; to get acquainted with project team; to get aware of types of planning in tourism; to get acquainted with safety rules in the rural tourism; to master the specificity of business plan in rural tourism; to check and consolidate the knowledge and skills gained giving ques-


Academic content:

1. The concept of tourism. Tourism division. Tourism types, their characteristic. 2. The concept of tourism development. Tourism characteristic. Tourism management and organisations. 3. Types of planning in tourism. a hike, an excursion, an individual trip. 4. The route development procedure. The necessary inventory and facilities. 5. Ecology basics. Ecology, ecosystems and their components. The concept of biotope, biotope types, sensitive biotopes.6. The policy of environment and nature protection and its implementation.

7. The concept of rural tourism. The characteristic of rural tourism, its present and future development in Latvia. 8. The types of tourism supply, its characteristic. The characteristic of rural tourist destinations. 9. Safety regulations of rural tourism. 10. Rural tourism overnight stops. Types, classification. 11. The characteristic of business environment at the Latvian countryside. Business forms of rural tourism. 12. The types of tourism business resources, their characteristic. Law and statutory acts regulating tourism development. 13. Certification scheme of rural tourism business. The types of product styles, their characteristic. 14. The specificity of rural tourism business planning. 15. Ethnic tourism – Latvia’s niche in European Union.

Literature:

1. Loomis, J.B. & Walsh, R.G. (1997). Recreation Economic Decisions, Comparing Benefits and Costs. 2 nd Edition, Venture Publishing.

2. Bērziņa I., Karnīte R. Tūrisms Latvijā: Attīstība un perspektīvas, tūrisma satelītkonti. – Rīga: BO SIA “LZA EI”, 2001.

3. Lauku tūrisma termini un rokasgrāmata / Latvijas lauku tūrisma asociācijas “Lauku ceļotājs” izd. – 2001.

4. Trauer, B. (2006). Conceptualizing special interest tourism – framework for analysis. Tourism Management, 27, 183-200.

5. Latvijas Republikas likumdošanas akti un Latvijas Republikas standarti.

6. R Buckley. Ecotourism. International Centre for Ecotourism Research, Australia. 2008.

7. M Lück. The Encyclopedia of Tourism and Recreation in Marine Environments. AUT University Auckland, New Zealand, 2008.

8. John Neil, Stephen Wearing. Ecotourism: Impacts, Potentials and Possibilities? Butterworth-Heinemann. 2009.

9. David A. Fennell. Ecotourism. 3rd Edition. Routledge. 2007.

10. Ryan Plummer. Outdoor Recreation. An Introduction. Routledge. 2008.

The course methodological support:ssss. methodological support with materials;

tttt.methodological recommendations for students.




1 20%

Test (real project development and its presentation)

1 60%






KULTŪRAS TŪRISMS CULTURAL TOURISM


2

Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Pazuhinalect. G.Petrova (Daugavpils)

The goals and objectives of the course: 2. to give students knowledge on tourism as a human work sphere, history of

tourism development, types of tourism as well as awareness of tourism as national economy.

3. To get aware of tourism as a specific economic sphere, tourism system in-terrelation with cultural environment, tourism policy at different levels.

4. To acquaint students with cultural tourism products as well as modern development tendencies and topicalities in the world.

Academic content:1 The structure of modern tourism. The basic types of tourism.2 Inter-industry tourism package. Specialisation of a tourism company. 3 The concept of cultural tourism and its meaning in the common tourism market.

The goals and objectives of cultural tourism.4 The specificity of cultural tourism product. The types and basic principles of

cultural tourism products.5 Information of cultural tourism.6 Cultural tourism resources and development tendencies. 7 Urban tourism.8 The role of private and state structures of different levels in the cultural tourism

development.9 Publicity. The role of mass media in cultural tourism.

Literature:1. Makkerčers B., Krosa H. Kultūras tūrisms. Tūrisma un kultūras mantojuma pārvaldības partnerība. - Rīga, Neptuns, 2007.

2. G Richards, W Munsters. Cultural Tourism Research Methods. University of West England, UK; W Munsters, Zuyd University, The Netherlands. 2009.3. R Maitland, B Ritchie. City Tourism, National Capital Perspectives. University of Westminster, UK; B Ritchie, University of Queensland, Australia. 2009.4. Robert Palmer, Greg Richards. Eventful Cities: Cultural Management and Urban Revitalisation. Elsevier Science, 2009. 5. Melanie Smith. Issues in Cultural Tourism Studies. Routledge, 2009.6. Michael Haldrup, Jonas Larsen. Tourism, Performance and the Everyday. Consuming the Orient. Routledge.2009.7. Dallen J. Timothy, Gyan P. Nyaupane. Cultural Heritage and Tourism in the Developing World. A regional perspective. Routledge, 2009.8. LATVIJAS TŪRISMA ATTĪSTĪBAS NACIONĀLĀ PROGRAMMA 2001. – 2010.GADAM

The course methodological support:uuuu. methodological support with materials;vvvv. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%






TŪRISMS UN VIESNĪCAS PAKALPOJUMI CILVĒKIEM AR SPECIĀLĀM VAJADZĪBĀMTOURIST AND HOSPITALITY SERVICES FOR DISABLED PEOPLE


2

Lecturers: assist. Prof. A. Mite

The goal of the course: to give awareness of social work with disabled people, approaches to specific social work, methods using in work with disabled people in the field of tourism and hospitality.

The objectives of the course: 1. to get aware of approaches and methods of social work with disabled people;2. to improve awareness of disabled people's rights to be involved into the

Latvian society as well as any foreign society;3. to give insight into the concept of life quality and normalisation.

Academic content:

1. Introductory lecture. The study course goals, objectives and skills.2. The film about the disabled person involving into the society life process

(education, employment, family). Discussion about the film content. The social characteristic of disabled people in Latvia.

3. Disability types (sensor, physical, mental, inborn, acquired disability).4. The independent work on disability concept, its types and causes. 5. The application specificity of theory, methods and principles in social work

with disabled people.6. Mental development distress. 7. Services for people with mental development distresses.8. Work with disabled people using the principle of life quality.9. Group work. To develop an intervention work plan with disabled people in

the field of tourism and hospitality.10. Group work presentations. Discussions.

Literature:1. ANO Deklarācija “Par invalīdu tiesībām”;2. ANO Paraugnoteikumi par vienlīdzīgām iespējām cilvēkiem ar invaliditāti;3. Baka A., Grunevalds K. Grāmata par aprūpi, Preses nams, 1998;4. Danielsa E., Steforda K. Iekļaujošās klases radīšana. Latvija – Sorosa fonds,

1999;5. Dzīves kvalitātes cilvēkiem ar garīgās attīstības traucējumiem;6. Emersons E. Kas ir normalizācija?7. Invaliditātes un tas izraisīto seku mazināšanas politikas pamatnostādnes

2005.–2015.gadam 8. Karla Grunevalda redakcija “Dzīves apstākļu normalizēšana personām ar

garīga rakstura un citiem funkciju traucējumiem” Madonas poligrāfists, 2003;9. Kempe S, Vitakers D. Treisija E. “Personas – vides prakse”;10. Monitoringa ziņojums “Cilvēku ar invaliditāti sociālo pakalpojumu

monitorings pilsoniskas līdzdalības nodrošināšanai 2002” – Rīga, 2002. gads;Homepages:

http://www.madriddecleration.org http://www.apeirons.lv http://www.disabilityworld.com http://www.disabilityalliance.orghttp://www.inclusion-international.org http://www.likumi.lvhttp://www.vcb.lv; http://www.humanright.com;http://www.likumi.lv;http://www.mk.gov.lv;http://www.projectm.de/www_mb/de/fields/footnotes/

de_fields_footnotes_barrierefrei.php

The course methodological support:wwww. methodological support with materials;xxxx. methodological recommendations for students.




1 30%

test 1 30%

http://www.mk.gov.lv/

http://www.likumi.lv/

http://www.humanright.com/

http://www.vcb.lv/

http://www.likumi.lv/

http://www.inclusion-international.org/

http://www.disabilityalliance.org/

http://www.disabilityworld.com/

http://www.apeirons.lv/

http://www.madriddecleration.org/

Language of tuition: Latvian





SPĀŅU VALODASPANISH


2

Lecturers: lect. L. Grisle

The goal of the course: to develop and consolidate monologues and dialogues in Spanish, as well as communicative skills understanding them as a basic competence of contrastive studies (the beginner's level)

The objectives of the course: to consolidate pronunciation abilities and sentence intonation skills; to master reading rules and skills of transcription reading; to master Spanish grammar; to master and consolidate the particular grammatical forms to express the

concepts of time and space;

Academic content:The given course is aimed to develop students’ communicative skills. It

stimulates to master the Spanish phonetic structure and lexical and grammatical minimum. Within the process students develop listening skills, acquire conscious imitation and self-control skills. Simultaneously students gain the basics of written and oral abilities for further individual language development. The acquisition speed is stipulated by the Spanish knowledge level of students.

The course themes:1. Introduction, greetings.2. Country and nationality.3. Appearance.4. My home.5. Colours, clothes, relatives.6. Time.7. The Spanish cuisine, Latvian cuisine, comparison.8. My working day.9. Spain’s geographical aspect. Latvia’s geographical aspect, language aspect.

Literature:1. Jesús Sánchez Lobato. Español 2000. Nivel elemental. Nueva edición-

SGEL. Madrid.2. F.Castro, F.Marin, R.Morales. VEN 1, VEN 2. EDELSA .Madrid.3. Curso completo de español SUEÑA Ma Ängeles Älvares Martínez, ANAYA,

ELE Universidad de Salamanca.

The course methodological support:yyyy. methodological support with materials;zzzz. methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Each student has to fulfil three controlworks, one vocabulary dictation and one final controlwork. To get tested it is necessary to complete all home assignments.


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageControlworks. 3 40%activity and participation in seminars and practical work

1 30%

Test (final controlwork) 1 30%

Language of tuition: Spanish





FRANČU VALODA FRENCH


2

Lecturers: lect. L. Gorelkina

The goal of the course: The French grammar, vocabulary, development of functional lexis and pronunciation skills. The particular attention has been paid to the reproductive abilities. Having completed this course students have to express their opinion in written and oral French, read and discuss about the read material orally.

The objectives of the course: spoken French; grammar acquisition; introduction into French civilization and culture.

Academic content:

1.Rencontres

1. Sympathies. 2. Accords et désaccords. Surprises 3. La maison de campagne. Repas à Broussac4. Bruits et disparitions5. Déguisements. Mardi gras 6. Bilan du 1-er semestre

7. Examen йcrit Literature:1. P. Dominique, J.Girardet, M.Verdelhan „Le nouveau sans frontières 1”, CLE International, Paris, 2002.2. Robert Menand „Taxi 1”, Paris, HACHETTE, 2005.3. E. Jackson, A. Rubio, J. Janvier „French”, Oxford, Made Simple Books, 1999.

4. Maia Grégoire ”Grammaire progressive du Français”, CLE International, Paris, 2004.5. Catherine Carlo, Mariella Cause ”Civilisation progressive du Français” (niveau débutant), CLE International, Paris, 2003.6.„Un Cadre européen commun de référence pour les langues: apprendre, enseigner, évaluer”, Division des Politiques Linguistiques, Strasbourg, 2000.

The Internet sources:- www.bonjourdefrance.com (Test de français en ligne)- http://www.bbc.co.uk/languages/french/ - www.francaisfacile.com- http://phonetique.free.fr/- www.youtube.com.watch- www.tv5.org

The course methodological support:aaaaa. methodological support with materials;bbbbb. methodological recommendations for students.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageTests. 3 10%Independent work within each lesson (homepages, presentation)

2 30%


1 10%

Written test Oral test

11

25%25%

Language of tuition: French.


http://www.youtube.com.watch/

http://phonetique.free.fr/

http://www.francaisfacile.com/

http://www.azurlingua.com/test/index.html

http://www.bonjourdefrance.com/




ZVIEDRU VALODASWEDISH


C


2

Lecturers: lect.O.Odegova

The goals and objectives of the course: 4. to teach students to use practical language in the real communicative

environment as well as to motivate students for further language studying.5. To teach students to understand, perceive and speak in Swedish as well as

make stable practical skills of written Swedish.6. To motivate overall development as well as the specific skills of foreign

language acquisition

Academic content:1. Themes: My family and me. Home. Meals. Education. Shopping. Vehicles.

Spare time. Travelling. Profession and job. Health. Sport. Mass media. Politics and economics. Service sector.

2. Grammatical aspects: Noun – gender, plural/singular, declination. Definite and indefinite articles, zero article. Adjectives. Adverbs – adverbial groups, degrees of comparison. Pronouns. Cardinal and ordinal numerals, their declination. Verbs. Participles. Prepositions. Conjunctions. Sentence.

3. The main study aspects.1) Independent listening and speaking drilling tasks using sound records,

keys to get right pronunciation, active vocabulary and grammatical structures.

2) Regular drilling dialogues tasks (a student—a lecturer, a student - a student);

3) Reading texts of increasing degree of complexity with future extensive reading.

4) Relevant tasks about geographic aspect and social life of Nordic countries

5) Speech culture.

Literature:1. 1 Belševica V. Jordens vārme. Stockholm, 2003.2. Latviesu-zviedru, zviedru-latviesu vārdnīca. R., 2004.3. Sāllebrant H. En vecka pa varen: Lārobok i svenska fōr lettisktalande. R.,

2003.4. Sāllebrant H. Zviedru valodas gramatika ar vingrinājumiem. R.,2002.5. С.С.Маслова-Лашанская, Н.Н.Толстая. Учебник шведского языка. - СПб.,

20016. Н.Е.Погодина. Практический курс шведского языка. - М.2000.7. Д.Миланова. Шведско - русский словарь. - М., 1985.8. С.С. Маслова-Лашанская, И.Каллистова. Большой русско-шведский

словарь. - М., 1998.



Evaluation form: Number: PercentageTests. 3 25%Independent work within each lesson (homepages, presentation)

2 25%


1 20%

test 1 30%

Language of tuition: Swedish.





TŪRISMA GIDA DARBA PAMATITOURISM GUIDE JOB BASICS


1

Lecturers: assist.prof. N. Pazuhina

The goals and objectives of the course: to provide students with the theoretical and practical knowledge on methods of the route development and a guide's job, their position on the tourism Common Market and novelties in the world tourism routes.

Academic content:1. An excursion guide’s job.2. Differences between a tourist group leader and a guide, professional

abilities, profession standards, requirements, job specificity.3. The main requirements to a group leader. The main group leader’s duties,

cooperation with a tourism agency, staff and group participants. Cooperation with drivers, route development and group conducting. Financial report of routes. Group accommodating in a hotel, necessary procedures while crossing the state border.

4. Standard situations of a group leader and guide's job, didactics and methods.5. Psychology, rhetoric, conflict management of trip guiding. The regional

specificity of a guide’s job, work with a microphone.6. Dealing with information. Visual aids. Animation approaches.7. The specificity of different excursions. The types of excursions

(schoolchildren, interest groups, retired and disabled people).

Literature:1. Dž. Kristofers Holovejs Tūrisma bizness, Jāņa Rozes apgāds, 1999.2. Pat Yale. The Business of Tour Operations. Longman. 1997. 3. Marc Mancini. Terri Gaylord. Conducting Tours. 3rd.ed. Delmar Publishers. 2000. 4. A Tour Guide. The Principles of Guiding and Site Interpretation. CONTINUUM. London and New York. 2000.

5. Diane Dredge, John Jenkins. Tourism Planning and Policy. Willey, John & Sons, 2008.6. Kathleen Lingle Pond. The Professional Guide: Dynamics of TourGuiding. Willey, John & Sons, 1997. 274pp.7. Verite Reily Collins. Becoming a Tour Guide. The Principles of Guiding andSite Interpretation. CONTINUUM. London and New York. 2000.

Form of checking: test


Evaluation form: Number: PercentageIndependent work within each lesson (homepages, presentation)

2 25%


1 25%

Test (route development) 1 50%



http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=John+Jenkins

http://eu.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-302479.html?query=Diane+Dredge




LATVIJAS NOVADU KULTŪRA LATVIAN REGIONAL CULTURE

Optional study courses CSemester: 2Number of credit points: 1Lecturer: assist.prof. T. Kuzmina

The goal of the course:to ensure the general knowledge on the tendencies of the Latvian historic regional development. To give awareness of the significant potential and opportunities to use historical, cultural and nature heritage to the full extent.

The objectives of the course: student regional historical research connected to the national programme on cultural and nature heritage, its preservation and usage.

Academic content:

1. Awareness of the concepts regional conception, historical and cultural heritage.2. Legislation. State institutions.3. History of cities, fortresses, villages, isolated farmsteads, industrial structures.4. The unique character of cultural and historical territories in the historical and

ethnic education.5. Regional folklore. Regional literature.6. Urban and rural cemeteries.

Literature:1. Dz. Ābiķis Latvijas fizikā geogrāfija. – R.: Zvaigzne, 1992.

2. Avotiņa B., D. Blūma un c. Latvijas kultūras vēsture. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 2004.

3. Apals J. Senie mājokļi Latvijā. – R.: RaKa, 1996.

4. Apinis M. Vai mūsu pieminekļim daudz ienaidnieku? // Māksla – 1989 – 6.nr.

5. Bīlenšteins B. Bet mājas palika. – R.: Jumava, 1998.

6. Enciklopēdija „Latvijas pilsētas”. – R.: Apgāds Preses nams, 1999.

7. E.H. Gombrich. Mākslas vēsture. – R.: Zvaigzne ABC, 1997.

8. Holcmanis A. Vecrīga – pilsētbuvniecības ansamblis. – R.: Zinātne, 1992.

9. Irwin A. Sociology and Environment. Critical Introduction to Society. Nature and

Knowlege. Malden, MA: Polity, 2001.10. J. Jermolajeva, V. Jermolajevs, A. Murnieks. Kūlturas vēsture.XX gs. – R.: RaKa,

2002.11. J. Jurevičs Hercoga Jēkaba laikmets Kurzeme. – R.: Valsts papīru spūstuves

izdevums, 1931. 12. Ž. Karlsons Zviedru laiki Vidzemē. – R.: Valtera un Rapas a/s, 1935.

13. J. Krastiņš Rātslaukuma atzimšana ceļā // Latvijas Arhitektūra. – 1998. – 16 uz.

14. Kultūras vēsture vārdos, jēdzienos un nosaukumos. – R.: RaKa, 2000.

15. Mitoloģijas enciklopēdija. – R.: Latvijas enciklopēdija, 1994.

16. R. Pētersons Kultūras mantojums pilsētvidē 20. gs. 90 gados. Attīstība Latvijā ar

un bez plānošanas // II Pasaules latviešu zinātnieku kongress. – R. 2001.17. Rīgas kultūrvide 19. Gadsimtā. – R.: Pētergailis, 1990.

18. U. Sosnovskis Rīga – parku pilsēta. – R. Latvijas Institūts, 1999. – 2 nr.

19. J. Urtans Pēdakmeņi, zobežakmeņi, muldakmeņi. – R. Avots, 1990.

20. S. Viese Mažaparks. Pilsēta priežu silā. – R., 2001.

21. Vīķe – Freiberga V. Dzintara kalnā. – R.: Zvaigzne, 1993.

22. Zariņa A. Salaspils laukskolas kapulauks 10.-13. Gadsimts. – R. Latvijas

Vēstures Institūta Apgāds, 2006.23. J. Zilgalvis Muižu attīstība un pieminekļi // Latvijas Arhitektūra. – 1997. – 12 nr.

Additional literature:1. Анализ памятников культуры. М.: РГГУ, 2000.

2. Бауман З. Глобализация. Последствия для человека и общества. М. Весь Мир. 2004.

3. Бродель Ф. Материальная цивилизация, экономика и капитализм, XV-XVIII в.в. Т.1. Структуры повседневности: возможное и невозможное. / Пер. с фр. М. Весь Мир. 2007.

4. От Лифляндии – к Латвии. Сост. Ю. И. Абызов. Т.1. М. 1993. Т.2. Рига 1999.

5. Охрана культурного и природного наследия России. М. РГГУ, 1999.

6. Смирнова А.Г. Экскурсионный метод в краеведении. М. 2004.

7. Яницкий О. «Потомок и «место»: к проблеме локального и социально-экономического знания». // Неприкосновенный запас. 2006. №2.

8. Pārsteidzošā Latvija. www.etonnantelettonie.org

9. Poikāne S., Znotiņa V. Ezeri. http://latvijas.daba.lv/biotopi/


Skills (competence): to orient in topical regional historical and cultural problem situations; to use the conceptual awareness and research methods at the professional

level; work with literature and other sources (archaeology, ethnography, cultural

anthropology).The course methodological support: methodological support with materials; methodological recommendations for students.

Form of checking: Current checking – reporting, presentations. Final checking – a test.



http://www.etonnantelettonie.org/


1 30%

Test – practical work on the concrete region 1 40%



Appendix No. 6

The academic staff CVs

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAE

Tatjana Andrejeva

Basic workPositionAddressPhone

The BIA (the BRI)Lecturer (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 17 November,

2004)Lomonosova 4, LV-1003,7100540

EducationEducational institution

Graduation date Education, level

University of Latvia

1972 Higher education

SpecialityEconomic cybernetics

QualificationEconomist and mathematician

DegreeMaster of Economics, 1995

Work experience PeriodEducational

establishmentPosition

Pedagogical worksince 19961991 – 19961975 – 1991

The BIA (the BRI)Aviation University of

Institute of Managers and Specialists in National Economy of Latvia

Assistant professor, lecturerLecturer

Lecturer

Other work experience

Level of language knowledge

Russian Latvian English

Mother tongue

Highest Average

Additional informationAcademic courses Taxes and taxation

MacroeconomicsScientific Statements in Minsk (2004, 2003) and Moscow

conferencesPublications

(2002, 2001):Андреева Т. Интеграция Латвии в Европейский Союз. - Минск: БГЭУ, 2004. – С.395.Андреева Т. Гармонизация налогов при вступлении Латвии в ЕС. // Теория и практика менеджмента и маркетинга. – Минск: БГЭУ, 2003. – С.289.Андреева Т. Некоторые особенности налообложения в ЛР. // сборник научных докладов на круглом столе по м/н проблемам налогообложения. – М.: Финансовая академия, 2002. – С.160

15 July, 2009 T.Andrejeva

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEEmma Arhangeļska

Basic workAppointed asAddressPhone

The BIA associated professor (the decision of the Professors' Council of the University of Latvia d/d 13 December, 2006)Lomonosova 4, 67100540

Education Educational institution

Graduation date

Education, level

University of LatviaUniversity of Tartu

19791974

Postgraduate studiesHigher education

Speciality The Russian language and literature

QualificationDegree

Philologist, the Russian language and literature teacherDoctor of Philology of the Republic of Latvia, 1993Assistant professor of the Russian Language Department of the University of Latvia, 1992Candidate of science in philology, 1984

Work experience Period Educational establishment, enterprise

Position

Pedagogical work 2005 – currently2002 - 20051979 - 2002

The BIA (the BRI)International Higher School of Practical Psychology

Associated professor, assistant professorAssistant professorAssistant professor, lecturer


Period1974 - 1976

EstablishmentUniversity of Latvia

PositionSenior laboratory assistant of the Russian Language Department of the University of Latvia


RussianMother

LatvianHighest

English, Polish, Estonian

tongue Average

Additional informationAcademic courses

Skill development

Scientific publications

Old Slavonic, Word-Formation in Modern Russian, Morphology of Modern Russian, History of Linguistic Theories, Functional Russian, Russian as Foreign Language, Text Analysis in Translation (18 courses).Vilnius, University of Vilnius, 24 April to 28 April, 2006 (prof.N.Kulibina, prof.E.Azimovs – Russia, Moscow. A.Pushkin State Russian Language Institute), 32 acad.hRīga, International Higher School of Practical Psychology, 2004: Modern Approaches in the Russian Language Teaching as a Foreign Language, 2004 (prof. A.Berdičevskis – Austria), 12 acad.hRīga, the BIA, 2007: Language and Cross-Cultural Communication (prof S.Ter-Minasova – Russia), 12 acad.h

2000 - 2007 – 36 publications: Концепт «судьба» в пространстве языка и культуры. Художественный текст в диалоге культур. Материалы международной научной конференции, посвященной Году Пушкина в Казахстане (4-6.10.2006.): В 2-х частях. Алматы: Казак университетi имени аль-Фараби, 2006. 2. daļa. 178.-185. lpp. Просто по-русски. Krievu valoda. 3. mācību gads. Eksperimentāla mācību grāmata. – Rīga: Retorika A. 2003. 176 lpp. [līdzautore: L.Ignatjeva].Алгоритм введения аспектуальности в школьный учебник по русскому языку как иностранному. Žmogus kalbos erdveje. 2. Moksliniu straipsniu rinkinys. Kaunas: Vilniaus Universitetas. Kauno Humanitarinis fakultetas, 2002. 143.-147. lpp.Вопросы культуры речи в аспекте создания школьного учебника по русскому языку как иностранному. «Язык, культура, менталитет: проблемы изучения в иностранной аудитории». III Международная научно-практическая конференция, 28-30.04. 2004. Санкт-Петербург: РГПУ им.А.И.Герцена, 2004. 239.-243. lpp.

2 August, 2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEIlja Boļšakovs

Basic workAppointed as

Lecturer (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 24 January, 2006)The BIA (the BRI)Lomonosova 4, LV-1003,7100540

Education Educational institutionUniversity of LatviaUniversity of Latvia

Graduation date

20032001

Education, level

MasterBachelor

Degree, science MA in Philosophy, University of Latvia, 2003Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy, University of Latvia, 2001



Pedagogical work2002 – currently20042004

The BIA (the BRI)Theology Institute of RīgaHigher School of Economics and Culture

Lecturer, assistantLecturerLecturer

Other work experience 1995 – 1997 Pollo Ltd. Security guard


RussianMother tongue

Latvian Highest

EnglishAverage

Additional informationAcademic courses Logics, Philosophy, PR management basics, Advertisement technologies

and PR, Conflict management

Skill development University of Latvia, doctoral studies, day departmentParticipation in 2001, “Transformation of Economic and Political Systems in Central and

Eastern Europe”, Tartu. 2005, Baltic States between East and West, Vilnius.24 to 25 October , 2005 – The 1st Congress of LETONIKA in Rīga, the paper "Dostojevska komentāri par apokalipsi Zentas Mauriņas un Antana Maceinas skatījumā"5 - 6 October, 2007 - The international conference “The Ontology of Encounter” in Rīga, the paper “Katolicisms kā krievu filozofijas Alter Ego”29-31 October , 2007 - The 2nd Congress of LETONIKA in Rīga, the paper “Vides ētikas teoloģiskais traktējums katoliskajā morāles filozofijā un Latvijas problēmas” 3 December, 2007 - The philosophy seminar of Italy and Latvia “Contemporary Philosophy and European Values”

Publications

15 August, 2009

Boļšakovs I., Nikiforovs V. Mūsdienu filozofijas pamati. Lekciju kurss konspekts.- Rīga: BKI, 2006.-160.lpp.Nikiforovs V., Boļšakovs I. Loģika. Lekciju kurss konspekts.- Rīga: BMA, 2006.-138.lpp.V.Ņikoforovs, N.Ņikiforovs „Tiesību filozofijas amati”. Lekciju kursa konspekts un kontroluzdevumi neklātienes apmācībai un tālmācībai, BSA, Rīga, 2007 (translation and editing)I.Boļšakovs „Grāmatas, ētika, grāmata par ētiku”// Almanahs „Filozofija’ 5”, LU Filozofijas un socioloģijas institūts, Rīga, 2006

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEJelena Brakovska


The BIA Lecturer (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 4 October, 2005)Dzelzceļu 3, DaugavpilsPhone: 54-44236


Graduation date

Education, level

1. Pedagogical Institute of Daugavpils

2. University of Daugavpils, the master's study programme in English philology

1983

2004

Speciality – the Russian language and literature, the English language in a secondary school. Qualification – teacherMA in Philology (English philology)

SpecialityRussian, literature, English, English philology.

QualificationTeacher

DegreeMA in Philology (English philology).

Work experiencePeriod Educational


Pedagogical work1992-1999

1999-2003

1997 - currently

The 3rd Secondary School of Daugavpils

The 9th Secondary School of Daugavpils

The BIA ((the BRI) branch in Daugavpils

The English language teacher

The English language teacher and debate coach

LecturerOther work experience

1989-1992 The "Lokomotīve”Culture Centre

The head of the Department of Pedagogical Work

Level of language knowledge Russian Latvian English

Fluent Highest Fluent

Additional information

2000 – The debate lecture within Karls Poper's debate programme2000 – Project elaboration courses at the Entrepreneurship Centre 1994-2000 – Skills development courses at the British Council and Ministry of Education

Academic courses Foreign language in business, Professional English, Practical training in foreign language, Business English

21 August, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surnameŽanna Černoštana

Basic workPosition, address, phone

Baltic International Academy Ltd.Chief accountantLomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-100367100220

Education 1984-1989 – University of Latvia

SpecialityFinances and credit

Qualification Economist

Degree State University of Economics of Belorussia, postgraduate studies

Work experience 2008 – currently

1997 – currently

1996 – currently

1992-19961989-1991

Scientific and Research Institute of Social and Humanitarian Issues Ltd., chief accountantBaltic International Academy Ltd., chief accountantBaltic International Academy Ltd., lecturerElpis Ltd., chief accountantTaxation Authority of Vidzeme suburb of Rīga


LatvianRussianEnglish

HighestMother tongueUpper-intermediate level

Skillsdevelopment

2008 Computer courses “Excel for Advanced Users accounting”2008 Institute of Professional Financial Managers Financial administration and management of a company (64 h)2005 International House Riga (110 h) English Course at Upper-Intermediate Level2004 Institute of Financial Accountants (110 h) International standards of accounting 2003 International association of book-keepers Final level 2002 International association of book-keepers Intermediate level

Project

management

experience

2006 – currently accountant at the ERASMUS programme;2006 - 2008 The TEMPUS SM_SCM project “Promoting student self-government: from the post-Soviet to the European Model”, accountant of the project;2006 - 2008 The ESF project The First-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme "Organizer of Social Aid" at the Higher School of Psychology branch in Daugavpils, accountant of the project;2006 - 2008 The ESF project The First-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme "Organizer of Social Aid" at the Higher School of Psychology branch in Jēkabpils, accountant of the project;2006 - 2008 The ESF project The First-Level Higher Education Professional Study Programme "Organizer of Social Aid" at the Higher School of Psychology in Rīga, accountant of the project;2007 – 2010 The TEMPUS IB JEP project “Baltic MICE-Tourism Training Centre”, accountant and consultant of the project.

Date 21 August, 2009

Name, surname Viktors Cerkilevičs


The BIA (the BRI)assistant professor (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 4

October, 2005)Daugavpils, Dzelzceļu 354-44236



Pedagogical Institute of DaugavpilsAAK, MoscowAAK, MoscowPedagogical Institute of Daugavpils

1977

198319871994

Higher education

Postgraduate studiesAssistant professorMaster

SpecialityHistory, psychology

QualificationHistorian

DegreeMaster, Candidate of Science (History)



Pedagogical work1976-1983

1983-1985

1985-1995

1995-20021995-20022002 - currently2002 - currently

Pedagogical Institute of DaugavpilsPedagogical Institute of DaugavpilsPedagogical Institute of DaugavpilsThe BRIHigher School of PsychologyThe BIAHigher School of Psychology

Lecturer

Head lecturer

Assistant professor

Assistant professorAssistant professorAssistant professorAssociated professor



Highest Average AverageAdditional information

Summaries of social psychology lectures, 5 author's sheets;Functional model of social policy structure, 2003;Teaching aid on political science, 10 author's sheets.

Graduation paper supervision

15 graduation papers a year, masters' papers.

Scientific More than 40 publicationsЦеркилевич В. Социология. Курс-конспект лекций и контрольные задания. Рига: БРИ 2005.

CURRICULUM VITAE

6 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surname Irīna Dimante Basic workPosition /appointed as/AddressPhone

The BIA

Assistant professorLomonosova 4, Rīga, LV1003

EducationGraduation date

Educational establishment

Education, level

1978 University of Latvia Higher educationSpeciality Philologist

Qualification Philologist, the Russian language and literature lecturer

Degree Master of Philology, University of Latvia, 1994Doctor of Philology, University of Latvia, 2001

Work experiencePeriod


Position

Pedagogical work 2005 – currently2005 – currently2003 – 2005

1978 –2002

The BIAThe TTIHigher School of

and CultureUniversity of Latvia

Assistant professorAssistant professorAssistant professor

LecturerOther work experience


Russian Latvian Foreign language

Mother tongue Higher German (satisfactory)


Scientific publications (since 2009)

Язык документа в Латвии – русская версия./ Альманах гуманитарного семинара. Русский мир и Латвия: Проблемы истории Прибалтики. Рига – 2009. С. 56 – 61

Date 20 August, 2009

EDUCATION

CURRICULUM VITAE

OKSANA FIĻINA

1998 – 2001. University of Latvia, a candidate for a doctor's degree1994 – 1996 University of Latvia, undergraduate1979 – 1984 University of Latvia, faculty of philology, student

DEGREES 2002 Dr. paed.1996 Master of Philology

ACADEMIC TITLES The BIA associated professor since 2007 2005 – 2007: the BIA assistant professor2002 – 2005: the RTTEMA assistant professor

WORK EXPERIENCE

The Baltic International Academy associated professor since 20072005 – 2007: the Baltic International Academy associated professor2002 – 2005: the RTTEMA Language Department assistant professor1994 – 2002: the RTTEMA Liberal Arts Department lecturer1986 – 1994: Pedagogical School of Rīga, lecturer 1983 – 1986 Knowledge society of Latvia, proofreader

SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

COURSES

Teachers' Study Centre of Rīga and International Centre of Roerich: skills development courses "Humane and Individual Approach in Children Teaching" (Dr. psych. Š. Amonašvili; 35 hours, certificate No. 00-934).The University of Latvia professional improvement programme "Higher School Staff's Pedagogical Improvement/Innovations in Higher Education System/Educational Activity Management" (72 hours, certificate No. 1183; 28 June, 2006)

PARTICIPATION IN CONFERENCES

1998 – 2008 (participation in 20 conferences)The international conference "The Russian language in the CIS and Baltic countries" on 22 – 23 October, 2007 in Russian Academy of Sciences in Moscow. The paper К вопросу о создании учебников русского языка и литературы в диаспоре (co-author M.Gavriļina).

The international conference "Russian philology and Contemporaneity" on 4 – 7 October, 2006 in University of Odessa, Odessa (Ukraine). The paper Диалог языков и культур на занятиях по русскому языку в условиях диаспоры (co-author M.Gavriļina).

THE MAIN TENDENCIES OF

RESEARCH

Literature didactics (in the context of literature teaching culture)Pedagogy in secondary and higher schools

LEVEL OF LANGUAGE

KNOWLEDGE

Russian (mother tongue)LatvianEnglish

SUPERVISION OF BACHELOR

PAPERS, MASTERS' THESES,

DOCTORALS

Supervision of bachelor and qualification papers (2000 – 2008): 15

AREA OF EXPERTISE

Literature didactics (in the context of literature teaching culture)Culturological approach in pedagogy

BASIC WORK Baltic International Academy

15 March, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEARMEN GABRIELYAN

Education2008: P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, Law faculty, a candidate for a doctor's degree2005 – 2007: Baltic International Academy, Faculty of law "Civil Law", magistracy2000 – 2002: Baltic Russian Institute, Business Management and Administration, MBA, magistracy1996 – 2000: Baltic Russian Institute, Faculty of law, higher education

Degrees 2008: P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, a candidate for a doctor's degree2007: Master of Law2002: Master of MBA2000: Bachelor of Law

Work experience2001 – currently: BALTIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY, lecturer

Skills development courses

2004 -2005: professional improvement within the programme "Higher School Staff's Pedagogical Improvement/Innovations in Higher Education System/Educational Activity Management" (certificate No.0598, UNIVERSITY OF LATVIA).

Taught courses 1. Basics of Law2. Human Rights3. European Law4. Court speech

The main tasks of research2009 - Euthanasia as a social and legal phenomenon. Philosophical, criminological and criminal law aspects.2007 - Corporate law harmonization and unification problems in EU countries2005 – Legal regulation of legal persons in EU countries 2002- 2003: Euro and its perspectives on international financial markets2000 -2001: Problems of legal anropology. Deterministic nature of criminal behaviour.

Level of language knowledgeArmenian (mother tongue) Russian (perfect)Latvian (fluent)English (able to read scientific texts, write and speak).

Supervision of bachelor papers, masters' theses, doctorals

68 students defended their papers under my supervision.Basic work

Baltic International AcademyRīga, 15 May, 2009 /A.Gabrielyan/

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEJeļena Godlevska


The BIA (the BRI)Lecturer (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 4 October, 2005)Daugavpils, Dzelzceļu 354-44236



The BRI

Pedagogical University of Daugavpils

2003

1999

Higher professional education Higher academic education

SpecialityHistory teacherPR and business manager

DegreePhilology and history teacherBusiness and PR managementMaster

Work experience PeriodEducational establishment

Position

Pedagogical work1991 – 199519941995 – currently

University of DaugavpilsLTKThe BIA (the BRI)

LecturerLecturerLecturer


1999 The weekly informative newspaper “INFO-M3”

Journalist

Level of language knowledge Russian Latvian German

Perfect Fluent Everyday speechAdditional information

Higher School Staff's Pedagogical Improvement/Innovations in Higher Education System/Educational Activity Management, University of Latvia, 2005.

Academic courses Social responsibility and business ethicsElaboration of advertisement and texts (workshop)RhetoricBusiness ethics (optional course)World literature problems (optional course) or contemporary foreign journalism

"MSL" and mass communication theoriesBusiness ethics

Graduation paper supervision

“Corporate communications on the basis of an organization case study”“MSL monitoring on the basis of printed materials case study”“Corporate culture and social responsibility on the basis of an organization case study”


The articles in scientific magazines and article collections: 3.

2 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surname Tatjana Golubkova


Baltic International Academy assistant professor (the BRI Senate's decision No. 54 d/d 4 October, 2005)Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-100367100522

Education Graduation date Educational institution

Education, level

19921985

Scientific and Research Institute of All-Union Fishing Industry, Economic Informatics and Economics (VZRSIEZPI)

Technical University of Fishing Industry and Economy of Kaliningrad (KZRSTU)

Postgraduate studies

Higher education

Speciality Food industry organization and economics

Qualification 1991 Engineering economist

SpecialityScientific degree Candidate of Economic SciencesDegree 1993

University of Latvia,Doctor of Economics

Work experience Period Educational establishment

Position

Pedagogical work 2000 – currently

1990 - 1999


ebs – KZRSTU

Associated professor, assistant professor

Assistant professor, lecturer


2006 – currently

1998-2000 1996- 1998 1995- 1996

1993- 1995

1988- 1993

The international programme "The BIA – EBSI"Noriks Ltd. Sekmē Ltd. Chronos-Tel Ltd.

Scientific Economics Centre of Latvia (LZEC)West branch of the Scientific Association of Fishing Industry Operation and Management

Director

ConsultantCommercial director Scientific Department director, deputy director

Senior scientific work specialist


Russian Latvian German

Mother tongue Highest AverageAdditional informationSupervision of graduation papers and masters' theses

50 (since 2000)

14 September, 2009

Curriculum vitae

Name, surname Ludmila GorelkinaBasic workPosition /appointed as/Address

The BIALecturerThe BIA Senate decision Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-1003

Education Graduation date Educational establishment

Education, level

2000-2002

1989

University of Latvia, Faculty of Modern Languages,French Philology Master's Study Programme.

Kiev State Institute of Foreign Languages

Higher education

Speciality Foreign languages, English and French

Qualification The English and French language lecturer

Degree MA in PhilologyUniversity of Latvia, 2002


Position

Pedagogical work 2004 – currently2000 – currently1995 – 2004

University of LatviaThe BIAUniversal Commercial School of Rīga

LecturerLecturerLecturer


Russian, Ukrainian

Latvian Foreign languages

Mother tongues Higher education English (highest)

French (highest)

The disciplines taught at the higher

Period Educational establishment

Volume (acad. hours)

schools

Cognitive science of the French language.Foreign languages teaching methods.Professional English French

2004 – 2009

2000 – 2009


The BIA

64

64

64; 32

Scientific publications (since 2009)

Professional improvement, training abroad

“Intercultural communication through exploring myths and legends” – the publication for the international seminar. Kultūru daudzveidība: no pagātnes uz nākotni” – publicationThe course summary "Approche cognitive dans l'apprentissage du FLE" – publication

"The French Language and culture in European Institutions", 3 – 16 June, 2006, Amgen (France). The programme "The Place and Role of the French Language within the European Language and Education Policy". Org.- CLEI 72 h

“Multicultural France”, 25 June – 7 July 2006, Amgen (France). The programme "Round Tables" on the French language teaching in Europe. The French language Org.- CLEI 72 h.

Training at the University of Liege, Belgium; 4 – 22 August, 2008 French language teaching didactics and methods. 60 h

“Francophone Literature Social and Linguistic Aspects"The course summary – “French”

7 September, 2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAENataļja Griškjane

Basic workAppointed asAddress, phone

The BIA (the BRI)assistant (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 4 October, 2005)Dzelzceļu 3, Daugavpils


Graduation date

Education, level

The BIA (the BRI)

The BIA (the BRI)

2006.

2004

magistracy

Higher professional education in the field of entrepreneurship

SpecialityQualification

Degree Master of Business Management and Administration

Work experience PeriodEducational establishment Position

Pedagogical work2005 – currently

The BIA (the BRI) Assistant


2005 – currently 2005 – currently

The BIA (the BRI)

Social Fund of Economics

The BIA branch (Daugavpils) director's assistant.Coach



Mother tongue

Highest Average

Additional informationAcademic courses Macroeconomics, Basics of information business,

Information technology marketing, Legal records management, Business correspondence

2 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEName, surname:Ludmila GrīsleThe BIA (the BRI)Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-10037100540Education and qualification1980 – 1985Minsk State Pedagogical Institute of Foreign LanguagesFaculty of the Spanish LanguageSpeciality: The Spanish and English language teacher1969 – 1979 The 35th Secondary School of RīgaWork experienceSeptember 2008 – currently: Baltic International Academy, the Spanish language lecturerJuly – September 2008: Via Hansa Tours Ltd., Tas Ltd. and other tourist agencies, guide: excursions in Spanish in Rīga, Sigulda, Rundāle1999 – November 2007: Pushkin Lyceum of Rīga, the Spanish language teacher2000 – 2002: Rimpak Livonija, Rīga, the Spanish language teacher1991 – 1999: Labība Ltd., Rīga, manager (including translation duties: from/into English, Spanish)1988 – 1990: Agroindustry Committee, Export and Import Department, Rīga: leading specialist (including translation duties: from/into English, Spanish)1985 – 1988: The 2nd Secondary School, Dubrovna, district of Vitebsk, Belorussia: the English language teacher1979: – 1980: The "Ellar" factory central laboratory, Rīga, laboratory assistantAdditional education, coursesOctober 2007 – April 2008: guide school "Saules vējš"October 2004: "Teacher Training Course for Teachers of Spanish as a Foreign Language”, Escuela Internacional TANDEM, MadridMarch 2002: Coloquio Internacional de la A.E.P.E. (International Spanish Language Lecturers' Association of Europe), MGIMO, MoscowJuly 2000: XXXV Congreso Internacional de la A.E.P.E., Almeria, Spain July 1994: "Grain Marketing Short Course”, University of Kansas, the USAJanuary – February 1989: the MGIMO (Moscow State Institute of International Relations) External Trade Course", Rīga LanguagesRussian – mother tongueSpanish, English, Latvian – fluentPortuguese, French – elementaryComputer knowledgeUser of: MS Office (Word, Excel, Power Point)Internet

Other skillsThe "B" category driving licence

28 July, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEName, surname Marina GunareBasic workPosition /appointed as/Address

The BIAAssistant professor07.11.2004. The BIA Senate decisionLomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-10037100540

Education Graduation date


Education, level

19991983

The BRIUniversity of Latvia

magistracyHigher education

Speciality The German language and literature

Qualification Philologist, interpreter, lecturer

Degree Candidate of Political Sciences, Moscow State University, 2001Master of PR, the BRI, 1999



Pedagogical work

2008 – currently

1999 – currently1994-19961988-19911987-1988

The BIA study programme Tourism and Hospitality ManagementThe BIA (the BRI)

The 87th Secondary SchoolScientific and Technical Centre "MODUS"DzJR 81st juvenile

Programme director

Associated professor, assistant professor, LecturerLecturerTeacher, mentor


1996-19991991-19941983-1986

MODUSS KURSS Ltd.Scientific and Technical Centre "MODUS"School RAKP

DirectorDirectorInterpreter



Mother tongue Higher education English (highest)German (highest)

Italian (satisfactory)

Date 15 September, 2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAENataļja Gžibovska


The BIA (the BRI)Associated professor (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 17 November, 2004)Daugavpils, Dzelzceļu 354-76775


Graduation dateEducation, level

Aeronavigation Institute of RīgaAeronavigation Institute of RīgaMoscow University of Ecology and Political Science

1973

1997

2004

Higher education

Magistracy


SpecialityEconomics

Qualification Economic Sciences

Work experience

PeriodEducational establishment

Position

Pedagogical work

1985 – 1989

1996 – 1997

1997 – 1998

since 1996 – currently

LPSR

Railway Transport Technical School of Daugavpils"Lenoks" company

The BIA (the BRI)

Lecturer of the Department of Economics and Management in DaugavpilsLecturerTutor at the courses

Lecturer

since 1997 – currently

Riga Technical University

Lecturer


1989 – 1990

1998 – 2002

Daugavpils Sociological Laboratory of Republican Sociological CentreThe Baltic Russian Institute in Daugavpils

Engineering economist

Director



Highest Highest Everyday speechAdditional information

Academic courses


2002 – The seminar "The Latest Teaching Aspects of Disciplines of Economics", Higher School of Business Economics and Administration in Daugavpils2003 – The international scientific and practical conference VII “Economics and Management Challenges”, Minsk.2004 – The international scientific and practical conference XI of Institute of Liberal Arts2004 – The international scientific conference “Safety and Development of a Nation”, University of Daugavpils2004 – The international scientific and practical conference "Environmental Education and Upbringing Issues", Moscow.

Microeconomics, Management, Company finances, Management accounting

5 scientific publications

6 September, 2009

Name, surnameCURRICULUM VITAE

Aleksejs Hotuļevs

Basic workPosition

The BIAInformation System Administrator

AddressPhone

Daugavpils, Dzelzceļa 354-44236



RigaTechnicalUniversity

RigaTechnicalUniversity

The BIA magistracy

1993

1995

currently

Bachelor degreein engineering sciences

Engineer

Business Administration

SpecialityMechanical engineering technologies

QualificationMachine engineer

Work experience PeriodEducational establishment

Position


Baltic Russian Institute

Assistant


1995 – 1999

1999 – 2003

DPR Ditton JSC

DPR Ditton JSC

Technical Department engineer;Marketing Manager

Level of language knowledge Russian Latvian English

Highest Higher education Everyday speech


2002 – University of Daugavpils, Higher school didactics2000 – 2001 – The Open University – “Managing Customer and Client Relations (BZR656)

Academic courses Business BasicsInternship: Preparation and creation of multimedia technologiesBusiness communicationsInnovations

1 August, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surname Larisa Ignatjeva

Basic workAppointed as

Address

The BIA associated professor (the decision of the Professors' Council of the University of Latvia d/d 19 December, 2006)Lomonosova 4, 67100550


Graduation date

Education, level

University of LatviaUniversity of Latvia

19881982

Postgraduate studiesHigher education

Speciality The Russian language and literature lecturer

QualificationDegree

Philologist1999 Dr. paed. of University of Latvia

Work experience Period Educational establishment, enterprise

Position

Pedagogical work 2006 – currently2002 – 2006

1983 – 2002

1982 – 1983

The BIAInternational Higher School of Practical PsychologyUniversity of Latvia

The 22nd Secondary School of Rīga

Associated professorAssistant professor, associated professor

Assistant, lecturer, assistant professorTeacher


Period2004 – currently

EstablishmentThe TTI

PositionEditor

Level Russian Latvian English

of language knowledge

Mother tongue Highest Average

Additional informationAcademic courses

Skills development


Functional stylistics in translation, Introduction to neorhetoric, The Russian language teaching methods, Annotation and abstracting, Russian diaspora's linguistic culture, Russian as a foreign language (19 courses).

Rīga, International Higher School of Practical Psychology, 2006: "Foreign language mastering and improvement of cross-cultural competence", 12 acad. h (prof. A.Berdičevskis, Austria).Vilnius, University of Vilnius (24.04.-28.04.2006): Current-importance issues of teaching Russian as a foreign language (prof. N.Kulibina, prof. E.Azimovs, Russia, 32 acad. h).Training course for educators at St. Petersburg Academy of Post-Graduate Pedagogical Education „Innovative educational models in practice of St.-Petersburg schools (2005), 16 acad. h.Rīga, International Higher School of Practical Psychology: Modern Approaches in the Russian Language Teaching as a Foreign Language, 2004 12 acad. h (prof. A.Berdičevskis, Austria).Rīga, the BIA, 2007: Language and Cross-Cultural Communication (prof S.Ter-Minasova, Russia), 12 acad. h.39 publications.

2 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surnameBasic workAppointed asAddressPhone

Svetlana JaškinaThe BIA (the BRI) Associated professor (the BIA Senate's decision d/d 22 April, 2008)Lomonosova 467100540




Distance Education

University of Hagen


2006

2002 – 2003

1994

Magistracy

Bachelor

Speciality The German language and literature

Qualification, degree

PhilologistMaster of Pedagogy

Work experience Educational establishment,

enterprise

Period Position

Pedagogical work The BIA (the BRI)

The 40th Secondary

SchoolThe 15th

Secondary School

Secondary School of Lielupe

2001 – currently1999 – 2001

1995 – 1999

1993 – 1995

LecturerTeacher

Teacher

Teacher


Production company "STAS"

RCK sanatorium

1992 – 1993

1989 – 19921986 – 1989

Accountant

Personnel Department

"Jaunķemeri"Republican

service centre of forensic medical

examinationPaediatrician Clinic of the Republic of

LatviaIK IeN of Jūrmala

1984 – 1986

1979 – 19841978 – 1979

inspector, nurse

Laboratory assistant

NurseSecretary


Russian Latvian German English

Mother tongue Highest Highest AverageAdditional informationAcademic courses Foreign language. Professional German in the following

fields: Management, Economy, Marketing, Business, European Business, Tourism and Translation.„Einführung in Kultur und Gesellschaft Deutschlands“"Communication Skills and Terminology in Economics and Business" "Communication Skills and Terminology in Politics and Public Relations" "Culture of German-speaking counties""Professional German in Tourism – 2"

Professional improvement

Higher school didactics: Contemporary theories and practice, 2005, University of Latvia.

Skills development

19 September, 2009

2007 – The practical seminar "Einführung in Kultur und Gesellschaft" (Germany)The course "Technical Equipment Application within Lecturer's Work.Multimedia Complex", the BRI, Rīga, 20062004 – The exploratory seminar "Culture and social sciences” in Hagen (Germany) 2003 – Foreign language lecturers' seminar, Rīga, 2003 – The seminar "German and Teaching Methods" in HTU Study Centre of Rīga

Līga Jermolajeva Curriculum vitae

Date of birth: 1956Place of employment: Baltic International AcademyAddress: Lomonosova 4Phone: 67100201; [email protected] Education: Since 2005 – P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, a candidate for a

doctor's degree 2002 – Latvian Academy of Culture, magistracy

1981 – 1984 University of Latvia, Faculty of History and Philosophy, postgraduate

1974 – 1979 University of Latvia, Faculty of History and Philosophy, student Academic title and scientific degree:

1979 – qualification: philosopher, lecturer (diploma with distinction)

2002 – Master of Arts

Other education 2004 – Leonardo da Vinci Pilot Project LT/03/B/F/PP-171005 “Curriculum development for external quality assessment experts training” (40 h, certificate)

2000 – Verwaltungsakademie des Bundes (Vienna, Austria) courses “Evaluation of Education Institutions, Programmes and Training Activities” (certificate)1997 – State study centre courses on self-government and project management “Project Management", University of Latvia (64 h, certificate)1995 – 2005 State Administration School courses (approx. twice a year, certificates)

Occupation:Since 2007 – Baltic International Academy study pro-rector, assistant professor2005 – 2007: Head of the Baltic International Academy Education Quality Department, the BIA assistant professor1995 – 2005: Ministry of Education and Science Higher Education and Science Department senior secretary1992 – 2006: lecturer at the Faculty of History and Philosophy and the Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology, University of Latvia1984 – 1992: senior editor, senior science editor, head of the Department of Glossaries in the publishing house “Latvijas Enciklopēdija”. Lecturer at the University of Latvia1981 – 1984: postgraduate, University of Latvia1979 – 1981: senior laboratory assistant, lecturer at J.Vītols Latvian State Conservatory Scientific activity and publications (number) (1990 – 2005)Scientific publication (including encyclopaedias) approx. 2.

The most significant publications within the last 5 years:1. Ilze Trapenciere, Liga Jermolajeva, Ieva Karklina. Academic Personnel:

Working Conditions and Career Opportunities. Country Report Latvia. In:

Jurgen Enders, Egbert de Weert (Eds.), The International Attractiveness of the Academic Workplace in Europe; Frankfurt/Main 2004; pp.264-290.

2. Quality assurance in higher education as a basis for creating quality assurance system in lifelong learning (Paper prepared within EU 5 th Framework programme project “Higher Education Reform Network (HERN)”, 2003, 19 lp.)

3. “Estētika” (“Latvijas Enciklopēdija” V.Belokoņa izdevn.)4. “Latvijas augstākās izglītības problēmas ceļā uz Eiropas augstākās izglītības

telpu”. Tēzes RSU zinātniskajā konferencē. R., 2006, 168.lpp.5. “Sociālais dialogs augstākajā izglītībā transitīvā sabiedrībā”. R., BKI, PA,

20.-24.lpp.6. “Sociālās pretrunas Latvijas augstākajā izglītībā un to iespējamie

risinājumi”. Tēzes RSU starptautiskajā starpdisciplinārā zinātniskajā konferencē “Sabiedrība. Veselība. Labklājība.” R., 2007, 48.lpp.

7. “Augstākās izglītības stratēģijas jautājumi LR normatīvajos aktos”. R., Latvijas Universitātes raksti, 715.sēj., 2007, 14.-26.lpp.

8. “Augstākās izglītības paradigmas maiņas nepieciešamība zināšanu sabiedrības veidošanā”. Krāj. “Izglītība zināšanu sabiedrības attīstībai Latvijā”. R., Zinātne, Valsts prezidenta kancelejas Stratēģiskās analīzes komisijas zinātniski pētnieciskie raksti, 2007, 196.-216.lpp.

9. “Augstākās izglītības sistēmas izmaiņas Boloņas procesa kontekstā”. Tēzes BSA un PA zinātniskajā konferencē “Eiropas augstākās izglītības telpa: stāvoklis, problēmas, perspektīvas”. R., 2008, CD formāts.

10.“Studējošo mobilitāte kā viens no Boloņas procesa pamatvirzieniem”. Baltijas Starptautiskā akadēmija, Psiholoģijas augstskola, “Eiropas augstākās izglītības telpa: stāvoklis, problēmas, perspektīvas”. R., 2008, 57.- 64.lpp.

11.“Роль и место студенческих самоуправлений в обеспечении качества высшего образования». Харьковский национальный университет им. В.Н.Каразина, Балтийская Международная академия, Эрланген-Нюрнбергский университет им. Фридриха Александера, 2008, 82-94 с.

12.“Augstākā izglītība Latvijas darba devēju un darba ņēmēju vēlmēs un vērtējumos”. Tēzes krāj. Psiholoģijas, biznesa un sociālā darba perspektīvas un iespējas mūsdienu Eiropā. R., BSA, PA, 2009., 78-80.lpp.

Academic courses:World Culture History Aesthetics History of PhilosophySociologySocial PsychologyConflict Management

Creative activities: Supervised graduation papers (since 2005): 8 unitsOrganizational activities: – Higher Education Study Programme Licensing Commission secretary (1995 – 2005), Study Programme Accreditation Commission Secretary (1996 – 2005)Participation in international projects: Phare LE 9609/02 "Higher Professional Education Strategy”, EU 5th Framework programme project “Higher Education

Reform Network (HERN)”, project of the ESF national programme "Labour Market Researches" No. VPD/ESF/NVA/04/NP/3.1.5.1./0001/0003 "Professional and Higher Education Programme Correspondence to Labour Market Demands"

Project work experience

1. Phare LE 9609/02 “The Strategy of Higher Professional Education”, project coordinator;

2. EU 5 th Framework programme project “Higher Education Reform Network (HERN)”, researcher;

3. The ESF project "Professional and Higher Education Programme Correspondence to Labour Market Demands", researcher;4. 3.2.3.2. subactivities within the European Social Fund's projects Realization of study programmes and study process quality improvement in the fields of natural sciences and technologies, expert;5. The European Commission's grant within the Tempus SCM programme: ID number SM_SCM-T037A06-2006 (UA). Title – “Promoting student self- government: from the post-Soviet to the European Model”, accountant of the project.

Organizational work 1. The conference "The premise of the European Higher School. Conditions,

Problematic Issues and Perspectives". Rīga, the BIA, Higher School of Psy-chology, 22-23 May, 2008, Organizing Committee vice chairman;

2. "The premise of the European Higher School. Conditions, Problematic Issues and Perspectives". Rīga, Baltic International Academy, Higher School of Psychology, 2008. The member of Editorial Board, editor;

3. The conference "Psychological, Business and Social Work Perspectives and Opportunities in Contemporary Europe", the member of Organizing Committee.

Expert's work: Assessment of higher education study programmes according to the licensing and accreditation requirements; 3.2.3.2. subactivities within the European Social Fund's open contest projects "Realization of study programmes and study process quality improvement in the fields of natural sciences and technologies", expert.Level of language knowledge: Latvian – mother tongue; English, German – everyday speech, professional lexis (upper intermediate).

29 August, 2009 L.Jermolajeva


Vsevolods KačansBasic workAppointed asAddressPhone

The BIA Associated professor (the decision of the Professors' Council of the University of Latvia d/d 1 July, 2005)Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-10037100227


Graduation date

Obtained education


1978 Higher education

Speciality Machine engineer

Qualification Light industry machinery

DegreeAssociated professor, philosophyAssistant professorDoctor of Philosophy

Work experience Educational establishment, enterprise

Period Position

Pedagogical workThe BIA (the BRI)

The BIA (the BRI)University of Latvia



The 25th Secondary Night School

2002 – currently

1995 – currently2001 – 2002

1990 – currently

1985 – 1990

1982 - 1984

SAV specialization programme directorAs.prof. Theoretical Philosophy and Logics Department headAssociated professor, assistant professor, lecturer

Philosophy and Logics Department Study and Methods Section headTeacher


1984 - 1985 1978 - 1982

Knowledge society"Rīgas Mode"

Board secretaryDesign engineer, Technical Department deputy director, deputy of senior mechanic

Level of Russian Latvian English

language knowledge

Mother tongue Highest Highest


Skills development May 2000 – training at the University of Oxford (England).November 1998 – training at the University of Bremen (Germany).

15 August, 2009 V.Kačans

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEĻubova Kaširina

Basic workPositionPhone

The BIA (the BRI)assistant professor (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 4 October, 2005)Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-1003, 3.7100540


Graduation date

Education, level

State Pedagogical Institute of Leningrad University of Latvia

1984

1975


Higher education

DegreeDoctor of Philology, University of Latvia, 10 February, 1993.Candidate of Philology, 1988

SpecialityThe Russian language and literature

QualificationPhilologist, the Russian language and literature lecturer


Position


1999 – currently

1991-1995

1984-1991

1978-1982

The BIA (the BRI)

Higher School of PsychologyUniversity of Latvia, Faculty of Philology, The Russian Language DepartmentUniversity of Latvia, Faculty of PedagogyState Pedagogical Institute of Liepaya

Associated professor, assistant professor, lecturerTeacher

Senior lecturer

Lecturer

Lecturer

Other work experienceLevel of Russian Latvian German

language knowledge


Academic courses

Skills development

15 August 2009

The Russian language practical stylisticsMSL and mass communications within public relations managementBusiness technologies of mass media texts editingMass communication theories

Peoples’ Friendship University of Russia (2000, 2002): skills development under the programme "Linguistic Didactics Testing".St. Petersburg State University (2000)

CURRICULUM VITAE

Jevgenijs Kļepikovs1. The BIA Lomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-1003, 3.71005402. Education: Educational institution Diploma No. Education, level

University of Latvia 1969 – 1974 Щ 350997 Philosophy and social studies lecturer, sociologist.

3. Work experience: Duration Educational institution, enterprise Position

3.1. Pedagogical work 1976 – 1981 Interdepartmental Qualification Lecturer Improvement Institute 1994 – currently Tourism Business School Director and lecturer

2001 – currently The BRI (BIA) Lecturer

3.2. Other work experience 1987 – 1989 Tourist cooperative society “Planēta” Chairman

1989 – 2000 Latvian Tourist Agency President 2000 – 2003 Latvian Tourist Agency Director 2006 – currently The BIA Study programme director 4. Skill development: 2006, University of Latvia: Higher School Staff's Pedagogical Improvement/Innovations in Higher Education System/Educational Activity Management.22 March – 28 June, 2006, certificate 1189.

5. Language skills: Level of knowledge (as applicable) Highest Average

Lowest6.1. Latvian 6.2. English

7. Disciplines: 1. Geography and Culturology of Tourism2. Essence and History of Tourism3. Tourism product technology4. Rendering of complex tourism services5. Tourist catering organization6. Tourist agency management

8. Additional information:

8.1.Māc.līdzeklis. Tūrisma būtība un organizācija.1 daļa. J,Kļepikovs,A.Klepikova.BKI..200 8.2. Māc.līdzeklis.Tūrisma būtība un organizācija.1 daļa. J,Kļepikovs,A.Klepikova.BKI..20048.3. Māc.līdzeklis.Tūrisma būtība un organizācija. J,Kļepikovs,A.Klepikova.BSA..20088.4. Organization and management of different seminars, conferences and sporting contests

August 26, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Vera Krieviņa The BIA (the BRI)Lomonosova 4, Rīga7100202

Education 2001 – 2002 University of Latvia, Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology Higher professional education with qualification "psychologist's assistant" 1997-2001 University of Latvia, Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology Social sciences bachelor degree in psychology 1998 Baltic Russian Institute, General Education Department Assistant professor 1993 Habilitation and Promotion Council of University of Latvia, Doctor of Biology (Dr.biol.) 1985 Scientific Council of Institute of Microbiology Candidate of Biology 1979-1984 ZA A.Kirhenšteina Institute of Microbiology, Postgraduate studies 1974-1979 University of Latvia, Faculty of Biology, Speciality "Biology", qualification "Biologist, biology and chemistry lecturer"Academic title and scientific degree: 1993: Doctor of Biology (Dr.biol.)

Occupation: 2001 – currently Danlabs Diagnostika Ltd., director 1995 – 2000 Grindeks Diagnostika Ltd., executive director 1992 – 1995 "Grindeks" company, processing engineer 1986 – 1992 ZA OSI experimental factory, engineer 1985 – 1986 Medical Institute of Rīga, junior research associate 1978 – 1985 Biochemical Laboratory of RMI Infectious Disease Clinic, senior laboratory assistantScientific publications (number): 42 sc. works; 4 certificates of authorship

Academic courses: Crises communications (B), 32 acad. h Conflict management (A), 32 acad. h

Basic work Danlabs Diagnostika Ltd., director

7 August, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEName, surname Tatjana KuzminaBasic workPosition AddressPhone

Baltic International AcademyLecturerLomonosova 4, Rīga, LV-100367100638



P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, doctoral studies (social sciences)

Since 2007

University of Latvia, magistracy (history)

2004

Postgraduate studies (Sociology) in Moscow

1985


1976 Higher

SpecialityHistory

QualificationHistorian, history and social studies lecturer

Additional education

Educational institutionUniversity of Latvia, Higher School Staff's Pedagogical Improvement/Innovations in Higher Education System/Educational Activity Management.

Graduation date2005

St. Petersburg Institute of Economics, Law and International Economic Contacts

2000

Supplementary Education Faculty Latvian Academy of Sciences, Laboratory of Sociological Researches

1979

Work experience Period Educational Position

Pedagogical work2000 – currently1996-19991995-19961992-19931973-1992

The BIA (the BRI –

High.Sch.of

"AZ Network GNS"The 40th Sec. School


LecturerLecturerLecturerDeputy directorLaboratory assistant, research worker, senior lecturer


1972-1973 Aviation University of Rīga

Laboratory assistant

Level of Russian Latvian Englishlanguage knowledge


Additional informationAcademic courses Educational sociology, Basics of sociology, Cultural

sociology, History of civilization, History of Russian social culture

Participation in researches:

"Human and his work", under supervision of academician J.Jadovs (1978 – 1981)"Youth and education", under supervision of academician F.Filipovs (1985 – 1987)"Educational sociology", under supervision of professor P.Laķs (1987 – 1989)

6 July, 2009

Curriculum Vitae

Arkādijs Larionovs The BIA branch in Daugavpils, lecturerDaugavpils, Dzelzceļu 3, phone 54-44236

Education: 1978 – 1988 – The 5th Secondary School of Daugavpils 1997 – 2001 – The BRI bachelor, Public Relations; 2001 – 2003 – The BRI, professional master's degree in public relations managementWork experience: 1996 – 1998 – radio “Alise Plus”, advertising consultant; 1997 – 1998 – Latvian Culture Centre, disco manager; 1998 – 1999 – radio "SVH", advertising expert; 1999 – 2001 – radio "Daugavai", programme presenter; 2001 – currently: magazine “Motor&Sport”, chief editorPedagogical work: 2001 – currently: The BRI branch in Daugavpils, lecturer Level of language knowledge: Russian – highest; Latvian – average; English – lowest.

Disciplines: Basics of PR, advertising campaign planning, PR research methods, Media Relations, Environment and visual communication.

Publications: Magazine “Рекламное измерение”, 2000Magazine “Marketing, Advertising & PR Motion” 2002

1 July, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEName, surname Renāte ĻahovskaBasic workPosition /appointed as/e-mail

Higher School of PsychologyLecturerThe decision of the Senate of the Higher School of Psychology d/d October, 2007. [email protected]

EducationGraduation

date


Education, level

2006

1984

Higher School of PsychologyMedical School of Daugavpils

Higher educationProfessional

education

Speciality Psychology

Qualification Psychologist in the field of specialities

Degree Master of PsychologyHigher School of Psychology, 2006


Position


2006

High.Sch.of Lecturerappointed lecturer, assistant

Other work experience 1989 – 2003 Bērnu veselība Ltd.

Specialist in paediatrics



Highest Mother tongue English (satisfactory)


The disciplines taught at the higher schools

Period Educational establishment

Volume (acad. hours)

mailto:[email protected]

Psychology of personalityCommunication psychologySupport in crisis situationsGerontologyStress managementSocial and psychological trainingCommunication skillsMental self-reguulation methodsBusiness communication training

2006 – currently

2006 – currently

2007 – currently

2006 – currently

2008 – currently

2006 – currently

2007 – currently

2009 – currently

2007 – currently

Higher School of PsychologyHigher School of PsychologyHigher School of PsychologyHigher School of PsychologyHigher School of PsychologyHigher School of Psychology, the BIAThe BIAHigher School of Psychology

Higher School of Psychology

40

20

20

16

16

16128

10

Date 16 September, 2009


Ļubova Mackeviča

Basic workAppointed asAddress

The BIA (the BRI)assistant professor (the BRI Senate's decision d/d 19 February, 2002)Dzelzceļu 3, Daugavpils+371 54-44236



University of Daugavpils (Latvia)University of Daugavpils

Pedagogical Institute of Daugavpils (Latvia)

2005 – 2003

1999

1980

3-year doctoral studies

Master of Pedagogy

Higher education

SpecialityRussian, German

Qualification Master

Pedagogical work Period1997 – up to this year


The BIA (the BRI)

Position

Assistant professor, methodologist

Other work experience2002 – 1998

1998 – 19901990 – 19811981 – 1980

The 3rd Secondary School

The 13th Secondary SchoolThe 99th Vocational SchoolThe 10th Secondary School

The German language teacher, the German language methodologist The German language teacher The German language teacher The German and Russian language teacher


RussianMother tongue

Latvian EnglishHighest Highest

GermanAverage

Academic courses: Business German, professional German, research technology

Additional informationParticipation in the "Socrates" programme project “Europe in Bewegung”2002 DAG, Luebeck, Business Germane2001 RFZ Daugavpils, the German language2000 Teacher Education Support Centre2000 – 1999 LAT 2, LVAVP2000 the German language, Goethe Institut Rīga1999 Goethe – Institut Düsseldorf1997 Rostock, Germany, the German language1994 Rostock, Germany, the German language

7 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Irina MarkinaEducation since 2007 P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, doctoral studies (social

sciences) 1982 – 1985 University of Latvia, Philosophy Department,

postgraduate studies.

1967 – 1975 University of Latvia, Faculty of Philology, Prof. Dipl. Philology, the Russian language and literature lecturer.

Academic titles The Baltic International Academy assistant professor

WORK EXPERIENCE Since 2002 Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian

Institute up to 2005), assistant professor, Culture Management programme director

1990-2002 University of Latvia, Faculty of History and Philosophy, Practical Philosophy Department, lecturer.

1986 – 1990 The SZA branch, senior research associate1985 – 1990University of Latvia, Philosophy Department,

lecturer1975 – 1982 Institute of Civil Aviation Engineers of Rīga,

Philosophy Department, methodologist, Methods Section head

SKILLS DEVELOPMENT COURSESHigher school didactics courses, 2006The interuniversity travelling seminar "Smart Rest-Days", Jūrmala, Latvia, 2009The interuniversity travelling seminar "Higher Education Development Issues" Ligatne, Latvia, 2008.The interuniversity travelling seminar "Study Process Quality Improvement Issues", Sigulda, Latvia, 2006.

The main tendencies of researchParadigms of culture. Consumerism in Latvia (social and cultural situation)Level of language knowledgeLatvian – highestRussian – mother tongueEnglish – speaking, reading, writing.

Supervision of bachelor papers, masters' theses, doctoral papers2008/2009 – 7 bachelor papersAREA OF EXPERTISEProblematic issues of the 20th century culture. Tolerance and cultural identity.

Additional information:2003 – 2005: Participation in Special Mission Group within the programme National Programme against Intolerance of the social integration minister's secretariat; Cross-Cultural Relations Department curator. 2005: social integration minister's Special mission certificate of honour.Basic work: Baltic International Academy. The professional bachelor programme Culture Management. Programme director. 21 August, 2009

Curriculum Vitae

Name, surname Aleksandrs Mašarskis

Foreign languages English, Russian

Education: 1969 – 1974 Aviation University of Riga, Faculty of Economics

Academic title and scientific degree

1988

1992

Candidate of Economic SciencesAssistant professor

1999 Doctor of Economics2004 The BRI assistant professor

2005 The BIA associated professor

Pedagogical work 2005 – currently

The BIA associated professor

2004 – 2005 The BRI assistant professor1999 – 2004 University of Latvia, assistant professor

1996 – 1999 Aviation University of Riga, assistant professor

1977 – 1992 Aviation University of Riga, lecturer Other work experience 2002 – 2004 Premium Asset Management JSC,

member of the board

1992 – 1996 Latvija Tirdzniecības Banka, head of department, deputy director of the office

Scientific activities 2005 – 2007 "10 professions of the future". The

participant of international research projects under the programme "Nordplus neighbour 2005-2007".

Skills development 1993 The licence (certificate) allowing a specialist to operate on the equity market Nr. 21 starting 31 August, 1993

2004 European Framework 6th project: NETIAM, Workshop „New Multidisciplinary Challenges in Modelling the Business Environment” 2nd - 3rd August 2004, Ventspils University College

12 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAEPersonal dataName, surname Miļuse Svetlana

Education:2006 – currently

2001 -2003

St. Petersburg Institute of Economics and Law, postgraduate studies ""Economics and National Economy Management"University of Latvia, Institute of Pedagogy and Psychology, magistracy (Master of Pedagogy), diploma No. 013717, d/d 12 June, 2003.

1994-1995 Pedagogical University of Daugavpils (The English language); diploma No. 281, d/d 21 June, 1995.

1981-1986 Pedagogical University of Daugavpils (chemistry, biology); diploma No. 368331, d/d 4 July, 1986.

WORK EXPERIENCE:1998 – 20041994 – currently

1994-1995

1993 – 1994

1989 – 19931981

Higher School of Psychology branch in Daugavpils, directorDirector of the Baltic International Academy branch in Daugavpils, the BIA assistant professorIntercollege of Daugavpils (the English language lecturer, deputy director);The 3rd Secondary school of Daugavpils (the English language teacher);“Lokomotīve” enterprise (Technical Control Department);Jauniešu Jaunrades Nams (leader of a hobby group)

SKILL DEVELOPMENT:

2003

2003

2002

2001

The informatics teachers' seminar 9certificate No 17(225), d/d 26 June, 2003Branch directors' and librarians' seminar (certificate No. 2(197)), d/d 28 May, 2003The international scientific and methodological seminar "The BRI and Education Cross-Cultural Issues in the Baltic countries" (certificate No. 23(65)), d/d 19 February, 2002The foreign language teachers' seminar 9certificate No 6(6)), d/d 1 December, 2001

Awards:2004 The first-degree diploma for the report at the 10th

international conference of scientists and economists

2002"Entrepreneurship and reforms in Russia", St. Petersburg (Russia)The Baltic Russian Institute Golden Mark

Foreign languages:Latvian: speaking (highest); Russian: mother tongue; English: speaking.

Daugavpils, 12 September, 2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

A N D R A M I T E

EDUCATION2006 P.Stradiņš University fo Rīga, doctoral studies in social sciences,

the full-time study programme "Sociology", the promotion paper topic "Lifelong Education for Social Work Specialists in Latvia”,

2000 - 2002 Master's diploma of the University of Latvia No. 012398; the master's degree in politics (social sciences). The main study fields:Public administration in Europe, European studies, Politics,The master's paper topic "Formation of Educational Policy in Latvia in 1990 – 2000",

1996 – 2000 Latvian Academy of Sport Education bachelor diploma No. 000609; the bachelor degree in sport science (pedagogy), the speciality "sport teacher", the additional qualification – sport manager,The bachelor paper topic "Formation of Higher Schools in Latvia in the 90s",

1984 – 1988 Light Industry Technical School of Rīga, technician at a tailoring industry,The graduation paper topic "Reorganization of a Factory in Jaunjelgava"

DEGREES

2002 The master's degree in politics (social sciences) (MA sc.pol.),

2000 The bachelor degree in sport science (pedagogy), the speciality – sport teacher, the additional qualification – sport manager.

WORK EXPERIENCE

2009 Scientific and Research Institute of Social and Humanitarian Issues, executive director,

2008 - 2009 Higher School of Psychology, study pro-rector,

2005 Higher School of Psychology, the first-level professional higher education study programme "Organizer of Social Aid" director, assistant professor,

2004 Higher School of Psychology, professional bachelor study programme "Social Aid" director, lecturer,

2003 The head of the structural unit "Barona mācību centrs" of Barona datoru centrs Ltd.

2000-2004 University of Latvia, Faculty of Social Sciences, Sociology Department study methodologist, computer studies lecturer,

1999 – 2000 University of Latvia, Humanitarian Institute of Rīga, School Administration head, computer studies lecturer,

1998 – 1999 Mācību attīstības un novērtēšanas centrs Ltd., computer studies lecturer,

1995 – 1999 Mācību komercfirma JSC, study methodologist, computer studies and the Latvian language lecturer,

1989 – 1995 The 85th Secondary School of Rīga, primary school and sport teacher,

1988 – 1989 Secondary School of Ādaži, primary school teacher

SKILLS DEVELOPMENT COURSES

2009 The interuniversity travelling seminar "Smart Rest-Days", Jūrmala, Latvia

2006 The Informative seminar "The EU Lifelong Programme 2007 – 2013", Rīga, Latvia,

2006 The Baltic Tempus Information Day 2006 “Cooperation plans for the Future”, Tallinn, Estonia,

2005 The ESF national programme project "Capacity Consolidation within Employment and Sexual Equality Policy Elaboration and Its Introduction to Involved Institutions", the seminar "Employment Policy, Labour Market and Sexual Equality Issues in Europe", Rīga,

2005 The conference dedicated to the Social Workers' Day "Ability to Work without Burning Yourself out", Sigulda,

2005 The informative seminar on Socrates action "Observation and Innovation”, Rīga,

2005 Expert form Bonn Claudia Reinsberg's seminar for internship supervisors "Supporting People: Explanation of Process” /Gestalt-oriented supervision: to strengthen people – to explore issues; Higher School of Social Work and Social Pedagogy "Attīstība" Ltd., Rīga,

2005 The 63rd conference of the University of Latvia of the Social Work Department "Social Work Topicality", University of Latvia, Rīga,

2004 The conference dedicated to the Social Workers' Day "Actualization of Social Worker's Professional Activity within the Work with Persons Involved in Human Traffic", Rīga,

2004 The international conference of the Family Physicians Association of Latvia "Family Psychotherapy and Interinstitutional Cooperation", University of Latvia, Latvia, Rīga,

2001 Participation in "Braim Story", University of Latvia, SZF Sociology Department "Social Work" study programme improvement; University of Latvia, Latvia, Rīga,

2000 Experience exchange of non-governmental organizations leaders in the framework of the project of the Nordic Folk Academy in Sweden, Finland, Norway and Denmark,

ORGANIZATIONAL ACTIVITIES2008 The member of the Social Work Council, Welfare Ministry of the

Republic of Latvia;2007 The member of Social Workers Association;2005 Higher School of Psychology, the first-level professional higher

education study programme "Organizer of Social Aid" director;2004 Higher School of Psychology, professional bachelor study

programme "Social Aid" director;2004 The member of the Professional Social Care Workers Association

of Latvia;2003 - 2004 Elaboration and licensing of the Higher School of Psychology

professional bachelor study programme "Social Work".

AREA OF EXPERTISESocial politics; welfare; society and educational work management; quality rating.PROJECT WORK EXPERIENCELEVEL OF LANGUAGE KNOWLEDGE

Latvian – mother tongue,Russian – fluent;English – average.

Basic working place: Higher School of Psychology and Scientific and Research Institute of Social and Humanitarian Issues

Rīga, 26 June, 2009

C U R R I С U L U M V I T A E

Oļegs Nikiforovs

Place of employment: Baltic International Academy. Riga, Lomonosova - 4.

EDUCATION: 1991-93 Scientific Research Institute of Psychology at the Russian Academy of Education, Research student1982-89 Daugavpils Teachers’ Training Institute, Faculty of Biology and Chemistry 1972-82 Riga Secondary School No.30

KEY QUALIFICATIONS: 2006 Obtained VELESA Academy certificate, HR training specialist qualification, Velesa Academy, Yekaterinburg, Russia2005 Obtained VELESA Academy certificate, Psychologist and psychotherapist qualification, Velesa Academy, Yekaterinburg, Russia.2003 Obtained the academic degree of Associate Professor at the University of Latvia 1996 Obtained Bachelor’s degree in Psychology and the qualification of practical psychologist at the University of Daugavpils1994 Obtained Doctor’s degree in Psychology. Theme of Doctor's thesis at the University of Latvia: "Lomu mijiedarbības sistēmas "Skolotājs – Skolēns" ietekme uz skolēnu tuvākās attīstības zonas kognitīvajiem komponentiem".1992 Scientific Research Institute of Psychology at the Russian Academy of Education, one year training course in practical psychology.1989 Defended graduation paper "Mijiedarbība grupās ar dažādu attīstības līmeni" at Daugavpils Teachers’ Training Institute.1982 Secondary education certificate at Riga Secondary School No.30.

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE RECORD:

2008 Baltic International Academy, Associate Professor; Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor; Riga Catholic Theological Seminary, Professor; Latvian Christian Academy, Professor; Graduate School of Information Systems Management, Professor; Representative of VELESA Academy in Latvia.

2004-2008 High School of Psychology, Associate Professor; Baltic International Academy, Associate Professor; Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor, Head of Educational Psychology department; University of Daugavpils, Associate Professor; Riga Catholic Theological Seminary, Professor; Graduate School of Information Systems Management, Professor; Representative of VELESA Academy in Latvia.

2003-2004 Institute of Education and Psychology at the University of Latvia, Associate Professor; Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor.

Riga Catholic Theological Seminary, Professor.2002-2003 Institute of Education and Psychology at the University of Latvia, Associate Professor; Consultant to Recruitment Commission of the Ministry of Defence of the Republic of Latvia; Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor.2001-2002 Institute of Education and Psychology at the University of Latvia, Associate Professor.

Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor.1998-2001 Doctorate Council in Psychology at the University of Latvia, Associate member.1998-2001 Deputy Head of Riga Purvciems Secondary School.

Institute of Education and Psychology at the University of Latvia, Associate Professor.

Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy, Associate Professor.

Riga Humanitarian Institute, Associate Professor.1995-98. Riga Aviation University, Associate Professor. Leading specialist at the Faculty of improvement of professional skills. Riga Humanitarian Institute, Associate Professor.1998 Deputy Head of Riga Purvciems Secondary School.1996-97 Riga Purvciems Secondary School, psychologist.1994-96. Riga Academic Secondary School No. 87. Head of Psychology research laboratory.1992-94. Riga Purvciems Secondary School, psychologist.1989-91. Daugavpils Teachers’ Training Institute, lecturer at the Department of Psychology.

Foreign languages: Russian, English

Activities:

In scientific and practical sphere:Carried out standardisation of Amthauer's intellect structure test for a selected sample of Latvians with the age range between 13 and 35 (total number of individuals selected for the sample – 10850)

Adapted ASTUR intellect research method for a selected sample of Latvians.Carried out standardization of Cattell’s 16PF test for a selected sample of Latvians (total number of individuals selected for the sample – 10850)Developed software programme „Cattell’s personality structure test” (“Ketela personības struktūras tests (16PF)”)Developed software programme “Amthauer's intellect structure test” („Amthauera Intelekta struktūras tests”)Completed experimental research on Russian and Latvian ethnic stereotypes.Completed research on Leary’s test adaptation for LatviaCompleted research on Keirsi test adaptation for Latvia.

On organizational sphereManaged and coordinated the work of Department of Education Psychology at Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management Academy.Organised and managed seminars for teachers in Teachers’ Training Centre:Psychological aspects of the work of class master;Study of interrelationships inside a class;Development of students’ cognitive skills during lessons – the problem and possibilities to solve it;Development of students’ creativity in project works;Psychoanalytical aspects in school work;Organised and managed seminars for school psychologists in Teachers’ Training Centre:Intellect diagnostics in school psychologist practice;Relationships diagnostics in the "teacher - student" system;Place of a teacher in student’s psychosemantic field;Founded Association of Latvian Christian Psychologists;Founded Committee for Combating Totalitarian Sects.

In teaching sphere:Developed and implemented the course "Computer psychodiagnostics” (“Datorpsihodiagnostika").Developed and implemented the course “Organisation of the work of school psychological service” ("Skolās psiholoģiskā dienestā darbības organizācija").Developed and implemented the course “Ethnopsychology” ("Etnopsiholoģija").Developed and implemented the course for the telebridge “Pedagogic” („Pedagoģija”) Developed school standard for the course “Psychology” ("Psiholoģija") SKILLS: Computer literacy. Work with INTERNET sources. Practical psychologist skills. Good lecturer skills.

MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS:

Member of Latvian Association of Professional Psychologists

President of Latvian Association of Christian PsychologistsMember of International Federation of Independent Experts

05.09.2009

CURRICULUM VITAE Name, surname Nadežda NovožilovaPrincipal employmentPosition /elected for the position/

Baltic International Academy (BIA)Associate Professor12.02.2008. Decision of the BIA

SenateLomonosova Street 4, Riga, LV 1003

Education Graduation year

Educational Institution

Obtained education, degree

1974 Riga Polytechnical Institute

Higher

Speciality Electronic computing machines

QualificationEngineer – mathematician

DegreeDoctor of Engineering, Riga Technical University, 1993Candidate of technical sciences, Riga Polytechnic Institute, 1985

Professional experience

Period Educational Institution

Position

Teaching experience

2001. – to date2005. – to date2009. – to date2001. – 2004.

Baltic International Academy/Baltic Russian InstituteTransport and Telecommunication InstituteRiga Aviation InstituteThe High School of Economics and Culture

Associate Professor

Experience in other spheres

2004. – to date1993. -1998.1993. – 2001.

SIA „AFB”BTA Insurance CompanyBALTIKUMS Insurance Company

Insurance consultant,Deputy Department manager; Deputy General Manager

Language skills Russian Latvian Foreign language

native average English (average)


Subjects taught at high schools

Period Educational Institution

Volume (academic hours)

Risks Management and Insurance, Insurance Law, Travel and Hotel Businesses Insurance

2001. – to date Baltic International Academy, Transport and Telecommunication Institute, Riga Aviation InstituteThe High School of Economics and Culture

from 16to 64

Date 01.07.09.

CURICULUM VITAE

Olga Odegova

Personal data:Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute)Lomonosova 4, Riga, LV-10037100540

Education:1973 – 1978 Leningrad State University, Faculty of Philology (philologist specialising in Scandinavian languages)

Professional experience:2002 – to date lecturer at Baltic Russian Institute1999 – 2002 Teacher of Swedish language at Riga Grammar School of

Nordic Languages1998 – 2000 Lecturer, Institute of Languages at Riga Technical University1989 – 2000 Teacher of Swedish language at Riga Pushkin Lycee

Improvement of professional skills, additional education, training courses:Training course for teachers of Swedish language in Sweden, Finland and LatviaTour guide and Interpreter’s Certificate

Publications (quantity): author of translations of approximately 10 Nordic feature films

Public activities:Member of Latvian Tour Guides AssociationMember of Nordic Language Teachers AssociationMember of “Sverigekontakt” society in SwedenMember of “Svenska skolans vanner” society in Finland

Languages:Fluent in Latvian, Russian and Swedish languagesEnglish, Danish and Norwegian languages – conversational levelIcelandic language – with the help of the dictionary

04.10.2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEIlze Ostrovska

Principal employmentPosition /elected for the positionAddress

Baltic International Academy 12.02.2009. Associate professor (29.08.2006 Decision of the

BIA Senate)Lomonosova 4, 67100540


Graduation year


Academy of Public Sciences (Moscow), post graduate courseUniversity of Latvia, Faculty of Foreign Languages

1986

1972

Higher Degree of candidate of sciences in philosophy

Speciality English language and literatureQualificationDegree

Philologist, Teacher of English language1995 – Nostrification of the Philosophy Doctor’s degree1986 - Degree of candidate of sciences in philosophy


Period Educational institution, company

Position

Teaching experience

2006 - to date1998 - 2006.1993 – 1998.1987 -1992.

Baltic International AcademyRiga Stradins UniversityUniversity of Latvia, Department of SociologyUniversity of Latvia, Department of Political Sciences

Associate professor

Associate professor

Associate professor

Lecturer

Experience in other spheres

Period2002 - 2006

2000 - 20021998 – 20001992 – 1993

InstitutionFaculty of European Studies at Riga Stradins University/Medical Academy of Latvia

PositionDean

Director

Dean

1972 - 1983 Institute of European IntegrationRiga Stradins University/Medical Academy of Latvia, Faculty of Social Studies in Cambridge, London School of Economics LSE Publishing house "Liesma", Committee on state publishing houses / printing and books trade matters

On-the-job trainingEditor, Chief editor

Language Latvian Russian English skills Native Fluent Fluent

Additional informationAcademic courses:

Professional courses


Introduction to Latvian Politics, Democratisation, Mass Media and Politics, Sociology of Politics2000 – the Fulbright Scholar program grant for summer training courses in the USA "the USA Political System" 1998 – on-the-job training in Sordetorn University (Sweden)1. State of the State. State Capacity m Latvia. Institute of Political Science, Aarhus university 2000. (together with O.Norgaard and O.Herstedt)2. Nationalism and Democracy: Choice without Choice. In: Integration andEthnopolitics, Institute of Philosophy and Sociology at University of Latvia, Riga, 2000, p.154-164Total number of scientific publications: 27.

02.07.2009.

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name, surname Helena OzoliņaPROFESSIONAL

EXPERIENCE• Period (from – to) 2008 –

• Name and address of organisation

SIA „Baltic International Academy”, Lomonosova 4, Riga

• Position • Description of

principal employment and responsibilities

Head of Pre-study preparation centre, Provision of information and advice to schoolchildren and candidates of finals on study opportunities at Baltic International Academy2007 – SIA „Baltic International Academy”, Lomonosova 4, RigaLecturer2004 – 2007AS „L&T Hoetika”, SIA „L&T”, Vietalvas 5, RigaLawyerPreparation and review of legal documents, provision of advice to company employees 2003 - 2004SIA „Viss Tev”, Pils Street 11, TukumsLegal assistantPreparation and review of legal documents, provision of advice to company employees 2001 - 2004SIA „ANT”, Private secondary school „Klasika”, Lomonosova 2 - 96, RigaTeacher of basic subjects in primary school and teacher of visual arts and housekeeping in private lower secondary school, fulfilment of form master's responsibilities1997 -2001SIA „ANT”, Private secondary school „Klasika”, Lomonosova 2-96, RigaTutor and teacher of Latvian language in primary school, fulfilment of form master's responsibilities1996 -1998SIA „Brovi Holding”, Aspazijas blvrd. 36 - 38, RigaStaff filing clerkPreparation of employment agreements for signing, personnel

recruitment1996 -1997Kekava parish Plavniekkalna primary school, Katlakalns, Kekava parish, Riga regionPrimary school teacherTeaching, fulfilment of form master's responsibilities1993 -1995SIA „Eiva”, Pils iela 11, TukumsConsultantProviding advice to customers on pension-related issues1992 -1993Zelmena primary school, Vecmokas, Vecmoku parish, Tukums regionDay-care group tutor and librarianOrganisation of day-care group work, keeping of book records at the library

EDUCATION• Period (from – to) 2005 - 2007• Name and type of

educational institutionBaltic International Academy

• Studies Law• Obtained qualification Master of Law

2007 -2007, 6 hoursSIA „Eirovest”seminar „Work description and principles of work description development in an organisation, company” (“Amata apraksts un tā izstrādes principi iestādē, uzņēmumā”)2003 - 2005Baltic Russian InstituteLawBachelor’s degree in Law2004 -2004, 8 hoursSeminar at Latvian Municipalities Training Centre „Amendments of Regulations of the Cabinet of Ministers in compliance with the law on “Purchases for state and municipality needs” (“Grozījumi MK noteikumos saskaņā ar likumu „Par iepirkumu valsts vai pašvaldību vajadzībām””)2004 -2004, 8 hoursLatvian Municipalities Training CentreSeminar “Application of administrative process in

institutions and companies” („Administratīvā procesa piemērošana iestādēs un uzņēmumos”)2002 - 2003Social Technologies SchoolLawCommenced second higher education studies – 1st year1992 -1997Riga Teacher Training and Educational Management AcademyPedagogyPrimary school teacher with the right to teach visual arts and housekeeping in primary school1999 - 1992Tukums Secondary School No.2Secondary school professional training Secretary – filing clerk1981 -1992Tukums Secondary School No.2Secondary education

PERSONAL SKILLSRUSSIAN LANGUAGE Speaking - excellent, reading – excellent, writing -

excellentLATVIAN LANGUAGE nativeENGLISH LANGUAGE speaking – satisfactory, reading – good, writing - good

INTERESTS needlework, literature, travelling

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Computer literacy: MS Office programmes, accounting software UVIS, internet browser Internet Explorer, standard user of e-mail, knowledge of the principles of accounting, capable of applying them in practice.B category driving licence since 1992.At Baltic International Academy teach Theory of State and Law, History of Foreign State and Foreign Law, History of Law of Baltic States, Environmental Law and Legal Record-keeping.Publication at the conferences “EU: Integration and Cooperation”Riga, November 21, 2008 in the conference materials. „Innovative Approaches and Exchange of Experience in the Field of Environmental Problems in EU. Legal Framework ”

I agree that my mobile phone number will be given to students for further contacts.

10.09.2009

CURRICULUM VITAE

Pazuhina Nadežda

1. Education:

Educational institution:Latvian Academy of Culture Doctoral programme in Theory and History of Culture

Time period: from (month/year)

to (month/year)

September 2002June 2005

Obtained degree(s) or certificate(s): Doctor of Arts degree (2008)

Educational institution: University of Latvia Doctoral programme in History


to (month/year)

September 2002September 2008

Obtained degree(s) or certificate(s):

Completed the programme of studies, exmatriculated without submission of Doctor’s thesis

Educational institution: Latvian Academy of Culture Master course in Theory and History of Culture


to (month/year)



Master of Arts degree in Theory and History of Culture

Educational institution: Latvian Academy of Culture Bachelor course in Russian culture


to (month/year)



Bachelor of Arts degree in Russian Culture

Educational institution: Riga Universal Commercial School


to (month/year)


Obtained degree(s) or certificate(s): Secondary education

Educational institution: Riga Secondary School No. 52


to (month/year)


Obtained degree(s) or certificate(s): Elementary education

2. Language skills (1 – fluent, 5 – basic):

Language Reading Speaking WritingLatvian 1 1 2Russian 1 1 1German 1 2 2English 2 3 4French 3 4 5

3. Major spheres of professional experience: Experience in teaching; Experience in scientific research; Experience in work group management, seminar management, presentation of

information; Experience in handling and preparation of information, development of

publications.

4. Professional experience record:

Time period September 2000 – to date

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution

Baltic International Academy (till August 2006 – Baltic Russian Institute)

Position Associate Professor (staff lecturer)

Description

Lecture course: „History of Styles” (32 hrs), „History of Genres” (16 hrs), „History of Culture: Middle Ages and the Beginning of the New Age” (32 hrs), „History of Culture: Trends in XX Century Art” (32 hrs), „Theory of Culture” (32 hrs)

Time period June – September 2007

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution Riga City Council, Department of Education, Youth and Sports

Position Lecturer

Description

Lectures and work-shops for teachers within the framework of the programme “Perfecting professional skills of the teachers of history of culture for application of educational content in the general secondary education” (“Profesionālās meistarības pilnveide kultūras vēstures skolotājiem izglītības satura īstenošanai vispārējā vidējā izglītībā”)

Time period January – December 2006

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution Content of Education and Examination Centre

Position Non-staff methodologist (Certificate No. 127)

Description

Development of sample programme for general secondary education subject „Russian language and literature in national minority schools” (“Krievu valoda un literatūra mazākumtautību skolās”)

Time period February – June 2003

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution Latvian Academy of Culture

Position Lecturer (employee paid by the hour)

Description

Cycle of lectures “Introduction to interpretation of the concept of culture” („Ievads kultūras jēdziena interpretācijā”) (48 hours); supervision of term papers and bachelor theses.

Time September 2000 – June 2003

periodPlace Latvia, RigaInstitution Private secondary school „Laisma”

Position Teacher

Description

Teaching the subjects of History and History of Culture in secondary school; teaching the subjects of History and Civil Studies in primary school

Time period September 1998 – August 2001

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution Riga Secondary School No. 61

Position TeacherDescription

Teaching the subject of History of Culture in secondary school

Time period September 1998 – June 1999

Place Latvia, RigaInstitution Riga Secondary School No.65

Position TeacherDescription

Teaching the subject of History of Culture in secondary school (integrated with studies of Latvian language)

5. Additional information:

Submitted publications:

Pazuhina N. Das Leben ohne Heimat: dogmatische und soziale Erfahrung der russisch-orthodoxen Altgläubigen in Lettland (Conference „Heimat als Erfahrung und Entwurf” issue of publications)Pazuhina N. Citādība kā identitāte: Latvijas vecticībnieku kultūrsociālās prakses. (12th International Scientific conference “Society and Culture: Otherness and Minority Interests („Sabiedrība un kultūra: Citādība un mazākuma intereses”) issue of publications)

Further education and scientific research work:

October 2007 – September 2008: research supported by Berlin Parliamentary Fund (Stiftung des Abgeordnetenhauses Berlin): Leben in der Diaspora oderi in der

Emigration: Die kulturelle Mission der russisch-orthodoxen Kirche in Berlin in der Zwischenkriegszeit und Gegenwart(Life in Diaspora and Emigration: Cultural Mission of the Russian Orthodox Church in Berlin between Wars and Now” (Dzīve diasporā vai emigrācijā: Krievu Pareizticīgās Baznīcas kultūras misija Berlīnē starpkaru laikā un mūsdienās)

September 2005 – January, March, September 2006: further doctoral educational programme Promotionskolleg Ost-West (Institut für Deutschlandforschung, Lotman-Institut für russische und sowjetische Kultur, Ruhr-Universität Bochum) (Bohum, Germany)

15.09.2004 – 19.01.2005: programme “Pedagogic Improvement of High School Teaching Staff/Innovations in Higher Educational System/ Education Management („Augstskolu mācībspēku pedagoģiskā pilnveide / Inovācijas augstākās izglītības sistēmā / Izglītības darba vadība”) (University of Latvia. Certificate No.0627)

October 2004: research of archive materials in Moscow and St. Petersburg. Research supported by Japan Nippon Fund New leaders’ programme.

Riga, 20 June 2009

Name, surnameCURRICULUM VITAE

Anatolijs PerlovsPrincipal employment /elected for the position AddressPhone number

Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute)

Lecturer (24.01.2006 Decision of the Baltic Russian Institute Senate)

Lomonosova 4

7100522Education Educational

institutionGraduation

yearObtained education, degree

University of LatviaInternational Commercial UniversityLatvia State University

20071993

1985

HigherHigher

Higher

SpecialityGeneral pedagogy, International economics,Business cybernetics

QualificationInternational business analystEconomist – mathematician


Time period Educational institution

Position

Teaching experience

2000 – to date 1994-2000

1993-1994

Baltic International Academy Universal Commercial School, Baltic Russian InstituteRiga Classical grammar school

lecturer

teacher

lecturerteacher

Other professional experience

1990-19921988-19901987-19881985-1987

IK D.G. Audīts

RVTKComputing Centre

Commercial director

Head of Military service group Programmer

Language Russian Latvian Englishskills native excellent average


2005, University of Latvia, „Augstskolas didaktika” (High School Dialectics) professional training courses for teachersScientific publications (in “Dienas bizness”)Scientific conference „Problems of Managing Small and Medium-Sized Business” (Maza un vidēja biznesa vadīšanas problēmas) (Riga 1993)

Academic courses:

History of economic studies, Teaching practice, Logistics, Economical economics (microeconomics)

23.07.2009

Curriculum VitaeName, surname Jūlija Popova

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE

• Period (from – to) 2008 – to date • Name and address of

organisationBaltic International Academy

• Position • Principal employment

and description of responsibilities

Assistant Professional English language teacher

EDUCATION• Period (from – to) 2001 – 2005• Name and type of

educational institution Baltic Russian Institute

• Course of studies (majors)

Law programme

• Obtained qualification Lawyer, Professional Bachelor’s Degree• Period (from – to) 2001 – 2006• Name and type of

educational institutionUniversity of Latvia, Modern Languages Faculty


Bachelor programme in English philology

• Obtained qualification Bachelor’s degree in Humanitarian sciences, Philology, Academic Degree

• Period (from – to) 2005 – 2007• Name and type of

educational institutionBaltic International Academy

• Course of studies Master course in Civil Law• Obtained qualification Master’s Degree in Civil Law

• Period (from – to) 2006 – 2008• Name and type of

educational institutionUniversity of Latvia, Modern Languages Faculty


Master programme in English Philology

• Obtained qualification Master’s degree in Humanitarian sciences, Philology, Academic Degree

• Period (from – to) 2008 – to date• Name and type of

educational institutionUniversity of Latvia, Faculty of Philology

• Course of studies Doctoral programme in Philology

(majors)• Obtained qualification Student of doctoral programme

PERSONAL SKILLSRUSSIAN LANGUAGE native LATVIAN LANGUAGE fluentENGLISH LANGUAGE FRENCH LANGUAGE

fluentvery good

12.09.2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEArtūrs Priedītis

Principal employment /elected for the position AddressPhone number

Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute)Associate Professor (14.03.2007 decision of the Professors’ Council of Latvian Academy of CultureLomonosova 4, Riga, LV 100367100540


Graduation year Obtained education

Academy of Sciences of Latvian Soviet Socialist Republic

Latvia State University

1984

1977

Graduate course

higher

SpecialityQualificationDegree

journalismjournalistDr.philol., 1992 Associate professor, 1990Candidate of philology science, 1984.


Educational institution, company

Time period Position

Teaching experience

Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute)Business school „Turība”

Daugavpils UniversityAcademy of Sciences of Latvian Soviet Socialist Republic

2005 – to date2004 – 2005

1987 - 19931979 - 1987

Assoc. ProfessorDirector of Master programme studies,Assoc. ProfessorScientific editor; research associate in the Institute of Language and Literature; Learned secretary at the Executive Council of editorial boards

and publishing houses at the Academy of Sciences


SIA „Multikulturālisma centrs”Daugavpils City Council

Daugavpils University

1993 - 2005

1991 - 1995

Director

Counsellor to the Chairman on language matters Chief of Department

Language skills Russianexcellent

Latviannative

Englishexcellent


Priedītis A. Kultūru dialogs: interkulturālās komunikācijas vēsture un teorija. 2006. Priedītis A. Latvijas kultūras vēsture vidusskolai. Riga, 2004. Priedītis A. Himēriskuma nesaulē. Kulturoloģiskas esejas un studijas. Riga, 2004 Priedītis A. Ievads kulturoloģijā. Kultūras teorija un kultūras vēsture. Daugavpils, 2003Priedītis A. Latvijas kultūras vēsture. No vissenākajiem laikiem līdz mūsdienām. Daugavpils, 2000 (actually, 2001)

02.04.2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAE Inese Ratanova


BALTIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY Associate Professor12.02.2010. decision of the Senate of

Baltic International Academy Lomonosova Street 4, Riga, LV 1003Baltic International Academy, Director of Entrepreneurship and Management Problems Research laboratory

Education Graduation year

Educational institution Obtained education, degree

2002 -

2007

2002

2000

1991

Minsk State University of Economics, Belarus;Completed theoretical graduate course in Minsk


Baltic Russian Institute

Riga State Technical College

Higher (Master’s degree)

Bachelor

Technician - economist

Speciality Economics

Degree Master of Social Sciences (Economics)University of Latvia, 2002



Position

Teaching experience

2008 – to date2003 - 2008

Baltic International Academy Baltic International Academy

Associate ProfessorLecturer


The above mentioned places of employment for the recent 14 years

Since 1984 –

2001 -2005

1997 – 1999

1995. – 1997.

Sia “Eko Tirgus”

Sia “Aptiekas

produkcīja

Sia “Balkan Lats”

Director

Chief Accountant

Chief Accountant

practical work experience in accounting and management areasLanguage skills Russian Latvian Foreign language

native excellent English (average)

Additional information Additional education, training courses

June 2007: Controller's Diploma, Controlling Academy (Munich) and German Business School (Moscow)

February – June 2007, International Language School Riga (ILS Riga) Certificate. English language course

February – March 2006, Certificate School of English, London

May 2005, Certificate in International Audit Standards

December 2004, Diploma in Accounting & Advanced Book-Keeping

June 2004, Certificate in Book-Keeping

1993 – training course in accounting, Rigas PKC Balticon

1992 – Business accounting and analysis in market economy (Uzņemejdarbības uzskaite un analīze tirgus ekonomikas apstākļos), University of Latvia

Date 30 June 2009

Name, surname CURRICULUM VITAEValentīna Rumjanceva

Principal employment /elected for the position

AddressPhone number

Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute)

Associate Professor (19.02.2002 decision of the Senate of Baltic Russian Institute)

Daugavpils, Dzelzcelu 354-76770


Graduation year




Daugavpils Teachers’ Training Institute

2002 – to date

1998

1988

Doctoral programme

Master course

Higher

SpecialityPhilology

QualificationContrastive Linguistics

DegreeMaster’s degree in Philology



Position

Teaching experience

1995 - to date1992 -19991988 – 1992

Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute) Daugavpils Branch

Malta Secondary School No.2 Liepaja Pedagogical Institute

Associate Professor

TeacherLecturer


2000 – to date

Baltic International Academy Daugavpils Branch

Head of Study Department

Language skills Russian Latvian German

native excellent Conversational level


1995 – 1998: Planning of School Development. Planning of the Process of Studies. Efficient School. (Skolas attīstīšanas plānošana. Mācību procesa plānošana. Efektīvā skola.) 2000 – Cooperative method for creation of cooperative school environment (Kooperatīvā metode sadarbības skolas vides veidošanai). 2002 – International seminar on scientific methods “Baltic Russian Institute and problems of inter-cultural education in Baltic countries”. Certificate No. 24 (66).2001 – Seminar at Baltic Russian Institute. The procedure for preparation of studies documentation. Secretary’s workplace outlay optimisation. Certificate Nr. 2 (30).2002 – Seminar at Baltic Russian Institute. The role of the Latvian language in integration of society. Certificate Nr. 13 (130).

CURRICULUM VITAELiudmila Selivanova Doctor of Economics (Dr.oec.), Associate Professor at Baltic International Academy LANGUAGE SKILLS: Russian, Belorussian, English, Latvian

ACADEMIC DEGREES AND SCIENTIFIC DEGREES:1994 Dr.oec. (Riga Technical University)1983 Candidate of science in Economics (Leningrad Institute of Finance

and Economics)EDUCATION:

1996 Latvian Academy of Entrepreneurship and Management1978 – 1981 Graduate course in the Institute of Economics at Latvian Academy

of Sciences ("Modelling of Imitation of Reproductive Economics of Population" ("Iedzīvotāju atražošanas ekonomikas imitācijas modelēšana")

1970 – 1975 Riga Polytechnical Institute (now Riga Technical University – Management of Automated Systems)

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT:2009 Riga Business Institute (Riga Technical University) English

language course2006-2008

2006-2009

Seminars "Labour market", "Innovations in business", "Baltic states – partners or competitors?" (Baltic International Academy and international Internet magazine Baltic Course ("Балтийский курс")Programme Erasmus / Socrates ("Marketing " and "Microeconomics")

20072005

European Union FP7 Expert (2007 – 2013)United Kingdom, BEET language centre – English language course

2004 Riga Business Institute (Riga Technical University) English language course

20032003

International seminar "Environmental management" Germany Riga Centre for Teachers’ Training, training course "Basics of General Pedagogy and Psychology"

1999-2002 Courses "Astro-genetics Research in Marketing Management"PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE:

1978-1986 Institute of Economics at Latvian Academy of Sciences, research associate, Akademijas Square 1, Riga, LV-1050

1975-1978 Institute of Electronics and Computer Engineering at Latvian Academy of Sciences, Engineer - programmer, Aizkraukles 19, Riga, LV-1006

TEACHING EXPERIENCE:

2002.-2009. Baltic International Academy (BSA), Associate Professor, Lomonosova 4, Riga, LV-1003

1998.-2009. High School of Social Technologies (STA), invited Assoc. Professor, Bezdeligu 12, Riga, LV-1048

2004.-2006. High School of Psychology (PA), Associate Professor, Lomonosova 4, Riga, LV-1003

1998.-2005. St. Petersburg Institute of External Economic Ties, Economics and Law, Riga Branch, Assoc. Professor, Elizabetes 31, Riga, LV-1050

1991.-2004. Riga Secondary School No. 34, teacher, Kuldigas 4/6, Riga, LV-1083

1987.-1991. Institute of Improvement of Teachers’ Professional Skills at the Ministry of Education of Latvia, lecturer, Valnu 2, Riga, LV-1050

SHPERES OF SCIENTIFIC INTEREST:1. Marketing, marketing research2. Research methods in business3. Innovations in economics, marketing and management4. Management of intellectual capital, development of human capital

19.08.2009

Name, surname, CURRICULUM VITAELudmila Šeņavska


Baltic International Academy (Baltic Russian Institute) Lecturer (29.08.2006 decision of the Baltic Russian Institute Senate)

Dzelzcelu Street, 3 Daugavpils


Graduation year


Riga International High School of Economics and Business Administration Riga International High School of Economics and Business AdministrationDaugavpils Pedagogical Institute

2005

2003

1984

Master course

Higher professional education

Higher

SpecialityBusiness Management

Qualification Economist

Degree MBA


Time period Educational institution Position

Teaching experience

At present

2005

1985-1988

1984-1985

Baltic International

Academy (Baltic

Russian Institute)

High School of

Information Systems

Daugavpils

Secondary School

No.2

Daugavpils

Secondary School

No. 10

Lecturer

Teacher - lecturer

Teacher

Teacher


2001 – to date1999 – to date1993 – 19991991-1993

SIA TransgrosSIA “Šafrans” SIA ViSt SIA BaltStar

Chief AccountantDirectorAccountantForeign currency cashier

Language skills Russian Latvian English

native excellent averageAdditional information

2004, participation in SPOET Project, 3 courses: “Social Partner Relationship” (“Sociālo partneru attiecības”), “Social Market Economy” (“Sociālā tirgus ekonomika”), “Management of Transport Companies” (“Transporta uzņēmumu vadība”)

Academic courses: Comparative Law, Law, Basics of Information Law, Human Rights, Human Rights: general part, means of technical support in PSL and PR

05.09.2009

CURRICULUM VITAE Veronika Siliņeviča

1. BALTIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY (BALTIC RUSSIAN INSTITUTE) Lomonosova 4, Riga, LV-10037100540

2. Education:

Educational institution


Date: from to

09/1983 06/ 1991

Obtained education: Diploma in Engineering (Automation of Heat Power Industrial Processes)

Diploma No. BD 363947

Educational institution


Date: from to

09/1995 06./1997

Obtained education: Master’s Degree in Economics, speciality – Marketing in Services Sphere

Diploma No. 002787

3. Additional education/Training courses:

Educational institution Course title Date: from (mm/yyyy) to (mm/yyyy)

Rezekne High School, Faculty of Economics Centre for further education of adults

Psychology and Pedagogy of the Learning Process, Innovations

02/2002 05/2002

Faculty of Pedagogy at the University of Latvia

Didactics course 20052006

4. Language skills (5 – fluent, 1 – basic):

Language Reading Speaking WritingLatvian 5 5 5English 5 5 4German 3 3 3Russian 5 5 5

5. Professional experience:

Date: from to

09/1995

Place of employment Rezekne High SchoolFaculty of Economics

Position Lecturer

Date: 09/2004Place of employment Baltic International AcademyPosition Lecturer, since 2006 – Associated Professor

6. Other significant information (Publications or competences related to responsibilities performed within the project framework):

1996 -1999: participation on behalf of Rezekne High School in TEMPUS project.15-S-JEP-11064-96 “Industrial Logistics Management”.

01.06./28.08.2006. ESF project: „Professional practice of students enrolled in higher professional studies programmes in tourist and hotel agencies” – project manager.

2007/2008, ESF project „ Professional practice of students enrolled in higher professional studies programme “Entrepreneurship” in commercial firms”

Nr.2007/0003/VPD1/ESF/PIAA/06/APK/3.2.6.3./0049/0163 - project manager

Date 20.03.2009

6. 2005.g. Baltic States between East and West, Viļņā.

NAME, SURNAME

CURRICULUM VITAENatālija Sotikova

PRINCIPAL EMPLOYMENT POSITION

BALTIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY Associate Professor

EDUCATION Educational institution

Graduation year Obtained education, degree


1985 Higher

SPECIALITY Philology

QUALIFICATIONDEGREE

PhilologistBaltic Russian Institute, MBA, 200530.04.2009 – to date Baltic International Academy, doctoral programme Regional economics and economic policy

PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE


Position

1996- to date1985-19971984-1985

Baltic International Academy Latvian National Library VZRA

Associated Professor EditorOperator

TAUGHT SUBJECTS

Latvian language, Psychology of communication, Nonverbal communication, Business etiquette, Principles of advertising, Media relations, Company reputation and corporate culture, Methods and techniques of communicating with the target audience.

MAIN FIELDS OF RESEARCH

Advertising, psychology, tourism, communications

LANGUAGE SKILLS

Russian Latvian Italian

native excellent average

SUPERVISION OF BACHELOR, MASTER AND DOCTOR’S PAPERS

In 2007 – 4 papers were supervised.In 2008 – 5 papers were supervised In 2009 – 2 papers were supervised

SPHERE OF SCIENTIFIC INTERESTS

Advertising, Media Relation, Nonverbal communication, Corporate culture and reputation, NLP, Psychology of communication, Business etiquette, Latvian language

ADDITIONAL EDUCATION:

1998 – Certified practitioner in the field of Neuro Linguistic Programming13 December 1998 - Ericson University International

Vвrds, uzvвrds - AIKNCaiknc.lv/zinojumi/en/BSATurViesVad09en.doc · Web viewinternship work,...

Documents

Transcript of Vвrds, uzvвrds - AIKNCaiknc.lv/zinojumi/en/BSATurViesVad09en.doc · Web viewinternship work,...